Panasonic Mobile Communications 208015A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual 000 P 08A

Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID 000 P 08A

Contents

User Manual Part 2 of 2

276Music1mData boxMUSIC2Select an item.MUSIC Player. . . MUSIC Player starts. (See page 275)i-mode. . . . . . . . . Displays the i-mode (Chaku-uta Full®) Folder list. Select a folder.WMA . . . . . . . . . . Displays the WMA list.pEach time you press m from the i-mode (Chaku-uta Full®) Folder list, you can switch between the folders in the FOMA terminal and the microSD card.pYou can switch display format each time you press c( ) from the Chaku-uta Full® Music list and WMA list.pSee page 275 when you cannot display a preview image.pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.pSome WMA files have playable license (number/period/deadline).Manage Folders or Music FilesMusic Folder listi-mode (Chaku-uta Full®) Folder listChaku-uta Full® Music listWMA list3Select a Chaku-uta Full® music file or WMA file.Only the selected music file is played back as a demo.pPress and hold p for at least one second or press h during playback or pause to end playback.pYou might be able to play back a Chaku-uta Full® music file by pressing l( ) or selecting “Play” from the Function menu while selecting it on another function.pChaku-uta Full® music files are shown by titles for control (“Music title - Artist name” in default title) when you display them from the “i-mode” folder. When you operate them from “MUSIC Player”, they are shown by titles.■About playback display during using MUSIC Player…The jacket image which is stored in the music file(When no images are stored, an animation appears.)…Track number/Number of total music files…Title…Artist name…Playback state…Playback time/Total playback time…Play mode (No indication for “Normal”): Play only one : Repeat one : Repeat all : Random: Random play & repeat: Demo (Displayed only in demo playbacks.)…Equalizer: Normal : H.BASS1 : H.BASS2: Train…Stereo/Monaural: Stereo : Monaural…Listening (No indication for “OFF”): Surround : Natur1 : Natur2…Remaster (No indication for “OFF”): ON…Icon of Bluetooth connection (No indication for not connected): Being connected…Sound volume
277Music■Operations of MUSIC Player in use※You cannot operate during halt or pause.pYou cannot use some operations during playback of a demo.Operation Key operationHalt l()pOo() or p to play backPause Oo() or ppOo() or p to play backSound volume adjustmentBo or </>Replay next file Vo or > (for at least one second)Replay previous file Co or < (for at least one second)pWhen playback time is over three seconds, no previous music file is found, and “Random” or “Random play&repeat” is set, you go back to the beginning of the file.Search (fast forward)※Press and hold Vo.Search (fast rewind)※Press and hold Co.Display list m()Play background c()Display image/Display lyric/Player2pEach time of pressing switches displays in order of “Playback display (Jacket image)” → “Full display lyric image” → “Full display jacket image”.Display next image 3Display previous image1Remaster 9pEach time of pressing switches between “ON” and “OFF”.Listening 8pEach time of pressing switches in order of “OFF” → “Surround” → “Natur1” → “Natur2”.Equalizer 7pEach time of pressing switches in order of “Normal” → “H.BASS1” → “H.BASS2” → “Train”.From the playback display during use of MUSIC Player, you can do the following operations by using the switch of an earphone/microphone (option):■Playback specifications of Chaku-uta Full® music files■Playback specifications of SD-Audio files and number of storable files※Except “All tracks”.■Playback specifications of WMA files and number of storable filesOperation Switch operationPause Press once.pTo play back, press again.Replay next file Press twice in succession.Replay previous file Press three times in succession.pWhen playback time is over three seconds, no previous music file is found, and “Random” or “Random play&repeat” is set, you go back to the beginning of the file.File format MP4Codec MPEG-4 AACMPEG-4 AAC+ (HE-AAC)Enhanced aacPlusBit rate 8 to 128 kbpsExtension 3gpFile format MPEG-2 AAC, MPEG-2 AAC+SBRBit rate 32 to 256 kbpsMaximum number of storable files999 filesMaximum number of playlist99 files (Up to 99 files can be stored in a single playlist.)※File format WMA (Windows Media Audio 9 Standard)Bit rate 32 to 192 kbpsMaximum number of storable filesMaximum 1,000 filesMaximum number of playlist100 files (Up to 250 files can be stored in a single playlist.)
278Music■Icons on the Music listWhen you select a music file from “MUSIC→MUSIC Player”, the following icons are displayed:■Icons on the Chaku-uta Full® Music listWhen you select a Chaku-uta Full® music file from “Data box→MUSIC”, the following icons are displayed:pSome Chaku-uta Full® music files and Uta-hodai music files have restrictions on the number of playbacks, playable deadline, or playable period. The following icons are added.･File with playback restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ ”･File with playback restrictions expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ ”･Playable Uta-hodai music file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ ”･Uta-hodai music file which needs to be updated because the playable deadline has expired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . “ ”･Unplayable Chaku-uta Full® music file or Uta-hodai music file. . . . . . . . . . . “ ”You can check the playback restrictions for the file by “Music info”.Icon DescriptionStored in the FOMA terminalStored on the microSD cardSD-Audio file formatChaku-uta Full® file formatWMA file formatUIM security functionChaku-uta Full® music file with playback restrictionsChaku-uta Full® music file with expired playback restrictionsPlayable Uta-hodai music fileUta-hodai music file which needs to be updated because the playable deadline has expiredUnplayable Uta-hodai music fileFile with file restrictionsIcon Audio format TypeAAC, AAC+(HE-AAC), Enhanced aacPlus MP4 file— Partially saved Chaku-uta Full® music filespAll Chaku-uta Full® music files are set with file restrictions. See page 240 for file restrictions.※For the copyrighted file movable to the microSD card, “ ” is displayed.Icon Acquired source※SitesInformationpRegardless of the number of stored music files, MUSIC Player can recognize up to 1,500 music files in the display order on the All tracks list. However, the number of recognizable music files decreases depending on the data size of music files.pEven when the file format is supported, you might not be able to play back some files.pThe information of the previously played music file is erased if you do the following operations:･When you remove/insert the microSD card･When you turn on/off the FOMA terminal･When you execute “Reset settings” or “Initialize”･When you delete the previously played music file･When you delete the previously played playlist･When you do not insert the microSD card on which the previously played music file is stored･When you set “USB mode setting” to “microSD mode” or “MTP mode” and connect to a personal computer･When you played back a music file from other than a playlist last time, and then when you perform “Edit music info” or “Reset music info”, or you newly download, save or delete a Chaku-uta Full® music file･When the music file previously played is an Uta-hodai music file which needs to be updated because the playable deadline has expired･When the previously played music file is a WMA file and the WMA license becomes invalidpPartially saved Chaku-uta Full® music files are not displayed when you operate from MUSIC Player.pIf you try to play back a music file with a low battery, the confirmation display appears asking whether to play it back. The battery alert tone sounds regardless of the setting of “Keypad sound”. When the battery becomes low during playback (including during Play Background), the playback pauses, and the confirmation display appears asking whether to end the playback.pNote that the battery is consumed sooner if you perform the fast-forward and other similar operations frequently.
279MusicpIn the following cases, the playback pauses and resumes after you finish each operation:･When you make/receive a voice call, videophone call, or PushTalk call･When you receive a mail message or Message R/F while “Receiving display” is set to “Alarm preferred” or the Stand-by display is shown･When an alarm of “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording” soundsDepending on the event which occurred, the confirmation display might appear asking whether to end MUSIC Player.pWhen a music file is switched to the previous or next one, the music file whose playable deadline or playable period has expired, or WMA file whose WMA license becomes invalid is skipped. When the Chaku-uta Full® music file has restrictions on the number of playbacks, the confirmation display appears asking whether to play it back regardless of the remaining number of playbacks. However, the music file whose number of playbacks has finished is skipped.pWhen unused memory space on the microSD card becomes less than 300 Kbytes, you can no longer play back WMA files. To play back WMA files, check the unused memory space on the microSD card and delete unnecessary data files if unused memory space is 300 Kbytes or less.InformationFunction Menu of the Music Folder List/i-mode (Chaku-uta Full®) Folder List/Player Menu DisplayPlay mode setting Select a play mode.Normal . . . . . . . . . Plays back the music files sorted by type or in the playlist in order as listed. Finishes after the last music file is played back.Play only one . . . Plays back the selected music file once.Repeat one . . . . . Plays back the selected music file repeatedly.Repeat all . . . . . . Plays back the music files sorted by type or in the playlist in order as listed repeatedly.Random. . . . . . . . Plays back the music files sorted by type or in the playlist at random. Finishes after all the music files are played back.Random play&repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plays back the music files sorted by type or in the playlist at random repeatedly.Add folder Enter a folder name.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.pYou can create a total of 25 folders at each level up to the second-tier level in the FOMA terminal. You can create folders at each level up to the seventh-tier level on the microSD card.Edit folder name Enter a folder name.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.Delete folderDelete this You can delete a highlighted user folder.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESDelete selected Put a check mark for user folders to be deletedl()Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESDelete all You can delete all user folders at the same level.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
280MusicSelect storage You can set the destination folder for when you move the Chaku-uta Full® music file to the microSD card. You can set it for up to seventh-tier-level folders.YESMemory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of stored items.pYou can display them also by pressing c().Information<Add folder>pYou cannot create a user folder in the WMA folder.<Delete folder>pAll the data files in the folder are deleted.pThis function works as “Delete this” on the microSD card.pIf you delete the Chaku-uta Full® music file set for another function, the setting returns to the default.<Select storage>p“ ” is displayed for the folder set as a destination.pWhen you execute Check microSD, or create or edit a folder by using a personal computer, the destination folder on the microSD card might be changed. When the setting is changed, set the destination folder again.Function Menu of the Chaku-uta Full® Music List/Type List/Music List/WMA ListPlayer menu You can show the Player Menu display from the Type list or Music list.Play mode setting See page 279.Set as ring toneFullsong ring tone You can set a full piece of Chaku-uta Full® music file as a ring tone.Select an item.pFor a Chaku-uta Full® music file on the microSD card, the confirmation display appears asking whether to move it to the FOMA terminal. (See page 366)Point ring tone You can set a part of Chaku-uta Full® music file as a ring tone.Select a range to be setSelect an item.pYou can check the range to be set by pressing l().pFor a Chaku-uta Full® music file on the microSD card, the confirmation display appears asking whether to move it to the FOMA terminal. (See page 366)Music info You can display the title, artist name, playback time, etc.pPress i( ) with the music information of Chaku-uta Full® music file displayed and select “Edit music info”; then you can edit the information contents. Select a desired item and then edit it. To return the edited information to the unedited one, select “Reset music info”. Select a desired item and select “YES”.Add to playlist Select a storing method.Add one . . . . You can store the music file.Add some . . . Select the music files to be stored, and press l().pThe music files are stored in the displayed order.Select a playlist you store music files to.pWhen you create a new playlist to store music files to, select “New playlist” and enter a playlist name. When 30 playlists are already stored, the confirmation display appears asking whether to delete them to save a new one.Move You can move the Chaku-uta Full® music file in the FOMA terminal to another folder inside it, or can move the Chaku-uta Full® music file on the microSD card to another folder inside it.Select a destination folder.pPress l( ) to display folders at the second-tier level or lower, if they exist. Press r to return to the upper level.Move to microSD You can move the Chaku-uta Full® music file to the microSD card. (See page 366)
281MusicMove to phone You can move the Chaku-uta Full® music file on the microSD card to the FOMA terminal. (See page 366)Edit title You can edit the title of Chaku-uta Full® music file.Enter a title.pFor a Chaku-uta Full® music file in the FOMA terminal, you can enter up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.pFor a Chaku-uta Full® music file on the microSD card, you can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.Reset title You can reset the title of a Chaku-uta Full® music file to “Music title - Artist name”.YESAdd folder See page 279.Edit folder name See page 279.Delete folderDelete this See page 279.Delete selected See page 279.Delete all See page 279.Multiple-choice You can select multiple Chaku-uta Full® music files and operate them.Put a check mark for Chaku-uta Full® music files to be operatedi()Select an item.Delete. . . .See “Delete this” on page 281.Move . . . .See page 280.Connect to URL You can access the URL when the Chaku-uta Full® music file has the URL information.YESDisplay image You can display jacket images stored in the music file.pWhen multiple jacket images are stored, press No to display a previous or next jacket image.pWhen the image is storable, press Oo( ) and select “YES”, then select any destination folder to save it.Display lyric You can display lyric images stored in the Chaku-uta Full® music file.pWhen multiple lyric images are stored, press No to display a previous or next lyric image. You can display up to seven lyric images.pWhen the image is storable, press Oo( ) and select “YES”, then select any destination folder to save it.Select storage See page 280.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of stored items.Delete this YESDelete all You can delete all Chaku-uta Full® music files or WMA files in the folder.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESpIf there is a user folder in a folder, you cannot delete the user folder or Chaku-uta Full® music files in the user folder.Information<Set as ring tone>pWhen an Uta-hodai music file set for a ring tone cannot be played back or needs to be updated because playable deadline is expired or the UIM security function is set, the default ring tone returns.pSee “Music info” for checking whether to be set as ring tone.<Add to playlist>pYou cannot add music files to the playlist created using a personal computer.<Reset title>pIf there is no music title or artist name, it is displayed as “Unknown” for each.<Display image>pSome images may not be displayed correctly. <Delete this> <Delete all>pIf you delete the Chaku-uta Full® music file set for another function, the setting returns to the default.pIf you delete the WMA file stored in the WMA playlist, it is released from WMA playlist.pWhen the last WMA file is deleted or all the WMA files are deleted, the licensed file is deleted at the same time.
282MusicFunction Menu during Playback/Pause/HaltPlayer menu You can show the Player Menu display from the playback display during using MUSIC Player.pPlayback state continues even when you show the Player Menu display.Play mode setting See page 279.Sound effectRemaster You can bring the sound from an earphone or Bluetooth device to the original sound by complementing high-pitch range lost at data compression.ON or OFFListening You can set the effect of the sound from an earphone or Bluetooth device.Select an item.Surround . . . .Makes the sound natural and stereophonic.Natur 1/2 . . . . .Complements the cooped-up feeling specific to earphones and plays back natural sound. Select 1 or 2 according to your taste.OFF . . . . . . . . .Sets Listening to “OFF”.Equalizer You can change the quality of the sound from an earphone or Bluetooth device.Select an item.Normal . . . . .Reproduces normal sound quality.H.BASS1. . . .Enhances bass sound.H.BASS2. . . .Enhances bass sound more deeply than H.BASS1.Train . . . . . . .Minimizes abnormal sound that causes sound leakage.Music info See page 280.Connect to URL See page 281.Display image/Display lyric/PlayerYou can change the playback display.Display image . . . Shows the jacket image on the full display.Display lyric . . . . . Shows the lyric image on the full display.Player . . . . . . . . . .Shows the playback display.Previous image/Previous lyricYou can display a previous jacket image or lyric image.Next image/Next lyric You can display a next jacket image or lyric image.Information<Sound effect>pEven if an earphone or Bluetooth device is not connected, the respective setting contents are displayed on the display.<Display image/Display lyric/Player> <Previous image/Previous lyric> <Next image/Next lyric>pFor Chaku-uta Full® music files, you can display up to 3 jacket images and up to 7 lyric images. For SD-Audio files saved by SD-Jukebox, you can display up to 20 jacket images, and for WMA file, you can display up to 2 image buried in a file. When you use the Napster® application program, you can display 1 image stored as a jacket image. There are no lyric images for them.
283MusicYou can create the list of music files you want to listen to, and play them back in the order you like. You can play back using the playlists created by the FOMA terminal or Windows Media Player, or the SD-Audio playlists created by SD-Jukebox.pThe maximum number of playlists that can be created and the number of music files that can be stored per playlist are as follows:pWhen you create a playlist on the FOMA terminal, you can store the Chaku-uta Full® music files saved on the FOMA terminal or microSD card, the WMA files saved by Windows Media Player, and the SD-Audio files saved by SD-Jukebox into the same playlist.■Icons on the Playlist listUsing PlaylistCreating source Number of playlist Number of music files that can be stored per playlistPlaylists created by FOMA terminalMaximum 30(Except “All tracks”) 100Playlists created by Windows Media Player Maximum 100 250SD-Audio playlists created by SD-JukeboxMaximum 99(Except “All tracks”) 99Icon TypeAll tracksAll tracks for SD-AudioFOMA playlistSD-Audio playlistWMA playlist1Player Menu displayPlaylist2i()Create playlistSelect a type and display the Music listPut a check mark for music files to be storedl()pThe music files are stored in the displayed order.3Enter a playlist name.pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.1Playlist listSelect a playlistSelect a music file.pPress l( ) from the Playlist list to play back the music files from the top one in the selected playlist.pYou cannot play back a playlist from “MUSIC” of Data Box.Create PlaylistPlaylist listInformationpIn a playlist, you cannot store partially saved Chaku-uta Full® music files or files with playback restrictions expired.Play Back PlaylistMusic list of a Playlist
284MusicFunction Menu of the Playlist ListPlayer menu You can show the Player Menu display.Play mode setting See page 279.Create playlist See page 283.Copy playlist Enter a playlist name.pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.pWhen you copy the SD-Audio playlist or WMA playlist, it is copied to the FOMA terminal as the FOMA playlist.Edit playlist name You can edit the name of the FOMA playlist.Edit the playlist name.pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.Add You can add the music files to the FOMA playlist.Select a type and display the Music listPut a check mark for the music files to be addedl()pThe music files are stored at the end of the list in the displayed order.Delete playlist You can delete the FOMA playlist.Select a deleting method.Delete this . . . . . . . You can delete the playlist.Delete selected . . . Select the playlists to be deleted, and press l().Delete all . . . . . . . . Enter your Terminal Security Code.YESInformation<Copy playlist> pYou cannot copy the WMA playlist with no music file stored in.Function Menu of the Music List of a PlaylistPlayer menu You can display the Player Menu display.pPlayback state continues even when you show the Player Menu display.Play mode setting See page 279.Music info See page 280.Add See page 284.DEL from playlist You can release the music files from the FOMA playlist.Select a deleting method.DEL one from list . . . . . . You can release the music file.DEL some from list. . . . . Select the music files to be released, and press l().DEL all from list. . . . . . . . You can delete the whole playlist.YESOrder to play You can change the order of playlist created on the FOMA terminal.Select a music fileUse Bo to change the order to playOo()pTo change the order in succession, repeat the above steps.l()Add to playlist See page 280.Display image See page 281.Display lyric See page 281.Information<DEL from playlist>pYou cannot release music files from the playlists created on a personal computer.
285i-αppli/i-Widgeti-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Downloading i-αppli from Sites . . . . . . . . .<i-αppli Download> 286Starting i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<i-αppli Run> 287Setting i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <iαppli Settings> 301Starting i-αppli Automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Using i-αppli Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Setting i-αppli Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Operating i-αppli Stand-by Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<i-αppli Stand-by Display> 304Displaying i-αppli Data Files on the microSD Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <iαppli Data> 305i-Widget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Using i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Setting i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Starting Widget Appli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Start Widget Appli> 308
286i-αppli/i-Widget“i-αppli” is a software program for i-mode mobile phones. You can use your FOMA terminal more conveniently by downloading※ various software programs from the i-mode site. For example, you can automatically update the stock price information or weather information, and enjoy games without accessing network.It also supports i-αppli online which enables the online communication among multiple parties using real time communication and i-αppli call (see page 302), so you can enjoy versus games and chat applications.Also, some i-αppli programs are compatible with i-Widget (see page 306).※You are separately charged a packet communication fee.pThe packet communication fee for the overseas use differs from the one for the domestic use. For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]” or the DOCOMO Global Service website.pFor details on i-αppli, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.You can download software programs from sites to the FOMA terminal. You can save up to 100 files (up to about 2 Mbytes per file), however, the number of files you can save decreases depending on the data volume because the memory space is shared with other data files. (See page 526)1Call up an i-αppli downloadable siteSelect a software program.2Select “OK” when downloading ends.pSee page 206 when i-αppli programs are stored to the maximum.pWhen downloading ends, the display for Software Setting (Network Set, Stand-by Set, Location Usage, Program Guide Key, or iαppli call) might appear. These settings can be done also from the Software list.3YES or NOYES . . . . Starts i-αppli.NO . . . . . Returns to the site display.i-αppli<i-αppli Download>Downloading i-αppli from SitesWhen you press r or h to suspend downloading an i-αppli program of 100 Kbytes or more, or when downloading is suspended by the radio wave conditions, the confirmation display appears asking whether to resume downloading. Select “YES” to resume downloading the remaining part. Select “NO” to show the confirmation display asking whether to save the file downloaded halfway. Select “YES” to partially save the file.You can re-download the rest of the partially saved i-αppli program from the Software list.An i-αppli mail folder is created automatically each in the Inbox/Outbox Folder list, and the title of the downloaded mail-linked i-αppli becomes the name of the folder.pYou can save up to five mail-linked i-αppli programs.pYou cannot download the software program if the mail-linked i-αppli using the same folder is already in the Software list.pYou cannot download mail-linked i-αppli while Mail Security is set.pYou cannot download mail-linked i-αppli if the Inbox/Outbox Folder list contains five i-αppli mail folders.pWhen re-downloading mail-linked i-αppli whose folder only remains, the confirmation display appears asking whether to use the existing i-αppli mail folder. If you select “YES”, the existing folder is used. If you select “NO” because you do not use it, the confirmation display appears asking whether to delete an existing folder and create a new one. You cannot download mail-linked i-αppli without creating a new folder.When downloading is suspendedWhen you downloaded mail-linked i-αppliInformationpYou can download pre-installed i-αppli programs from the “P-SQUARE” site (in Japanese only).iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)→ケータイ電話メーカー (Mobile Phone Maker)→P-SQUAREpDownloading is not available from some accessed sites.pSome i-αppli programs can automatically connect to the i-mode Center after they are downloaded. However, to use this service, you need to set it in advance in “Network set” of “Software setting”.QR code for accessing the site
287i-αppli/i-WidgetYou can display software information when downloading i-αppli.1mi-αppliiαppli settingsDisp. software infoDisplay or Not displayp“ ” appears at the top of the display while software information or a software program is being downloaded from SSL/TLS pages.pAt downloading, the confirmation display might appear asking whether to send the “Phone/Terminal and UIM ID”. Select “YES” to start downloading. In this case, the “Phone/Terminal and UIM ID” is sent to the IP (Information Provider) over the Internet, so could be deciphered by third parties. However, your phone number, address, age, and gender are not notified to the IP (Information Provider) or others by this operation.pIf you attempt to re-download the software program that was downloaded using a different UIM, the confirmation display appears asking whether to overwrite the software program. With the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli, the confirmation display appears telling that the data on the IC card is to be deleted. Select “YES” to start downloading. When downloading ends, the software program that was downloaded using a different UIM and the data on the IC card are deleted.pYou cannot download some software programs while the IC card function is working or IC Card Lock is activated.pSome software programs that start immediately after downloading cannot be saved.pDepending on the data volume on the IC card, you might not be able to download Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli even if there is still available space for software storage. Delete the displayed software programs following the confirmation display, and then download it again. (Some software programs might not be targeted for deletion, depending on the software type to be downloaded.)Depending on the software program, you need to start it and delete the files on the IC card before deleting the software program itself.p“i-αppli mail” is the mail sent and saved by mail-linked i-αppli and mail received as mail-linked i-αppli. i-αppli mail is automatically saved to the i-αppli mail folder.Display Software InfoInformation1i(for at least one second)Select a software program to be started.pOn the Software list, the icons show the types of i-αppli programs and supported functions.: GPS compatible i-αppli: Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli: Management information i-αppli: microSD card compatible i-αppli: Vertical full display compatible i-αppli: Horizontal display compatible i-αppli (incompatible with full display): Horizontal full display compatible i-αppli: i-αppli DX: Mail-linked i-αppli: Partially saved i-αppli: Set for Auto Start: Set for the i-αppli Stand-by display: Set for both Auto Start and the i-αppli Stand-by display: Can set for the i-αppli Stand-by display: Downloaded from an SSL/TLS page: Not set for IC application: Downloaded or upgraded by using a different UIMpYou can display the Software list on the microSD card by mi-αppliiαppli(microSD)Software list.pEach time you press c( ) from the Software list in the FOMA terminal, the display format changes.pWhen you start an i-αppli DX program or while it is running, the confirmation display might appear asking whether to permit the i-αppli DX program to use the FOMA terminal’s information and functions.pWhen you start the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program for the first time, the confirmation display appears asking whether to make the UIM and IC card compatible. The UIM information that has been made compatible is saved on the IC card as IC owner information.<i-αppli Run>Starting i-αppliSoftware list
288i-αppli/i-WidgetpWhen you select a partially saved i-αppli program, you can download the remaining part of it.p“ ” or “ ” is displayed while an i-αppli program is running.pTo end i-αppli, press and hold r for at least one second or press h; then select “YES”.pThe software program you started last time comes at the top of the list. You cannot manually change the order of software programs.pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.InformationpWhen a software program can be started from another program, the confirmation display appears. When a software program to be started is not specified, select a software program.pTo start up i-αppli DX, set the data and time by “Set time” beforehand.pWhen a software program is running, melodies are played back at the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”. However, melodies are not played back during a call.pYou may need to set the communication setting while a software program is running.pWhen communicating frequency is extremely high in a certain period of time while an i-αppli program is running, the confirmation display appears asking whether to continue communicating.pWith some software programs, you can use the Web To function and the Phone To/AV Phone To function from i-αppli. However, you cannot use them while the software program is running as the i-αppli Stand-by display.pIf you start the camera from i-αppli, the shot images are not saved with ordinary images, but are saved as part of i-αppli for its usage.pIf you start the camera from i-αppli, you can specify the image size or image quality for some i-αppli programs.pImages※ that are used by i-αppli and data you have entered might be sent over the Internet to the server automatically.※i-αppli uses the following types of images:・Images shot by the camera after it is started from a camera-linked application program・Images obtained by the infrared communication function of i-αppli・Images downloaded from sites or Internet websites・Images obtained from Data Box by i-αpplipi-αppli mail running under mail-linked i-αppli might not be displayed correctly.pSome i-αppli programs save the various information used on the i-αppli programs when you end them. However, the information might not be saved if the low battery alarm sounds or the battery pack is removed while the i-αppli program is running. If the battery level indicates “ ”, either press -h or end the i-αppli program in accordance with the operation of each software program.pYou can save the data files of some software programs to the microSD card, but you might not be able to use them for another model. You can check “iαppli data” for the software programs that use the microSD card. pSome IPs (Information Providers) may access the software program stored in your mobile phone and have it directly halted, depending on the software program. In that case, you will not be able to start or upgrade the software program, or use it for the Stand-by display. You can delete it or display the software information. To resume running the software program, you need to receive the communication to cancel the software halting state. Contact the IP (Information Provider) to inquire about that.pSome IPs (Information Providers) might send data to the software program stored in your mobile phone depending on the software program.pWhen the IP (Information Provider) requests to halt or re-open the software program or sends data to it, the mobile phone communicates and “ ” is displayed. In this case, you are not charged a communication fee.pWith some software programs, you can perform registering or deleting My Menu on the i-αppli program.pWith some software programs, you can download Chaku-uta Full® music files via i-αppli program. You can save the obtained Chaku-uta Full® music files to the same storage location as the ordinary Chaku-uta Full® music files.pTo creators of i-αppliIf you encounter an error while creating a software program, the Trace Information display might help identify the problem.For how to check the trace information, see “Trace Information” on page 289.pYou can show the information of i-αppli by -mi-αppliAbout iαppli. Information
289i-αppli/i-WidgetYou can use the camera to scan JAN codes, QR codes, and CODE 128 depending on the software program.When you start Bar Code Reader while an i-αppli program is running, the camera (Bar Code Reader) starts up. Put the code to be scanned within the guide frame and shoot.pYou need to download CODE 128 compatible i-αppli program to scan CODE 128.pThe scanned data file is used/saved by the i-αppli program.The FOMA terminal supports “Motion Tracking” which enables you to operate i-αppli programs (by inclining or swinging the FOMA terminal) through the recognition technology of the inside camera.pMotion Tracking might not work in the following cases:・When the lens of the inside camera is dirty・When the clothes you wear are similar to the background・When the background is not stable such as when you are moving・When you are in a dark or too bright placeWith software programs that enable you to play a match via Bluetooth communications, you can easily connect via Bluetooth by placing the f mark over that of another FOMA terminal equipped with i-αppli Touch.pWhen you start the program from the i-αppli Stand-by display or you are using the IC card, you cannot use the program.Use Bar Code ReaderMotion tracking■WarningThe motion tracking compatible application program is the game to play by inclining or swinging the FOMA terminal. If you excessively swing your FOMA terminal, it might happen that it hits against persons or objects, resulting in accidents or damage. When playing the game, securely take hold of your FOMA terminal, do not swing to an extent more than necessitated, and check around you for safety.Use i-αppli TouchYou can check the details when a software program malfunctions.1mi-αppliiαppli infoTrace infopWhen the memory space for Trace Info becomes full, the information is overwritten from the oldest one.pWhen “ ” is displayed on the Trace information display, press i( ), and select “Copy info” to copy the information. Select “Delete info”, and select “YES” to delete the information.Select “Store in microSD”, and select “YES” to store in the microSD card.You can check the details when an i-αppli program ends because of a security error.1mi-αppliiαppli infoSecurity error historypWhen “ ” is displayed on the Security error history display, press i( ), and select “Copy info” to copy the information. Select “Delete info”, and select “YES” to delete the information.pYou can display the security error history also by selecting “ ” from the desktop.Trace InformationSecurity Error HistoryFunction Menu of the Software ListSet iαppli To You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to start from a link on site or mail message. You can set also for when you place the FOMA terminal over an IC card compatible scanning device. You can set this for each software program.Put a check mark for items to be setl()pSome items might not be set depending on the software program.Auto start time See page 302.Software setting
290i-αppli/i-WidgetStand-by set See page 304.Network set You can set whether to communicate while an i-αppli program is running.ON or OFFl()Stand-by net See page 305.Icon info You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to use information of icons indicating i-mode mail, SMS messages, Messages R/F, battery level, Manner Mode, and within/out-of service area.ON or OFFl()Change mld./img. You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to change the setting for the ring tones, Stand-by display, etc. This function is available only for i-αppli DX programs.ON, OFF or Check every changel()pIf you select “Check every change”, the confirmation display appears each time the i-αppli program tries to change the setting for the ring tones, Stand-by display, etc.View P. book/hist. You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to refer to the Phonebook, Redial, and Received Calls. This function is available only for i-αppli DX programs.ON or OFFl()View ToruCa You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to refer to ToruCa files. This function is available only for i-αppli DX programs.ON or OFFl()Location usage You can set whether to permit the i-αppli program to use location information. This function is available only for i-αppli DX programs.ON or OFFl()Program guide key You can set the software program for the i-αppli Program Guide that starts up from 1Seg. You can set this only for the i-αppli DX program that links to 1Seg.ON or OFFl()Map setting You can set the software program used on the GPS function.ON or OFFl()iαppli call See page 303.Software info You can display the software name, version, and others of the i-αppli program.Upgrade YESSet desktop/ keyAdd desktop icon See page 31.long press set. See page 404.DeleteDelete this YESDelete selected Put a check mark for software programs to be deletedl()YESDelete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESMove to microSD See page 366.Move to phone See page 366.Information<Icon info>pWhen you set “Icon info” to “ON” for the i-αppli Stand-by display, the icon information for unread mail/message, battery level, Manner Mode, radio wave strength and out-of-service area can be sent to the IP (Information Provider) over the Internet in the same way as the Phone/Terminal and UIM ID, and can be deciphered by third parties.pWhen the software program needs “Icon info”, the software program might not run if “OFF” is selected.<Upgrade>pDepending on the software program, you can upgrade it at start.pAt upgrading, the confirmation display might appear asking whether to send the “Phone/Terminal and UIM ID”. Select “YES” to start upgrading. In this case, the “Phone/Terminal and UIM ID” is sent to the IP (Information Provider) over the Internet, so could be deciphered by third parties. However, your phone number, address, age, and gender are not notified to the IP (Information Provider) or others by this operation.pYou cannot upgrade the mail-linked i-αppli in the following cases:・While details of the corresponding i-αppli mail folder are displayed・While Mail Security is set・When Mail Security is set for the corresponding i-αppli mail folder
291i-αppli/i-WidgetThe confirmation display appears asking whether to delete the i-αppli mail folder as well. If you do not delete it, you can check the text of mail from the Outbox/Inbox list.YES . . . . . . Deletes both the software program and the i-αppli mail folder.NO. . . . . . . Deletes the software program only and the i-αppli mail folder is left.Cancel . . . . Does not delete both the software program and i-αppli mail folder; the former display returns.pYou can delete neither the i-αppli program nor the i-αppli mail folder even if you select “YES”, in the following cases:・While Mail Security is set ・While the folder is set with security・While displaying details of the folder ・When the folder contains protected mailThe confirmation display appears asking whether to delete files on the microSD card as well.YES . . . . . . Deletes both the software program and files on the microSD card. Press “YES” again on the confirmation display. You need to enter your Terminal Security Code to execute “Delete” or “Delete selected”. NO. . . . . . . Deletes the software program only and the files on the microSD card are left.Cancel. . . . Does not delete both the software program and files on the microSD card, and the former display returns.The confirmation display appears telling that the files on the IC card will be deleted.pYou cannot delete the “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)”.pYou might not be able to delete the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli while the IC card function is working or IC Card Lock is set.When you delete mail-linked i-αppliWhen you delete an i-αppli program whose files are on the microSD cardWhen you delete Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppliThe following i-αppli programs are pre-installed:pYou can delete the pre-installed i-αppli programs. You can re-download them from the “P-SQUARE” site (see page 205). When you use a UIM other than the one used for downloading, the UIM security function (see page 38) is set for them.pDeadlines for re-download services・“レイトン教授と悪魔の箱 (Professor Layton and Pandora’s Box)”: the end of April, 2013・“スーパーパズルボブル (Super Puzzle Bobble)”: the end of April, 2013・“日英版／日中版 しゃべって翻訳 for P (J-E/J-C Speech Translation for P)”: the end of March, 2013・“ファミリー伝言板 (Family Message Board)”: the end of April, 2010・“時刻表ウィジェット (Timetable Widget)”: the end of May, 2012・“P-SQUARE INFO”: the end of April, 2013・“付箋 (Sticky)”: the end of April, 2013pThe re-download service might be halted or closed without notice even in the service period.pDeadlines for downloading i-αppli additional data・“レイトン教授と悪魔の箱 (Professor Layton and Pandora’s Box)”: the end of April, 2013・“スーパーパズルボブル (Super Puzzle Bobble)”: the end of April, 2013・“日英版／日中版 しゃべって翻訳 for P (J-E/J-C Speech Translation for P)”: the end of April, 2013・“ファミリー伝言板 (Family Message Board)”: the end of April, 2010・“時刻表ウィジェット (Timetable Widget)”: the end of June, 2012・“P-SQUARE INFO”: the end of April, 2013Pre-installed i-αppli Programs
292i-αppli/i-WidgetThis is a fantasy adventure game. You challenge various puzzles to solve a mystery of “Pandora’s Box” that those who open the lid shall die without fail.With the complete version, you can enjoy whole story and mini games with animation and voice of characters.© 2007-2009 LEVEL-5 Inc.1Software listレイトン教授と悪魔の箱 (Professor Layton and Pandora’s Box)OoOoOopWith this game, you can select items and proceed operations also by pressing 0 instead of Oo.2Select a menu.はじめから (From the beginning) . . . Starts the game from the beginning.オプション (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sets the volume level and vibration.アップグレード (Upgrade) . . . . . . . . . Upgrades the program to the complete version.pYou are charged a packet communication fee for accessing the site.pThe complete version data is saved to the microSD card.pAs upgrading the program requires the download of bulky data, you need to subscribe to Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full, or Pake-hodai double.レイトン教授と悪魔の箱(Professor Layton and Pandora’s Box) Aim at a target by the key to shoot bubbles. Connect three bubbles of the same color to erase them. The rule is simple, so even a beginner can enjoy this puzzle game.Enjoyable two modes are prepared; “ぱずるもーど (Puzzle mode)” with 100 stages in total and “とことんもーど (Challenge mode)” in which you erase bubbles thoroughly. © TAITO CORP.1994,20091Software listスーパーパズルボブル (SUPER PUZZLE BOBBLE)2Select a menu.ぱずるもーど (Puzzle mode). . . . This mode is for challenging 100 stages in total.とことんもーど (Challenge mode). . . . This mode is for thoroughly erasing bubbles popping up one after another.へるぷ (Help). . . . Displays the explanations about the operations and rules.pYou can press a to switch the sound on/off.スーパーパズルボブル (SUPER PUZZLE BOBBLE)
293i-αppli/i-WidgetJust by speaking a phrase to be translated into your FOMA terminal, this application program translates it from Japanese to English or Chinese and vice versa.pYou can use all the functions charge free for 60 days from when you start using this application program. Some phrases available for translation are restricted on and after the 61st day. To use all the services, you need to register in My Menu (charged) from the “しゃべって翻訳 (Speech Translation)” site by ATR-Trek Co., Ltd. (in Japanese only)[How to access: iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)→辞書／学習／便利ツール (Dictionary/Study/Convenient Tool)→辞書／翻訳 (Dictionary/Translation)→しゃべって翻訳 (Speech Translation)]pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.1Software list日英しゃべって翻訳_P (J-E Speech Translation_P) or 日中しゃべって翻訳_P (J-C Speech Translation_P)SKIPpSelect “日英しゃべって翻訳_P (J-E Speech Translation_P)” for using J-E version, or select “日中しゃべって翻訳_P (J-C Speech Translation_P)” for using J-C version.2Read “しゃべって翻訳とは (What is Speech Translation?)” and “ご利用規約 (Usage rules)” thoroughly同意する (Agree)pYou need to agree with “ご利用規約 (Usage rules)” when you use the program for the first time.3Read “ご利用注意事項 (Cautions in use)” thoroughlyOKはい (YES)pIf you select “いいえ (NO)”, “しゃべって翻訳とは (What is Speech Translation?)”, “ご利用規約 (Usage rules)”, and “ご利用注意事項 (Cautions in use)” do not appear when you start the program next time.4はい (YES)OKp“アプリの使い方 (How to use application)” appears at the first startup.日英版／日中版 しゃべって翻訳 for P(J-E/J-C Speech Translation for P)The display is for J-E version.© ATR-Trek5Select a menu item.日→英 翻訳 (Translate Japanese to English) . . .Starts translation from Japanese to English.英→日 翻訳 (Translate English to Japanese) . . .Starts translation from English to Japanese.日→中 翻訳 (Translate Japanese to Chinese) . . .Starts translation from Japanese to Chinese.中→日 翻訳 (Translate Chinese to Japanese) . . .Starts translation from Chinese to Japanese.シーンを変更 (Change scene) . . .Select a scene suitable for words to be translated.pPress i to switch between Japanese and English or Chinese.This is a convenient i-αppli program that bundles the TV program list and AV remote control function and the monthly charge is free.Anytime and anywhere you are, you can easily obtain the terrestrial digital, terrestrial analog or BS digital TV program information for the desired time zone. You can know about titles, contents, and start/end times of TV programs. Further, you can start a 1Seg program from the program list and vice versa.If there is any program you want to watch, you can set timer recordings of the program on a DVD recorder, etc. over the Internet. (You need to have a DVD recorder, etc. that supports the remote timer recording function. And you need to perform initial settings of this application program.) Further, you can search for the program information by keywords such as program genres or celebrities you like, or pickup keywords on the top of the display. You can also remote-control a TV, video recorder, and DVD player. (Some models are not supported.)pSee page 378 for details on the infrared remote control.pYou need to make the initial settings and to agree with the usage rules for the first time.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.pTo use this application program overseas, set the FOMA terminal’s clock to Japan time.pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.Gガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List Remote Control)※The display is for reference. The actual one may differ. Local programs according to your region appear on your display.
294i-αppli/i-WidgetYou can set 1Seg TV Timer for programs you want to watch by selecting from the program list of this application program.How to set TV Timer1. Software listGガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List Remote Control)Highlight a program you want set TV Timer for and press i()視聴予約 (TV Timer)予約実行 (Execute booking)Operate following the instructions on the display.You can select a program you want to record and set a timer recording from the program list of this application program.How to set a timer recording1. Software listGガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List Remote Control)Highlight a program to be set for a timer recording and press i()♯ワンセグ録画予約 (1Seg timer recording)予約実行 (Execute booking)Operate following the instructions on the display.(You can set a timer recording also by highlighting a program and pressing s.)If you have a DVD recorder, etc. that supports the remote timer recording function, you can set timer recordings from the program list of this application program over the Internet even if you are away. For remote timer recording, you need to make initial settings of this application program.How to make initial settings1. Set the Internet connection for the DVD recorder, etc.(Refer to the instruction manual of the DVD recorder, etc. you use.)2. Software listGガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List Remote Control)i()リモート録画予約 (Remote timer recording)Operate following the guidance.How to set timer recordingsAfter the initial settings, specify your desired program and select “リモート録画予約 (Remote timer recording)”. Then, the DVD recorder, etc. specified on this application program is connected via the Internet, and you can set timer recordings.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.About TV timer functionAbout timer recording functionAbout remote timer recording function“iD” denotes convenient electronic money that makes use of the credit settlement system. You can easily do shopping by placing your Osaifu-Keitai with your credit card information set or your credit card which supports “iD” over a scanning device at shops. You can set up to two kinds of credit card information on Osaifu-Keitai and can use it by shops according to specific benefit. Depending on the card publishing company, cashing is also supported.pFor using “iD” on Osaifu-Keitai, you need to subscribe to a card publishing company that supports “iD” and to set with “iD 設定アプリ(iD appli)” or card application provided by the card publishing company. Depending on the card you use, you need to set with “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)” and then set the card application.pThe expense (annual fees, etc.) charged for the iD service differs depending on the card publishing company.pYou cannot delete “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)”. Before you initialize iC owner, perform “iDアプリ初期化 (Initialize iD Application)” from “設定メニュー (Setting M)” of “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)”.pFor the information about “iD”, refer to the i-mode site of “iD” (in Japanese only).i-mode site: iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)→「iD」iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.QR code for accessing the site
295i-αppli/i-Widget“DCMX” is a credit service that supports “iD” and offered by NTT DOCOMO, INC. DCMX provides DCMX mini that enables you to use up to ¥10,000 per month and respective DCMX/DCMX GOLD services that enable you to use more amount and save up DOCOMO points.With “DCMX mini”, you can easily make a subscription from this application program and immediately use Mobile Phone Credit.※1 The online screening is conducted at your subscription for DCMX mini. For subscribing to a service other than “DCMX mini”, you are connected to the subscription page for i-mode.※2 You might be required to enter your pin number under certain conditions.※3 Available for DCMX mini only.DCMXクレジットアプリ (DCMX credit appli)※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.Subscribing for membership/Screening ※1UseNo troublesome deposit is required!Just by placing the mobile phone with the card information setting completed, at a shop where the following iD mark is put up, you can enjoy shopping without signing※2.CheckYou can check, on the application program, the service contents of DCMX, the balance for this month※3, and detailed account!ChangeYou can perform setting from the application program when changing models or updating your validity period.Setting card informationpFor service contents and details of subscriptions, refer to the i-mode site of DCMX (in Japanese only).・i-mode site: iMenu→DCMX iDQR code for accessing the siteInformationp“未設定 (Unset)” or is displayed on the Software list until the card information setting is completed.pTo start this application program for the first time, you need to agree with “ご利用上の注意 (Cautions in use)”.pYou are charged a packet communication fee for settings and operations. ■Cautions on Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppliNote that we take no responsibility for any information set on your IC card.
296i-αppli/i-WidgetOn the map, you can easily find out area information, shop information, and the contents created by users. You can switch to the aerial photo mode or view the map by Street View. You can also check the transportation to the destination by the line search and navigate yourself to the destination.© 2009 Google - Map data © 2009 ZENRIN■About the Map displayl: Displays the menu.i: Searches. (Searches shops in the area, service information, and other places to show on the map.)Mo: Moves the cursor.Oo: Context menu [現在地の住所 (Postal address of current location), ここまでの経路 (Route up to here), ここからの経路 (Route from here), ストリートビュー (Street view), お気に入りに保存 (Bookmark), 付近を検索 (Search the vicinity)]1: Zoom out2: Switches map/aerial photo.3: Zoom in0: Shows the current location.a: Saves to/Displays from bookmark.pYou need to agree to the usage rules when you use it for the first time.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee. You are advised to subscribe to Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full or Pake-hodai double for using this software program.pFor details, refer to “ヘルプ (Help)” in the menu.モバイルGoogleマップ (Google Map for Mobile)“モバイルSuica登録用ｉアプリ (Mobile Suica Setup i-αppli)” is the i-αppli program NTT DOCOMO provides for making initial settings required before you use the Osaifu-Keitai compatible service, “Mobile Suica”, offered by JR East. Make the initial settings on this application program, and follow the online instructions to download the Suica application from the JR East site and subscribe to it.pYou need to agree with “ご注意事項（必読） [Cautions (Must read)]” when you use this program for the first time.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.pYou can delete this application program after completing initial settings, but the area within the IC card you set remains occupied. To use the occupied area for other services, you need to initialize all the data in the IC card (full format, hereafter).pYou need to visit a docomo shop to perform a full format.pAll the data files on the IC card are deleted by the full format.pWhen you use Mobile Suica Service after a full format, you need to make initial settings again using this i-αppli program.pFor the information about Mobile Suica, refer to the i-mode site (in Japanese only).i-mode site: iMenu →メニューリスト (Menu List) → おサイフケータイ (Osaifu-Keitai) → 対応サービス (Compatible services) → モバイルSuica (Mobile Suica)p“Mobile Suica” is a registered trademark of East Japan Railway Company.モバイルSuica登録用ｉアプリ (Mobile Suica Setup i-αppli)※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.
297i-αppli/i-WidgetWhat you can do with i-Avatar Maker■Create avatarsYou can easily create avatars by using various parts prepared by i-Avatar Maker. You can create avatars viewing the images shot by the camera or stored in Data Box, or can create avatars based on the prepared samples.■Use avatarsYou can use the created avatars by converting to the materials for Deco-mail, Deco-mail pictograms, Decome-Anime, or the Machi-chara images which support i-concier.By registering the created avatars on the i-avatar site, you can change their clothes and publicize them on the competition site.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee for converting avatars to Decome-Anime templates or Machi-chara images.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee for registering avatars on the i-avatar sites.pYou might need to purchase items for changing their clothes on the i-avatar site.pi-avatar is a trademark of D2 COMMUNICATIONS.p“Avatar Maker” is a trademark of ACRODEA, Inc.This is the i-αppli touch (see page 289) compatible application that enables you, just by placing f mark of your FOMA terminal over that of the other party, to decorate a still image you and he or she shot together, by pasting stamps, drawing lines, or writing letters on it.pYou can save the decorated image to the folder in “My picture”.pFor details, refer to the “ヘルプ (Help)” on the Menu.ｉアバターメーカー (i-Avatar Maker)いっしょにデコ (Deco Together)※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.© 2009 Acrodea, Inc./© eitarosoft※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.Family Message Board is an application program that enables you to share memos and schedule events among your family or friends. After registering to join a group, you can share the memos and schedule events with other members of the group. Further, you can check the memos and schedule events by using compatible TV.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.pFor details, press m[説明(Explanation)] from each display to show them.pFor the compatible TV sets and how to access on the TVs, refer to the information of the Function menu.© Panasonic Mobile Communications Co.,Ltd.1Software listファミリー伝言板 (Family Message Board)Read “利用規約 (Usage rules)” thoroughly“同意のうえ利用する (Agree with Exemption Clause)”pIf you put a check mark for “次回から表示しない (Does not show from the next time)”, “利用規約 (Usage rules)” does not appear when you start the program next time.2Register yourself.You need to register yourself at the first startup. Select “ユーザーの登録 (User's registration)” and register yourself following the instructions on the display.3Set your group.You need to set a group you join at the first startup.新しいグループを作る (Make a new group) . . . . You can make a new group as a manager. Make a new group following the instructions on the display.グループに参加 (Join a group) . . . . You can join a group already created. Join the group following the instructions on the display.pEvery user can join only one group.ファミリー伝言板 (Family Message Board)
298i-αppli/i-WidgetWith this Widget Appli program, you can download the timetable and check the countdown of minutes/seconds until the train’s departure. The schedule registration function is also provided to notify you of the departure time by sounding an alarm. You can update the timetable from the menu, and search for the nearest station using the GPS function.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.pFor details, refer to “ヘルプ (Help)” in the menu.Powered by JR Travel Navigator1Software list時刻表ウィジェット (Timetable Widget)2Read “免責事項 (Exemption clause)” thoroughlyi()3Select an item.駅名入力／時刻表登録 (Enter station name/Store timetable). . . .Stores the timetable of the station you want to use.全体設定／ヘルプ／免責事項 (Whole setting/Help/Exemption clause). . . .Sets a font size, and displays “ヘルプ (Help)” and “免責事項 (Exemption clause)”.アプリ終了 (End application). . . .Ends this application.時刻表ウィジェット (Timetable Widget)“楽オク☆アプリ (Rakuoku ☆ Application)” enables you to easily exhibit your goods on Rakuoku whenever you want wherever you are. The instruction guides you through exhibition procedures, and you can make “体験出品 (trial entries)”, so you can use it easily even if you are a beginner. As the “かんたん入力 (Easy entering)” function and the convenient functions such as shooting/editing photos and saving records are available, you can exhibit your goods in a shorter time than you do on sites.pYou need to agree with “利用規約 (Usage rules)” when you use this program for the first time.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.pFor details on Rakuoku, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.pTo exhibit on Rakuoku, you need to subscribe to the Rakuten membership and register on My menu.pFor the information about Rakuoku, refer to i-mode site (in Japanese only).i-mode site: iMenu→オークション (Auction)■Widget Appli Supported (see page 306)The information of the goods recommended by Rakuoku or the goods you exhibit/bid for is displayed, so you can easily check the auction state.楽オク☆アプリ (Rakuoku ☆ Application)※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.QR code for accessing the site
299i-αppli/i-WidgetThis is a convenient i-αppli program that enables you to read the map of the place you are currently in or you specify, check area information, or navigate yourself to the destination by using the location information. You can search for information of facilities which are useful in a time of disaster. Further, using Chizu Talk function, you can exchange messages with your friends on the map.pSee page 323 for details on operations.i-αppli Banking is an i-αppli program that enables you to conveniently use mobile banking (check your account balance and deposit/withdrawal details, and transfer/shift money, etc.) from your FOMA terminal. You can use up to two financial institutions by entering your specified password at the startup of the i-αppli program. You can pay bills/payment notices also by Pay-easy.pTo use mobile banking on i-αppli Banking, you need to have the bank account and subscribe to the Internet banking service of each bank.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.pFor details on i-αppli Banking, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.pFor the information about i-αppli Banking, refer to i-mode site (in Japanese only).i-mode site: iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)→モバイルバンキング (Mobile Banking)→ ｉアプリバンキング (i-αppli Banking)■Widget Appli Supported (see page 306)With i-αppli Banking Widget, you can easily start i-αppli Banking by entering your password on the Widget display, and can use your registered financial institutions and optional functions more conveniently.地図アプリ (Map Application)ｉアプリバンキング (i-αppli Banking)※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.QR code for accessing the site“Start! ｉウィジェット (Start! i-Widget)” is an application program that enables you to watch how to use i-Widget through a moving picture.Further, you can access and display the i-mode site where you can download application programs other than the ones stored in the FOMA terminal.pYou are charged a packet communication fee when you select “ダウンロード (Download)” and access i-mode.You can quickly check the attractive information such as McDonald’s new products. You can download “かざすクーポン (Coupon for scanning)”, the discount coupon usable in McDonald’s shops.Before using “かざすクーポン (Coupon for scanning)”, you need to subscribe on “トクするケータイサイト (TOKUSURU KEITAI site)”. Then, select/set your favorite coupon from the application, and place it over a scanning device at a McDonald’s shop.pFor the information about “マクドナルド トクするアプリ (McDonald’s TOKUSURU KEITAI application)”, refer to “トクするケータイサイト (TOKUSURU KEITAI site)”, the McDonald’s official site (in Japanese only).i-mode site:iMenu → メニューリスト (Menu List) → グルメ／レシピ (Gourmet/ Recipe) → マクドナルド トクする (McDonald TOKUSURU)p“かざすクーポン (Coupon for scanning)” is not available at the shops in some area. In those areas, “見せるクーポン (Coupon for showing)” is available.pEven if you have not subscribed to “トクするケータイサイト (TOKUSURU KEITAI site)”, you can browse “おすすめ情報 (Recommendation news)”.pThe functions and service contents of “マクドナルド トクするアプリ (McDonald’s TOKUSURU KEITAI application)” are subject to change.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.Start! ｉウィジェット (Start! i-Widget)マクドナルド トクするアプリ(McDonald’s TOKUSURU KEITAI application)※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.© 2009 McDonald’s
300i-αppli/i-Widget■Widget Appli Supported (See page 306)When McDonald’s “おすすめ情報 (Recommendation news)” is updated, the McDonald’s signboard of Widget Appli turns around to tell you the update.When you select the signboard, “おすすめ情報 (Recommendation news)” is displayed.You can read more detailed information by pressing “もっと詳しく (More detail)” in “おすすめ情報 (Recommendation news)”.“iWウォッチ (iW Watch)” application enables you to check a watch or battery level on a graphical i-Widget.You can change designs and colors according to your taste.iWウォッチ (iW Watch)Start the applicationSelect a coupon and the number of sheets you usePress “決定 (OK)” to complete the setting of coupon informationOrder by placing the coupon over a scanning device at a shop.<How to use “かざすクーポン (Coupon for scanning)”>※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.“P-SQUARE INFO” is a Widget Appli program that periodically distributes the updated information and recommendable content of maker’s site P-SQUARE. If you select displayed information, the i-mode browser starts and then P-SQUARE opens. pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.Sticky is a Widget Appli program that enables you to easily create, edit, and browse sticky notes. You can store up to 300 characters, up to 50 items. You can change colors and display positions of sticky notes.“株価アプリ (Stock Prices Application)” enables you to easily check stock prices on i-Widget.The stock prices index you can check are: Nikkei225, TOPIX, and Hercules index.You can check the present index value and its up/down from the day before.You can switch the charts among “日中足 (intraday)”, “日足 (daily)”, “週足 (weekly)”, and “月足 (monthly)”.pYou need to agree with “利用規約 (Usage rules)” when you use this program for the first time.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.pThe present index value is the information with a delay of about 20 minutes.pThe information from this application program is not for buying/selling stocks nor for supporting them.pWe take all possible measures to ensure the contents of information of this application program, but this does not provide guarantees to the contents. Note that we at DOCOMO and the Information Provider cannot be held responsible for the loss due to the information from this application program.P-SQUARE INFO付箋 (Sticky)株価アプリ (Stock Prices Application)© Millmo Inc.※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.Type of index(Nikkei225/TOPIX/Hercules index)ChartPresent indexvalueChange of index
301i-αppli/i-Widget“Googleモバイル (Google Mobile)” is a useful application program that enables you to use the mobile web search function. You can easily enter the trendy words and keywords you entered in the past. You can easily call up the helpful Google services such as Mail Service (Gmail) and Train Route Search.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee.“FOMA 通信環境確認アプリ (FOMA Communication Environment Check Application)” enables you to check whether the FOMA terminal is available at the FOMA High-Speed Area.pUse “FOMA 通信環境確認アプリ (FOMA Communication Environment Check Application)” with your consent to “ご利用の注意 (Cautions in use)”.pDepending on the communication environment (such as weather, radio wave conditions, network congestion state) at communication environment check, the different result or “out of service” might appear even in the same area or at the same period of time.pYou might not be able to check correctly if you use another function while using this application program.1mi-αppliiαppli settingsDo the following operations.Googleモバイル (Google Mobile)FOMA 通信環境確認アプリ(FOMA Communication Environment Check Application)<iαppli Settings>Setting i-αppli※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.※The display is for reference.The actual one may differ.Auto start setting See page 302.Disp. software info See page 287.i-Widget roaming set. See page 307.i-Widget sound effect See page 307.iαppli call settingsiαppli call DL set. See page 304.iαppli call sound See page 304.Preferred tone You can set which sound to be output preferentially, from MUSIC/1Seg or i-αppli program, for when you start an i-αppli program during music playback or use of 1Seg.MUSIC/1Seg or iαppliαBacklight You can set the backlight operation for when an i-αppli program is running.Select an item.Depend on system. . . . . Follows the setting of “Backlight”.Depend on software . . . Follows the setting of each software program.Constant light . . . . . . . . . Lights constantly.αVibrator You can set the vibrator operation for when an i-αppli program is running.Depend on system or Depend on softwareDepend on system. . . . . Does not work regardless of the setting of “Vibrator”. With some software programs, the vibrator works.Depend on software . . . Follows the setting of each software program.Check settings You can check each of “iαppli settings”.Information<αBacklight> <αVibrator>pWith some software programs, the backlight and vibrator settings are “OFF”. Consequently, if you set “Depend on software”, the backlight and vibrator will not work; if you want them to work, set “Depend on system”.
302i-αppli/i-WidgetYou can make an i-αppli program start automatically at the set date and time. Set the date and time for automatic start using Auto Start Time.You can set whether to enable automatic start of i-αppli programs.1mi-αppliiαppli settingsAuto start settingON or OFFYou can set the date and time for automatic start. You can set for up to three software programs.1Software listi()Auto start time2Put a check mark for an item to be setl()Time interval set . . . . Starts at an interval specified by the software program. The setting is completed.Start time set . . . . . . . Starts at the set start time automatically.3Select start timeEnter the date and time to be set.41 timeSelect a type of repeat.pIf you select “Weekly”, put a check mark for days of the week to be set and press l().5Press l().Starting i-αppli AutomaticallyAuto Start SettingAuto Start TimeYou can check whether a software program has started automatically and properly. Also, you can check the information of start failure from IC card. Up to three records of automatic start, a record of automatic start set by i-αppli, and a record of start failure from IC card are stored.1mi-αppliiαppli infoAuto start infoStartO . . . . .Started automatically and properly.StartX . . . . .Did not start automatically. When “ ” is displayed, you can press Oo( ) to start the software program.Start–. . . . . .Has not started yet.With the i-αppli call function, you can call up your friends on the i-αppli program to have online matches and to share the information with them.pWith i-αppli calls, you are called up in two ways; directly by your friend or by the IP (Information Service Providers).pRejecting all i-αppli calls is also available.For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.Auto Start InfoInformationpSoftware programs do not start automatically in the following cases:・When the FOMA terminal is turned off・When the date and time are not set・When another function is working・During Lock All・During Personal Data Lock・During playback of animations/Flash movies・When the time set for automatic start is identical to the reserved time set for “Software update”, or the time set for an alarm of “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer”, or “Timer recording”・When a start time has been specified to the same software program within 10 minutes from the previous auto-startpIf automatic start fails, “ ” appears on the desktop. Select the icon to show the Auto Start Info.Using i-αppli Call
303i-αppli/i-Widget1While an i-αppli program which supports i-αppli call is runningMake an i-αppli callYESpThe operation differs depending on the i-αppli program.When an i-αppli call comes in, the i-αppli call ring tone sounds and the confirmation display appears asking whether to answer it.1The i-αppli call confirmation display appearsSelect an item.Accept. . . . . . . Answers the i-αppli call. The target i-αppli program starts.Reject . . . . . . . Rejects the i-αppli call.Hold . . . . . . . . . Holds the i-αppli call. “ ” appears at the top of the display, and “ ” appears on the desktop. Press Oo, highlight “ ” and press Oo to show the i-αppli call logs.pSome i-αppli calls activate the i-αppli program without showing the confirmation display.pWhen you answer an i-αppli call, you might be charged a packet communication fee.pWhile a display other than the Stand-by display is shown, only “ ” tells you the arrival of i-αppli calls.pWhen the target i-αppli program is already running, the operation varies depending on the i-αppli program.The confirmation display might appear asking whether to download the target i-αppli program or to access a site. Select “YES” to download it or to access the site. Select “NO” to return to the Stand-by display. In this case, “Accept” is recorded on the i-αppli call log.Send i-αppli Calls to Call up MembersReceive i-αppli CallsWhen the target i-αppli program is not found on the FOMA terminal when you select “Accept”Up to 30 received i-αppli calls are recorded in i-αppli call logs, and you can check how they were replied.pAfter 30 i-αppli calls are received, the older log is automatically deleted from the oldest one, but the logs for the held i-αppli calls are not deleted. (If 30 logs are all for the held calls, they are deleted.)1mi-αppliiαppli call logs: Held i-αppli calls (not replied): Answered i-αppli calls: Rejected i-αppli calls: Expired i-αppli callspHighlight a log for a held i-αppli call and press Oo( ) to show again the confirmation display for the i-αppli call. (See “Receive i-αppli Calls” on page 303)pTo delete i-αppli call logs, press i( ), select “Delete this” or “Delete all”, and then select “YES”. When you select “Delete all”, you need to enter your Terminal Security Code.You can set whether to allow each i-αppli program to start from i-αppli calls. When you set to “OFF”, you cannot receive i-αppli calls for the set i-αppli program.1Software listi()Software settingiαppli callSelect an iteml()ON . . . . . . . . . . Allows to start i-αppli programs from i-αppli calls.OFF . . . . . . . . . Does not start i-αppli programs from i-αppli calls.pEven if you set to “OFF”, it might not become valid depending on the i-αppli program.Check i-αppli Call LogsSetting i-αppli CallSoftware Setting (i-αppli Call)
304i-αppli/i-WidgetYou can set whether to reject the i-αppli download notice for when a target i-αppli program for i-αppli calls is not found.1mi-αppliiαppli settingsiαppli call settingsiαppli call DL set.Rejector Not rejectYou can set the operation for when an i-αppli call is received.1mi-αppliiαppli settingsiαppli call settingsiαppli call soundDo the following operations.i-αppli Call Download Settingi-αppli Call SoundSelect ring tone Select a folderSelect a ring tone.pWhile selecting a ring tone, you can check the selected tone.Ring time setting You can set a ring time for i-αppli call ring tone.Enter a ring time (seconds).pEnter two digits from “00” through “15”.Select vibrator Select a vibration pattern.pIf you select “Melody linkage”, the FOMA terminal vibrates in time with ring tone.pWhile selecting a vibration pattern, you can check the selected vibration.Select illumination Select an item.pWhile selecting an item, you can check the lighting/flickering of the Call/Charging indicator.You can set an i-αppli program for the Stand-by display. Once set, the i-αppli Stand-by display automatically appears each time you show the Stand-by display.1Software listi()Software settingStand-by setON or OFFl()“ ” is displayed for the software program set as the Stand-by display. “ ” or “ ” is displayed while an i-αppli Stand-by display is running.From the i-αppli Stand-by display, press <.“ ” or “ ” changes to a blinking “ ” or “ ” and then you can operate the i-αppli program as a normal one.pTo return to the i-αppli Stand-by display, press and hold r for at least one second or press h; then select “Ended”. To release the i-αppli Stand-by display, select “Terminated”, and select “YES”.<i-αppli Stand-by Display>Operating i-αppli Stand-by DisplaySoftware Setting (Stand-by Set)To operate an i-αppli program as a normal i-αppli program when an i-αppli Stand-by display is runningInformationpIf you turn off the FOMA terminal while the i-αppli Stand-by display is running, the confirmation display appears asking whether to start the i-αppli program when you turn on the power again.pYou can set only one software program for the i-αppli Stand-by display.pSome i-αppli programs cannot be set for the Stand-by display.pWith some software programs set as the i-αppli Stand-by display, you can press a key to go from the normal i-αppli status to the i-αppli Stand-by display status. However, you cannot return to the i-αppli Stand-by display if another menu function is running.pNote that you might not be able to receive timely information if you have set “Stand-by net” of “Software setting” to “OFF”.pYou cannot use the Web To function and the Phone To/AV Phone To function from the i-αppli Stand-by display.pIf the software program which connects to the network is set for the i-αppli Stand-by display, it might not operate successfully because of radio wave conditions or other factors.
305i-αppli/i-WidgetYou can set whether to permit communication for when the i-αppli Stand-by display is running.1Software listi()Software settingStand-by netON or OFFl()You can temporarily end the running i-αppli Stand-by display. Also, you can release the i-αppli Stand-by display.1mSet./ServiceDisplayDisplay settingStand-by displayEnd iαppli displayEnd or TerminatepWhen you select “Terminate”, select “YES”.pWhen you show the Stand-by display while a menu function is operating, the image set for “Stand-by display” of “Display setting” is displayed, even when the i-αppli Stand-by display is set.pWhen the communication is extremely frequent in a certain period of time while an i-αppli program is running as the i-αppli Stand-by display, the confirmation display appears. When you press .<, the confirmation display appears asking whether to continue communication.pIf you set Lock All or Personal Data Lock when the i-αppli Stand-by display is shown, the i-αppli Stand-by display ends. If you set Lock All, the image set for “Stand-by display” of “Display setting” is displayed and if you set Personal Data Lock, the default Stand-by display is displayed. The i-αppli Stand-by display returns when you release each lock. However, when “Display setting” is set to “Accept” for “Customize” of Personal Data Lock, the Stand-by display you had set before you set the i-αppli Stand-by display is displayed during Personal Data Lock.Software Setting (Stand-by Net)InformationEnd Stand-by DisplayWhen the i-αppli Stand-by display does not end successfully, you can check the date/time and its reason.1mi-αppliiαppli infoEnd stand-by infopWhen “ ” is displayed on the End Stand-by Info display, press i( ), and select “Copy info” to copy the information. Select “Delete info”, and select “YES” to delete the information.Depending on the i-αppli program, you can save its data files on the microSD card. You can display the i-αppli data files saved on the microSD card.1mi-αppliiαppli(microSD)iαppli dataEnd Stand-by Info<iαppli Data>Displaying i-αppli Data Files on the microSD CardFunction Menu while i-αppli Data File is DisplayedFolder info You can display the information of the software program that uses the selected folder, available/unavailable for folder usage, and the reason if unavailable.Delete folder You can delete the selected folder and files in the folder.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
306i-αppli/i-Widgeti-Widget is a useful function that enables you to access the frequently-used contents such as the calculator, clock, and stock price information (Widget Appli) by pressing the i-Widget key (r).You can add Widget Appli programs by downloading from sites offered by IPs (Information Providers). (See page 286)Also, you can paste multiple (up to eight) Widget Appli programs to the i-Widget display to customize it to your taste.pMultiple Widget Appli programs might communicate when you show the i-Widget display.pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee for downloading Widget Appli programs or showing the i-Widget display.pAs for overseas use, you are charged a packet communication fee each time a Widget Appli program communicates. Further, the packet communication fee for the overseas use differs from the one for the domestic use. For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]” or the DOCOMO Global Service website.pFor details on i-Widget, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.■Widget Appli listi-Widgetファミリー伝言板 (Family Message Board) See page 297時刻表ウィジェット (Timetable Widget) See page 298楽オク☆アプリ (Rakuoku ☆ Application) See page 298地図アプリ (Map Application) See page 299ｉアプリバンキング (i-αppli Banking) See page 299Start! ｉウィジェット (Start! i-Widget) See page 299マクドナルド トクするアプリ(McDonald’s TOKUSURU KEITAI application)See page 299iWウォッチ (iW Watch) See page 300P-SQUARE INFO See page 300付箋 (Sticky) See page 300株価アプリ (Stock Prices Application) See page 300Googleモバイル (Google Mobile) See page 301After starting i-Widget, you can simultaneously start multiple Widget Appli programs. You can show the multiple running Widget Appli programs on the i-Widget display.1Press r.i-Widget starts.When any Widget Appli program is running, the i-Widget display is displayed. When no Widget Appli program is running, the Widget Appli list is displayed.pYou can start i-Widget also by selecting a Widget Appli program from the Software list.Using i-WidgetStart i-Widgeti-Widget displayInformationpWith i-Widget, you can simultaneously start and show up to eight Widget Appli programs. When you switch Widget Appli programs to be displayed while eight Widget Appli programs are running, end an unwanted Widget Appli program and then start another one from the Widget Appli list. See page 308 for ending a Widget Appli program. pIf you have not operated for three minutes from the Widget Appli list or i-Widget display, the Stand-by display automatically returns. The Stand-by display does not automatically return from the Widget Appli operation display.pEven if you end i-Widget while a pre-installed Widget Appli program is running and change the UIM or initialize the FOMA terminal, the Widget Appli program does not end and remains running as launched from i-Widget.
307i-αppli/i-Widget■About i-Widget displayWidget Appli displayOn the Widget Appli list, all Widget Appli programs are displayed and “ACTIVE” is displayed for the running Widget Appli program. On the i-Widget display/Widget Appli operation display, each application program is shown in running state.: Widget Appli:i-αppli DX compatible Widget Appli: Widget Appli for communication: GPS compatible Widget Appli: Osaifu-Keitai compatible Widget Appli: Downloaded from an SSL/TLS pageNavigation displayNavigation that corresponds to the key operation is displayed.You can change the position of Widget Appli programs on the i-Widget display. You cannot specify each position as it is automatically changed.1i-Widget displayi[シャッフル (Shuffle)]Shuffle i-WidgetWidget Appli list i-Widget display Widget Appli operation displayYou can end i-Widget to return to the Stand-by display.1Widget Appli list/i-Widget display/Widget Appli operation displayhpYou can return to the Stand-by display also by pressing r or m[戻る (Return)] from the i-Widget display.pFor the Widget Appli operation display, the confirmation display appears asking whether to finish it.You can set whether to communicate via i-Widget overseas.1mi-αppliiαppli settingsi-Widget roaming set.ON or OFFYou can set whether to sound an effect tone at the start of i-Widget.1mi-αppliiαppli settingsi-Widget sound effectON or OFFEnd i-WidgetSetting i-Widgeti-Widget Roaming SettingInformationpWhen you arrive at a destination overseas, the setting changes to “OFF” and the confirmation display appears when you start i-Widget.i-Widget Sound EffectInformationpThe effect tone at the start of i-Widget sounds at the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”. It sounds at Level 2 when “Step” is set.
308i-αppli/i-Widget1Widget Appli listSelect a Widget Appli program to be started.You can show the Widget Appli operation display.pYou can start a Widget Appli program also by selecting it from the Software list.pYou can show the Widget Appli operation display also by selecting a running Widget Appli program.pYou can show the i-Widget display by pressing r or m[戻る (Return)] from the Widget Appli operation display.1i-Widget display/Widget Appli operation displayHighlight a Widget Appli program to be ended and press c[アプリ終了 (END Widget Appli)]YESWhen a Widget Appli program does not end successfully, you can check the date/time and its reason.1mi-αppliiαppli infoEnd Widget appli infpWhen “ ” is displayed on the End Widget Appli Inf display, press i( ), and select “Copy info” to copy the information. Select “Delete info”, and select “YES” to delete the information.<Start Widget Appli>Starting Widget AppliEnd Widget AppliEnd Widget Appli Inf
309Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCaOsaifu-Keitai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310iC Transfer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Starting Osaifu-Keitai Compatible i-αppli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <IC Card Content> 311Locking IC Card Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <IC Card Lock> 312Checking Owner Information of IC Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Check IC Owner> 312ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<ToruCa> 312Receiving ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Receive ToruCa Files> 313Displaying ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <ToruCa Viewer> 314How to See ToruCa File List/Detailed ToruCa File Display . . . 316Setting ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <ToruCa Settings> 319
310Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCaOsaifu-Keitai mounts the IC card, so you can make payment and others just by placing the FOMA terminal over the scanning device in a shop.Further, you can use communications to deposit electronic money or to check your account for balance or usage histories. Security is fully secure※1 so that you can make use with a sense of security.For details on Osaifu-Keitai, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.pTo use the Osaifu-Keitai compatible service, you need to download the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program from the Osaifu-Keitai compatible site※2 (in Japanese only) to make the settings.※1 You can use Omakase Lock and IC Card Lock. (See page 125 and page 312)※2iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)→おサイフケータイ (Osaifu-Keitai)pData on the IC card (including electronic money, reward points, etc.) might be lost or deformed owing to the malfunction of the FOMA terminal. (When we keep your FOMA terminal for repair, we cannot keep it with data files left, so the data files shall be deleted beforehand by yourself as a rule.) For supports such as reissue, restoration, temporary storage, or transfer of data files, consult the service provider which supports Osaifu-Keitai, except for the data transfer by iC transfer service. For your important data files, be sure to use the service with backup support.pIn any case including malfunction or model change, we cannot be held responsible for the loss or deformation of data on the IC card or other losses caused regarding Osaifu-Keitai compatible services.pIf your FOMA terminal is stolen or lost, inquire of the provider for Osaifu-Keitai compatible service you use about ways of dealing with the trouble, immediately.Osaifu-KeitaiiC transfer service※1 is the service for moving※2 a package of data files※3 on the IC card of your Osaifu-Keitai to your new Osaifu-Keitai when you replace your Osaifu-Keitai such as at the time of phone model change or malfunction. After moving data files on the IC card, just download※4 an Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program, and then you can use the Osaifu-Keitai services continuously. iC transfer service is available at the service counters such as a nearby docomo shop.For details on iC transfer service, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.※1 Both the transferring end and transferred end have to be the FOMA terminal that supports iC transfer service. Visit a nearby counter such as a docomo shop to use iC transfer service.※2 This service is not for “copying” but for “moving” data files, so no data files on the IC card remain in the FOMA terminal at the transferring end. iC transfer services is not available for some cases, so use backup services for Osaifu-Keitai compatible services.※3 Some Osaifu-Keitai compatible services do not cover iC transfer service, and you can move only the files on the IC card of the Osaifu-Keitai compatible service that covers iC transfer service.※4 You are charged a packet communication fee for downloading i-αppli programs and respective settings.iC Transfer Service
311Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCaYou can start the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli from the Software list. By using Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli, you can read/write the data inside the IC card and use convenient functions such as depositing electronic money or checking your account for the balance and usage details on the mobile phone.pTake care of your Terminal Security Code and password used for each service not to reveal to anyone.pWhen you start or download the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program for the first time, the message “Use IC card for current UIM?” appears. When you select “YES”, you cannot use the IC card function afterward unless you insert the same UIM. To use the IC card function with another UIM, delete all the information of the IC card by “Change IC owner”, and then delete all the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli programs other than “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)”. Otherwise, you cannot use it.pReading and writing data from the software program and to the IC card is suspended in the following cases:In that case, the read or written data is discarded. The operation after the communication ends differs depending on the service you use.・When a call comes in while an i-αppli program is running・When the battery goes flat1mOsaifu-KeitaiIC card contentThe list of the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli programs is displayed. When you select an i-αppli program, it starts up.pSee page 287 for the Software list.<IC Card Content>Starting Osaifu-Keitai Compatible i-αppliRead and Write Data inside the IC CardPlace the f mark of the FOMA terminal over the scanning device, and you can use the FOMA terminal as electronic money to pay for shopping or to use it as a traffic ticket. This function is available without starting the software program.pEven during a call or i-mode access, you can use Osaifu-Keitai by placing the f mark over the scanning device.1Place the f mark of the FOMA terminal over the scanning device to use the target service.pThe Call/Charging indicator lights when you bring your FOMA terminal close to a scanning device and communication becomes ready.Use Osaifu-KeitaiPlace the f mark of the FOMA terminal over the scanning device.InformationpMount the battery pack to use Osaifu-Keitai. Even when the power is turned off or when the battery has gone flat, you can use Osaifu-Keitai by placing the f mark over the scanning device, however, you cannot start the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli. You might not be able to use Osaifu-Keitai if you have left the battery unused for a long period or not charged it after the low battery alarm sounds. Charge the battery.pWhen the f mark of the FOMA terminal placed over the scanning device is not identified, slightly move the mark forwards, backwards, to left, or to right.pOsaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli might start when you place the FOMA terminal over the scanning device.
312Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCaTo prevent the IC card function from being used by others, you can set the Osaifu-Keitai, received ToruCa, or iC communication disabled.pIf the battery runs out while IC Card Lock is set, the IC card stays locked.1Press and hold m for at least one second.“ ” appears and IC Card Lock is set.pTo release IC Card Lock, perform the same operation and enter your Terminal Security Code. When Timer Lock ON At Close is set and “Lock OFF at open” is set to “ON”, the display for releasing IC Card Lock appears also by opening the FOMA terminal.When “PIM/IC security mode” is set to “Face reader”, follow the operation of “Use Face Reader to Release Lock” on page 131.When it is set to “Double security”, enter your Terminal Security Code after the operation on page 131.You can set whether to lock the IC card function while the power is turned off.1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityLock settingormOsaifu-KeitaiIC card lock set.2IC lock (power-off)Enter your Terminal Security CodeSelect an item.Setting before OFF . . . . Follows the setting just before turning off the power.Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sets IC Card Lock.<IC Card Lock>Locking IC Card FunctionIC Lock (Power-off)You can check whether IC owner information required for using the IC card is consistent with the information of the currently inserted UIM.1mOsaifu-KeitaiCheck IC ownerpWhen the UIM differs from the stored one, select “Change” and reset the data on the IC card, and then you can newly store the UIM information. You can reset the IC owner information by deleting data on the IC card. After resetting, you can newly register information of currently inserted UIM.pWhen you initialize the IC owner information, the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli programs except “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)” are deleted. However, they might not be deleted depending on your usage state, so you need to delete them separately.1mOsaifu-KeitaiChange IC ownerResetYESEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESToruCa is an electronic card that you can receive with Osaifu-Keitai for use as fliers, restaurant cards, and coupon tickets. You can receive ToruCa files from scanning devices or sites and can easily exchange them using mail, infrared ray, or a microSD card.The received ToruCa files are saved to “ToruCa” of “Osaifu-Keitai”.pFor details on ToruCa, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.<Check IC Owner>Checking Owner Information of IC CardChange IC Owner<ToruCa>ToruCa
313Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa■Flow for using ToruCa■Sources of ToruCa filesPlace your Osaifu-Keitai over a scanning device to receive a ToruCa file.You can view more detailed information by using “詳細 (Details)” key.Scanning deviceExchanges ToruCa files between i-mode terminals.Update/Save ToruCa files to Data Storage Center.Data Storage CentermicroSD cardData broadcastingQR codeSitei-αppliMail, infrared communication, iC communicationYou can receive the ToruCa file from a scanning device using the IC card function. By receiving detailed information, a ToruCa file becomes a ToruCa file (details) which has more pieces of information.pFor a ToruCa file before receiving the details, you can download up to 1 Kbyte per file, and for a ToruCa file (details), you can download up to 100 Kbytes per file.1Place the f mark of the FOMA terminal over the scanning device.A ToruCa-received tone sounds, the Call/Charging indicator lights.pWhen “Recv. ToruCa display” is set to “ON”, detailed display of received ToruCa file appears.pFor a ToruCa file before receiving detailed information, the confirmation display appears asking whether to connect to a site to download detailed information. Select “YES” to display a ToruCa file (details) with detailed information received. Select “NO” to display a ToruCa file without detailed information.pIf no keys are pressed for about 15 seconds or “Recv. ToruCa display” is set to “OFF”, “ ” appears on the desktop. Press Oo, highlight “ ”, and press Oo( ); then the ToruCa File list appears.<Receive ToruCa Files>Receiving ToruCaReceive from Scanning Device When a ToruCa file is received
314Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCaIf you set “Auto reading ToruCa” to “Accept” to use the ToruCa files by placing the FOMA terminal over the scanning device, the available ToruCa files are automatically recognized. The used ToruCa files are converted into “Used” and then moved to the “Used ToruCa” folder. Up to 20 used ToruCa files are saved, and when the number of the files exceeds 20, the files are deleted from the one downloaded at the oldest date.pEven if “Auto reading ToruCa” is set to “Reject”, the confirmation display might appear asking whether to use “Auto reading ToruCa” when you place the FOMA terminal over the scanning device. To use ToruCa files, select “YES”, and then set “Auto reading ToruCa” to “Accept”.You can display ToruCa file received by the IC card function or from sites or mail.1mOsaifu-KeitaiToruCaSelect a folder.pEach time you press m from the ToruCa Folder list, you can switch folders between the FOMA terminal and the microSD card.pWhen the folder contains unread ToruCa files, “ ” appears.2Select a ToruCa file.About Auto-reading Function of ToruCaInformationpWhen you fail to receive a ToruCa file, the ToruCa failed-to-received tone sounds, and the Call/Charging indicator lights.pA ToruCa-received tone and a ToruCa failed-to-receive tone sound at the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”.pDepending on the settings by IPs (Information Providers), you might not be able to update ToruCa files or send them by mail or infrared rays.<ToruCa Viewer>Displaying ToruCaToruCa Folder listA ToruCa file before receiving detailed information itself does not show the detailed information. Select “詳細 (Details)” on the ToruCa file display and select “YES” to connect to the site to receive more detailed information. After receiving the detailed information, the ToruCa file is overwritten and saved.When receiving detailed information from a ToruCa fileInformationpYou are charged the ordinary packet fee for receiving.Function Menu of the ToruCa Folder ListOperate folderAdd folder You can create a user folder. You can create up to 20 folders.Enter a folder name.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for the FOMA terminal.pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters for the microSD card.Edit folder name You can edit the folder name for the user folder.Enter a folder name.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for the FOMA terminal.pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters for the microSD card.Delete folder All ToruCa files in the folder are deleted.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
315Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCaSearch all folders You can search through all ToruCa files in the FOMA terminal (except ToruCa files stored in the “Used ToruCa” folder) by specifying a search condition.Select a search condition.Genre. . . .Select a genre.Press l( ) to display a list of category icons belonging to the genre.Title . . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in the title.Index . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in location data.pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40 half-pitch characters for the Title search, and up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for the Index search.Auto-sort You can set to automatically sort and save the ToruCa files that satisfy the conditions set to the folder for when you receive them from a scanning device or automatically receive them from data broadcasting while watching a 1Seg program.Select a sorting condition.Genre. . . . . Put a check mark for the genre to sort into and press l( ). You can put it for multiple genres.Title . . . . . . Enter characters from those in the title, to be a sorting condition.Index . . . . . Enter characters from those in the location data, to be a sorting condition.Release . . . Select “YES” to release the sorting condition you specified.pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40 half-pitch characters for the Title sort, and up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for the Index sort.pWhen a sorting condition is already specified for the folder, it is displayed. Press i( ) to set a sorting condition again.CopyCopy to microSD You can copy the ToruCa files together with the folder from the FOMA terminal to the microSD card.CPY all to microSD You can copy all the ToruCa files together with the folder from the FOMA terminal to the microSD card.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESCopy to phone You can copy the ToruCa files together with the folder from the microSD card to the FOMA terminal.Copy all to phone You can copy all the ToruCa files together with the folder from the microSD card to the FOMA terminal.Add or OverwriteEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESpWhen you select “Overwrite”, the confirmation display appears telling that the ToruCa files in the FOMA terminal will be deleted.Connect to Center See page 137.All ToruCa disp. You can display all the ToruCa files stored in the FOMA terminal.pYou can display them also by pressing c().Ir/ transmissionSend all Ir data See page 378.All transmission See page 379.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/the number of saved files.Delete all You can delete all the ToruCa files stored in the FOMA terminal.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESSelect storage You can set a destination folder for when copying from the FOMA terminal to the microSD card.YES
316Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCaInformation<Auto-sort>p“ ” is displayed when the Genre sort is set, “ ” is displayed when the Title sort is set, and “ ” is displayed when the Index sort is set.pWhen a file satisfies multiple conditions, it is sorted into the top of the folder in the ToruCa Folder list.<Copy to microSD>pThe ToruCa file (details) is copied as a ToruCa file before receiving details if it contains the data file with the UIM security or whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited.<CPY all to microSD>pThe ToruCa files in the “ToruCa” folder within the FOMA terminal are saved to “SD ToruCa” on the microSD card.<Copy all to phone>pThe ToruCa files in “SD ToruCa” on the microSD card are added or overwritten and then saved to the “ToruCa” folder in the FOMA terminal.<Select storage>p“ ” is displayed for the folder set as a destination.pWhen you execute Check microSD, or create or edit a folder by using a personal computer, the destination folder on the microSD card might be changed. When the setting is changed, set the destination folder again.State of ToruCa file※1 Does not apply to the ToruCa file downloaded from a site.※2 Appears for only the ToruCa file on the microSD card.p“ ” is added to the expired ToruCa file.p“ ” is added to the ToruCa file whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited.CategoryDisplays a category icon that matches the contents of the ToruCa file.Index fileDisplays the location data of the publisher of the ToruCa file information.TitleDate and time the ToruCa file was receivedToruCa informationSummary and the “詳細 (Details)” key are displayed for a ToruCa file. Publisher information is displayed for a ToruCa file (details).How to See ToruCa File List/Detailed ToruCa File DisplayToruCa File listDetailed ToruCa File display(for ToruCa file)Detailed ToruCa File display[for ToruCa file (details)] ※1Unread ToruCa fileRead ToruCa fileUsed ToruCa file※2FOMA terminal incompatible ToruCa file
317Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCaFunction Menu of the ToruCa File List/Detailed ToruCa File DisplayAttach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the ToruCa file attached.Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can compose it also by pressing l().Move Select a destination folder.pYou cannot select the “Used ToruCa” folder.Search/sortSearch[List only]You can search through ToruCa file in the folder by specifying a search condition.Select a search condition.Genre. . . .Select a genre.Press l( ) to display a list of category icons belonging to the genre.Title . . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in the title.Index . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in location data.pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40 half-pitch characters for the Title search, and up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for the Index search.Sort[List only]You can change the order of displayed files.Select an order.CopyCopy You can copy the displayed or highlighted ToruCa file to another folder.Select a destination folder.pYou cannot select the “Used ToruCa” folder.Copy to microSD The files are copied to the folder as specified by “Select storage” on page 315.Copy to phone You can copy the ToruCa file from the microSD card to the ToruCa folder in the FOMA terminal.Connect to Center[List only]See page 137.ToruCa folders[List only]You can display the ToruCa folder list.pYou can display it also by pressing c().Multiple-choice[List only]You can select multiple ToruCa files and operate them.Put a check mark for ToruCa files to be selectedi()Select an item.Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 317.Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 317.Copy to microSD . . . See page 317.Copy to phone . . . . . See page 317.Send Ir data. . . . . . . . See page 377.Select all . . . . . . . . . . Selects all files.Release all. . . . . . . . . Releases all selections.Update ToruCa[Detailed display only]You can re-receive the information about the ToruCa file. The re-received ToruCa file (details) is automatically overwritten and then saved.YESpYou cannot update some ToruCa files.pSee page 206 when ToruCa files are stored to the maximum.Operate imageSave one image[Detailed display only]You can save an image displayed on the ToruCa file.Select an imageGo to step 2 on page 204.Save some images[Detailed display only]You can save multiple images displayed on the ToruCa file.Put a check mark for images to be savedl()Go to step 2 on page 204.Save all images[Detailed display only]Among the images displayed on the ToruCa file, you can save all the images that can be saved at one time.Go to step 2 on page 204.Save BG image[Detailed display only]You can save the background image of the ToruCa file and set it for the Stand-by display or Wake-up display.Go to step 2 on page 204.
318Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCaRetry[Detailed display only]You can play back an animation image or Flash movie in the ToruCa file from the beginning.pWhen a part of the Flash movie is outside the display area, the Flash movie might not be played back.Add to phonebook[Detailed display only]See page 92.Add desktop icon See page 31.Ir/ transmissionSend Ir data See page 377. transmission See page 379.Memory info[List only]You can display the used memory space (estimate)/the number of saved files.DeleteDelete this[List only]YESDelete selected[List only]Put a check mark for ToruCa files to be deletedl()YESDelete all[List only]You can delete all ToruCa files in the folder.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESDelete[Detailed display only]YESInformation<Attach to mail>pThe ToruCa file (details) that contains data whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited is attached as a ToruCa file before receiving details.pYou might not be able to attach the ToruCa file to i-mode mail depending on its file size.<Copy>pYou cannot copy ToruCa files whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited.<Copy to microSD>pThe ToruCa file (details) is copied as a ToruCa file before receiving details if it contains the data file with the UIM security or whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited.pWhen the number of files in the destination folder on the microSD card is full, a new folder is automatically created and ToruCa files are saved to that folder.When copying is completed, the message “Storage is changed to XXXXXXXX” (XXXXXXXX denotes a folder name) appears.pThe name of copied ToruCa file is TORUCXXX (XXX denotes a numeral).pWhen no folder is set as a destination folder on the microSD card, a new folder is created automatically and the file is saved to the folder. After saving, the newly created folder is set as the destination folder.pYou might not be able to execute “Copy to microSD” for the ToruCa file depending on its file size.<Copy to phone>pYou might not be able to execute “Copy to phone” for the ToruCa file depending on its file size.<Operate image>pTransparent GIF file (except animation GIF file) whose file extension is “ifm” is saved as a frame or stamp.Information
319Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa1mOsaifu-KeitaiSettingsDo the following operations.<ToruCa Settings>Setting ToruCaReceive ToruCa You can set whether to receive ToruCa file from a scanning device using the IC card function or from another FOMA terminal via iC transmission.Accept or RejectAuto reading ToruCaYou can set whether to have the available ToruCa files automatically recognized for when you place the FOMA terminal over the scanning device.Accept or RejectRecv. ToruCa displayYou can set whether to display the detailed ToruCa File display when you receive a ToruCa file while the Stand-by display is shown.ON or OFFToruCa from dataBCYou can set whether to receive ToruCa files automatically from data broadcasting while watching a 1Seg program.Auto receive ON or Auto receive OFFCheck same ToruCaYou can set whether to check the same ToruCa file is already received before receiving a ToruCa file from a scanning device or receiving a ToruCa file automatically from data broadcasting while watching a 1Seg program.ON or OFFON . . . . Checks and does not receive a new ToruCa file if the same ToruCa file is already received.OFF . . . Does not check. Receives even the same ToruCa file.Information<Auto reading ToruCa>pIf “Auto reading ToruCa” is set to “Reject”, you might not be able to use ToruCa files.<Check same ToruCa>pThe ToruCa files stored in the “Used ToruCa” folder or expired ToruCa files are not included in target files.
320
321Map/GPS FunctionUsing GPS Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Checking Your Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Position Location> 322Using Map/GPS Compatible i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Providing Location Information on Request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Provide Location> 324Notifying Location Information. . . . . . . . .<Notify of Location> 325Displaying History of Checked Location Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Location History> 326Setting GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<GPS Settings> 326
322Map/GPS FunctionpGPS is operated by the United States Department of Defense, so the GPS radio wave conditions might be controlled (accuracy deterioration, radio wave supply suspension, etc.) depending on the defense strategy of the United States Department of Defense.pNote that we do not take any responsibility for a loss such as pure economic loss resulting from the facts that you have missed the chance to check the measurement (communication) results, which have been caused by external factors such as malfunctions, erroneous operations, troubles, or power failure (including battery shortage) on the FOMA terminal.pYou cannot use the FOMA terminal as a navigating system for aircraft, vehicles, and people. Therefore, note that we are not held responsible for any damage resulting from the use of the location information for navigation.pYou cannot use GPS as a high-accuracy measuring device. Note that we do not take any responsibility for the damage caused by an error in the location information.pYou cannot use the GPS function when the FOMA terminal is out of the service area (or overseas). Using GPS FunctionInformationpYou cannot use the GPS function in the following cases: ・During Lock All※・During Self Mode ・During Omakase Lock※・While the UIM is not inserted※Provide Location is available.pAs GPS uses radio waves transmitted from the satellites, note that you cannot or might have difficulty to receive radio waves in the following conditions:・In a building or right under it・In the basement, tunnel, ground, water・In a bag or case・In densely crowded areas with buildings and houses・In densely crowded trees and right under them・Close to high-tension wires・In a car or train・In bad weather such as heavy rain and snow・When there are obstacles (persons and articles) around the FOMA terminal.・When you cover the displays, keys, microphone, or speakers of the FOMA terminal with your hand.In these cases, an error in the obtained location information might become 300 meters or more.pBefore you use Provide Location or Notify of Location, refer to the notice by GPS service providers or on the DOCOMO website. Further, you might be charged a fee for using these functions.You can measure your current location and display it. You can display a map and send your location information by mail as well.1mLifeKitMap/GPSPosition locationThe current location is displayed by the latitude and longitude.…Measurement date …Latitude …Longitude …Geographic datum…Accuracy★★★: Almost accurate location information (Error is about less than 50 meters)★★☆: Relatively accurate location information (Error is less than about 300 meters)★☆☆: Approximate location information (Error is about 300 meters or more)The accuracy is an estimate. It might differ from actual one depending on the radio wave conditions in the surrounding area.pPress l( ) to measure again in “Quality mode” (see “Positioning mode” on page 327).pWhen “ ” is displayed at bottom right of the display during measuring, press i and select “OK” to display the location using the information during measuring.pYou can measure your location also by pressing and holding 1 for at least one second from the Stand-by display. After measuring, the “Function Menu while Current Location is Displayed” on page 323 is performed following the setting of “GPS button setting” on page 327.<Position Location>Checking Your LocationBlinks during measuring
323Map/GPS FunctionYou can start GPS compatible i-αppli program set by “Select map”.At purchase, “地図アプリ (Map Application)” is set and you can read a map of current or specified location.1mLifeKitMap/GPSMappWhen “Select map” is not set, select a GPS compatible i-αppli program you use for displaying a map.Function Menu while Current Location is DisplayedRead map You can display a map by starting GPS compatible i-αppli program set by “Select map”.Map/GPS αppli You can use the location information on a GPS compatible i-αppli program.Select an i-αppli program.Paste to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the URL of the location information pasted to the text.YESGo to step 2 on page 142.pThe URL of the location information to be sent is displayed on i-mode compatible phones only.Add to phonebook You can store the location information in the Phonebook.YESGo to step 2 on page 92.Attach to image You can store the location information in the image.Select a folderSelect an imagel()YES or NOYES . . . . Overwrites and saves.NO . . . . . Saves as a separate file.Using Map/GPS Compatible i-αppliDisplay a MapYou can select an i-αppli program from the GPS compatible i-αppli list to start it.1mLifeKitMap/GPSMap/GPS αppliSelect an i-αppli program.pSee page 287 for the Software list.“地図アプリ (Map Application)” is a useful i-αppli program that enables you to show the map of your current or specified location, check area information, or navigate yourself to the destination by using location information. You can search for information of useful facilities in a time of disaster. Further, using Chizu Talk function, you can exchange messages with your friends on the map.Start GPS Compatible i-αppliInformationpWhen you use a GPS compatible i-αppli program, the location information is sent to the information provider of the i-αppli program you use.pYou need to set “Location usage” of “Software setting” to “ON” when you use the GPS function of a GPS compatible i-αppli program.Using “地図アプリ (Map Application)”© 2009 ZENRIN DataCom CO., LTD.
324Map/GPS Function■About Service ChargeThe services provided by this application are classified as follows:Charge-free functionspMap viewing and area information search are available. Gourmet-coupon search is also available.pOn the map, you can color the places for which you previously measured by using GPS, by the unit of city, ward, town, village, or prefecture. This function shows the visited places at a glance.pIn addition to the ordinary map, you can change the mode to show the various types of maps such as the 3D map, train-route accentuated map, and day/night mode map, etc.Charged functionsYou can use these functions charge free except traffic information for up to 60 days from when you start Map Application for the first time. After this charge-free period, you need to register yourself to My Menu at “ゼンリン 地図＋ナビ (ZENRIN map+navi)” (charged) provided by ZENRIN DataCom CO., LTD.pYou can navigate yourself to the destination by the comprehensive search including cars, trains, and on foot. Root search considering traffic snarls is also available.pYou can show the train transfer information and timetables.pYou can show the locations of your friends on the map and exchange messages with them.pYou can search for facilities which are useful in a time of disaster. You can also use the disaster map application, the i-αppli program which does not require communications. If you previously download the disaster map of your neighborhood, you will be helped in case of emergency.InformationpYou are separately charged a packet communication fee. You are advised to subscribe to Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full or Pake-hodai double for using this software program.pIf you delete this software program, download it from “ｉエリア−周辺情報− (i-area -Area Information-)”.pNote that we are not held responsible for the accuracy and promptness of the map and route information.pWhile driving, ensure that a person other than the driver operates this software program.pThis software program supports motion tracking.pThe displays are for reference, so the actual ones might differ.You can provide your location information on the request from others. Depending on the service you use, you need to set GPS service settings beforehand. (See page 327) Also, you need to set “Location request set.” to the setting to permit the location provision beforehand.<When the setting by service is “毎回確認 (Check every time)”>1When a location provision request arrivesYES or NOYES . . . . Measures the current location and sends the location information.NO . . . . . Rejects to provide the location information.pIf no keys are pressed for about 20 seconds, the former display returns without providing your current location.<When the setting by service is “許可 (Accept)”>1When a location provision request arrivesOKpWhen you select “OK” or about three seconds elapse, the current location provision starts.pThe information about where to provide might not be displayed.pPress r to stop providing information. However, your location information might be sent depending on the timing.<Provide Location>Providing Location Information on RequestInformationpIf no keys are pressed for about 15 seconds from the Position Location Result display or the Failure display, the former display returns.pTo use “imadoco search”, you need to trace from iMenu → “お客様サポート (User Support)” → “各種設定（ 確 認・変 更・利 用 ） [Respective settings (Confirmation/Change/Use)]” → “その他サービス設定・確認 (Other Service Settings/Confirmation)” → to set “位置情報利用設定（イマドコサーチ設定） [Location Information Usage Setting (imadoco search Setting)]”.pWhen “Location request set.” is set to other than “OFF”, your location information might be sent and known to the searchers, even if you do not operate the FOMA terminal.
325Map/GPS FunctionpEven when you send your location information, it might not be delivered to the service provider depending on the radio wave conditions.pIn the following cases, the display of location provision request is not shown but the request is rejected:・When “Location request set.” is set to “OFF”.・When you receive a location provision request from a party not stored in the Phonebook while “Location request set.” is set to “Reject numbers unset”.・When you receive a location provision request outside the validity period set by “Location request set.”.pWhen you set, by GPS service settings, the location provision request to be checked every time, the location information is not provided on the location provision request during Public mode (Drive mode).pWhen you set, by GPS service settings, the location provision request to be accepted, the location information is provided with a display during Public mode (Drive mode) but the positioning ring tone, vibrator, and illumination do not work.pWhen you are requested to provide your location information from the party using “imadoco kantan search”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to send the current location information each time you receive a request. Select “YES” to immediately send the rough position location result. After selecting “YES”, the GPS Measuring display appears and the precise position location result is notified after GPS measuring. The rough position location result is notified even if you suspend the location provision during GPS measuring. In this case, it is recorded in Location History but the location information is not displayed.pRegardless of the mode of 2in1, the location information can be searched for Number A only.When the other party searches you by your Number B, your current location is not provided and the searcher is notified that the search has failed. pA fee is not charged for using the Provide Location function.pFor using the service, refer to the information on your service provider or the DOCOMO website.InformationYou can notify a service provider of your current location.1mLifeKitMap/GPSNotify of locationDirect inputEnter a party to be notifiedYESpYou can enter up to 12 digits by using numerals, # and :.pIf you have stored LCS clients by “Reg. LCS client” beforehand, you can select an LCS client from “View service clients”.pYou can press l() to stop measuring, but your current location might be notified depending on the timing.2OK<Notify of Location>Notifying Location InformationInformationpEven when you send your location information, it might not be delivered to the service provider depending on the radio wave conditions.pYou are charged a fee for using the function to notify your current location.pTo use Notify of Location, you might need to subscribe to a service provider that supports Notify of Location. Further, you might be charged a fee for using the service.pYou cannot enter any digits during Keypad Dial Lock.pRegardless of the mode of 2in1, your location information is notified by Number A.
326Map/GPS FunctionUp to 50 histories of Position Location, Notify of Location, and Provide Location are stored.1mLifeKitMap/GPSLocation historySelect a location history.: Position location: Provide location: Notify of locationp“ ” is displayed for the records of successful positioning.<Location History>Displaying History of Checked Location InformationInformationpWhen the location histories exceed 50, they are automatically overwritten from the oldest one.pThe location information and accuracy stored in Location History may differ from the ones sent to the location provision requester or LCS client depending on the radio wave conditions, and others.pWhen you cancel Position Location midway, fail to measure your location, or reject a location provision request by the setting of “Location request set.”, the history is not recorded.pEven when the histories of Provide Location or Notify of Location are stored, they might not have been delivered to your service providers.pYou cannot use the measuring-failed histories of Provide Location or Notify of Location for the operations other than “Add to phonebook (except “Store loc. info.”)”, “Compose message”, “Dialing”, and “Delete”.pWhen Provide Location was used, the name of the location provision requester is checked against the Phonebook entries which appear in each mode of 2in1 and then shown.pIf the phone number of the location provision requester is the one you added in your “Own number”, the name of the location provision requester is not displayed on Location History.Function Menu while Location History is DisplayedRead map See page 323.Map/GPS αppli See page 323.Paste to mail See page 323.1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settingsDo the following operations.Add to phonebook You can store the location information, phone number, or mail address in the Phonebook.Store loc. info., Store phone number, or Store mail addressYESGo to step 2 on page 92.Attach to image See page 323.Compose message You can compose an i-mode mail message to your location provision requester.Go to step 3 on page 142.Dialing See page 242.Delete Delete this YESDelete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES<GPS Settings>Setting GPSMap settingSelect map You can select a GPS compatible i-αppli program to use when displaying a map from “Map” or location information.Select an i-αppli program.pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.Map activate setting You can set whether to start the GPS compatible i-αppli program after measuring your current location when displaying a map.Start after locating or Start without locating
327Map/GPS FunctionGPS button setting You can set a function which is performed after measuring your location by pressing and holding 1 for at least one second from the Stand-by display. You can select a function from the “Function Menu while Current Location is Displayed” on page 323.Select a function.pIf you set to “Confirm every session”, you can select a function each time you measure the location.Posit. tone/illum. See page 327.Positioning mode You can select a mode for measuring the current location from either “Standard mode” or “Quality mode”.When you select “Quality mode”, it takes a longer time to measure, but the measuring accuracy might be improved as a result.You can set a positioning mode for Position Location, Notify of Location, and Provide Location respectively.Select an operation to be setStandard mode or Quality modeReg. LCS client See page 328.Location request set. See page 328.Service settings By accessing GPS service settings (a host set by “Host selection”), you can configure the settings for the Provide Location service such as the password and search permission for location information.pSee page 193 for operations while a site is displayed. However, you cannot use the Bookmark or Screen Memo function.pWhen you access from overseas, the error display appears and you cannot use this function. However, you are charged a packet communication fee.Host selection See page 330.You can select a tone to sound for when you check your current location or when you are requested to provide location information. You can set a color of the Call/Charging indicator and the vibration pattern as well.1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settingsPosit. tone/illum.Select an operation to be setDo the following operations.Positioning Tone/IlluminationSelect posit. ring toneSelect a folderSelect a ring tone.pWhile selecting a ring tone, you can check the selected tone.Ring time setting You can set a ring time for positioning ring tone.Enter a ring time (seconds).pEnter two digits from “00” through “30”. For “Location req./Confirm”, however, enter two digits from “00” through “20”. If you set to 0 seconds, the tone does not sound.Select vibrator Select a vibration pattern.pIf you select “Melody linkage”, the FOMA terminal vibrates in time with ring tone.pWhile selecting a vibration pattern, you can check the selected vibration.Select illumination Select an item.pWhile selecting an item, you can check the lighting/flickering of the Call/Charging indicator.
328Map/GPS FunctionIf you have stored LCS clients, you can select an LCS client when you notify of your current location. Further, you can automatically notify of your current location when you make a call to the stored phone number.You can store up to five LCS clients.1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settingsReg. LCS clientHighlight <Not stored> and press l() or Oo()Do the following operations.pIf you select a stored LCS client, you can confirm the stored contents.2Press l().Register LCS ClientService client name Enter a service client name.pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch characters.Service client ID Enter a service client ID.pYou can enter up to 12 digits by using numerals, # and :.pEnter the service client ID specified by your service provider.Phone number Enter a phone number.pYou can enter up to 26 digits.pHighlight the phone number field, press i( ), and select “Enter from PB” to call up a phone number from the Phonebook and enter it.pIf you enter a phone number by “Enter from PB” with “Service client name” not entered, the name for the Phonebook entry is entered.Notify when dialing You can set whether to notify of your current location for when you make a voice call or videophone call to the stored phone number.ON, OFF or Confirm every dialpTo check each time you make a call, select “Confirm every dial”.You can set how to operate when you receive a location provision request. You can set a validity period when you set to permit the location provision.1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settingsLocation request set.Enter your Terminal Security CodeSelect an item.ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Permits the location provision request by all searchers and notifies the current location.OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rejects the location provision request.Reject numbers unset . . .Permits the location provision request only by the parties stored in the Phonebook. Requests from the parties not stored in the Phonebook are automatically rejected.InformationpEven if “Notify when dialing” is set to “ON” or to “Confirm every dial”, you cannot notify of your current location when you make a call without notifying of your caller ID.Function Menu while LCS Client is DisplayedDeleteDelete this YESDelete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESAdd to phonebook You can store the service client name and phone number stored in “Reg. LCS client” into the Phonebook. (See page 323)Edit Go to step 1 of “Register LCS Client” on page 328.pYou can edit also by pressing l().Send Ir data See page 377.Send all Ir data See page 378. transmission See page 379.All transmission See page 379.Location Request Set.
329Map/GPS Function2Select “YES” to set a validity periodDo the following operations.3Press l().Permit from Enter the time for starting permission.Permit to Enter the time for ending permission.Repeat Select a repeat type.pWhen you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the week to be repeated, then press l().Validity period When you set to “Repeat”, you can set the period to be valid.ON or OFFEnter a validity date (from)ON or OFFEnter a validity date (to).InformationpYou can set “Location request setting” also by “Initial setting” (see page 44).pWhen a location provision request is rejected by the setting of “Location request set.”, the history is not recorded.pYou can specify from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2037 for “Permission schedule”.pWhen “Reject numbers unset” is set, the location provision requests from all the parties stored in the Phonebook are permitted regardless of the mode of 2in1.pEven if you set to “Reject numbers unset”, you might receive a location provision request from the party not stored in the Phonebook depending on the function in use.■Operations when the validity period for location provision is specifiedExample: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 14:00 as the start time and 21:00 as the end timeExample: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 10:00 as the start time and 21:00 as the end timeRepeat Validity period Period of location provision1 time — 14:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/NovDaily Start date: 20/NovEnd date: 30/NovEvery day 14:00 through 21:00 from 20/Nov through 30/NovStart date: 10/NovEnd date: 30/NovEvery day 14:00 through 21:00 from 18/Nov through 30/NovOFF Every day 14:00 through 21:00 on and after 18/NovSelect day Start date: 20/NovEnd date: 30/Nov14:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the week from 20/Nov through 30/NovStart date: 10/NovEnd date: 30/Nov14:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the week from 18/Nov through 30/NovOFF 14:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the week on and after 18/Nov Repeat Validity period Period of location provision1 time — 12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/NovDaily Start date: 20/NovEnd date: 30/NovEvery day 10:00 through 21:00 from 20/Nov through 30/NovStart date: 10/NovEnd date: 30/Nov12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, every day 10:00 through 21:00 from 19/Nov through 30/NovOFF 12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, every day 10:00 through 21:00 on and after 19/NovSelect day Start date: 20/NovEnd date: 30/Nov10:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the week from 20/Nov through 30/NovStart date: 10/NovEnd date: 30/NovIf 18/Nov is the specified day; 12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, 10:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the week from 19/Nov through 30/NovOFF If 18/Nov is the specified day;12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, 10:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the week on and after 19/Nov
330Map/GPS FunctionExample: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 14:00 as the start time and 10:00 as the end timeExample: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 10:00 as the start time and 10:00 as the end timeRepeat Validity period Period of location provision1 time — 14:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/NovDaily Start date: 20/NovEnd date: 30/Nov14:00 through 10:00 of the next day from 20/Nov through 30/NovStart date: 10/NovEnd date: 30/Nov14:00 through 10:00 of the next day from 18/Nov through 30/NovOFF 14:00 through 10:00 of the next day on and after 18/NovSelect day Start date: 20/NovEnd date: 30/Nov14:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified days of the week from 20/Nov through 30/NovStart date: 10/NovEnd date: 30/Nov14:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified days of the week from 18/Nov through 30/NovOFF 14:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified days of the week on and after 18/NovRepeat Validity period Period of location provision1 time — 12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/NovDaily Start date: 20/NovEnd date: 30/Nov10:00/20/Nov through 10:00/1/DecStart date: 10/NovEnd date: 30/Nov12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/1/DecOFF 12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov, every day 10:00 through 10:00 of the next day on and after 19/NovSelect day Start date: 20/NovEnd date: 30/Nov10:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified days of the week from 20/Nov through 30/NovStart date: 10/NovEnd date: 30/NovIf 18/Nov is the specified day;12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov, 10:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified days of the week from 19/Nov through 30/Nov OFF If 18/Nov is the specified day;12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov, 10:00 through 10:00 of the next day of the specified days of the week on and after 19/NovYou can use this setting for changing the host for Service Settings.1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settingsHost selectionHighlight <Not stored> and press l().pIf you select a stored host, the setting is changed to that host.pTo delete a stored host, press i( ), select “Delete” and select “YES”.2Do the following operations.3Press l().Host Selection※Normally, you do not need to change this setting.Host name Enter a host name.pYou can enter up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.Host number Enter a host number.pYou can enter up to 99 half-pitch alphanumeric characters.Host address Enter a URL.pYou can enter up to 100 half-pitch alphanumeric characters.
331Data ManagementData Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Making Full Use of Still ImagesDisplaying Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Picture Viewer> 334Editing Still Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Edit Picture> 339Creating Animations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Original Animation> 341Making Full Use of Moving PicturesPlaying i-motion/Movie. . . . <i-motion Player> <Movie Player> 342Using Playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Editing i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Edit imotion> 348Making Full Use of VideoPlaying Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Video Player> 350Making Full Use of Chara-denChara-den . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353Displaying/Operating Chara-den Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Chara-den Player> 353Recording Chara-den Images . . . . . . . . . <Record Chara-den> 354Making Full Use of Machi-charaDisplaying Machi-chara Images . . . . . . . . . . . . <Machi-chara> 355Making Full Use of MelodiesPlaying a Melody. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Melody Player> 356Making Full Use of Kisekae ToolChecking Kisekae Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Kisekae Tool> 359Making Full Use of microSD CardmicroSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Inserting/Removing microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360Displaying Data Items on microSD Card . . . . . . . . <microSD> 361Copying Still Images, Moving Pictures, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364Moving Copyrighted Files . . . . . . . . . . . . <Movable Contents> 366Back up/Restore Data Files Collectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Managing Unsupported Files . . . . . . . . . . . . .<SD Other Files> 368Formatting microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <microSD Format> 368Checking microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Check microSD> 369Displaying Capacity of microSD Card . . . . . . . <microSD Info> 369Using a microSD Card with a Personal Computer . . . . . . . . . . 369Folder Configuration on microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370Making Full Use of Various DataManaging Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372Making Full Use of Infrared CommunicationUsing Infrared Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374Sending/Receiving One or Multiple Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Sending/Receiving All Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Using Infrared Remote Control Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Communication Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Forwarding Image> 378Making Full Use of iC Communication FunctioniC Communication Function . . . . . . . . . . . . <iC Transmission> 379Sending/Receiving One Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379Sending/Receiving All Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379Making Full Use of Voice RecorderUsing Voice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Voice Recorder> 380Making Full Use of PDF ViewerDisplaying PDF Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PDF Viewer> 381Making Full Use of Document ViewerDisplaying Word, Excel, and PowerPoint Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Document Viewer> 384Printing Still ImagesPrinting Saved Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Displaying Images on TVDisplaying Still Images or i-motion Files on TV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <AV Output> 386
332Data ManagementData Box contains the items and folders as listed below. Data is saved to respective folders according to the contents.Data BoxMy picturei-mode Downloaded still images, etc.Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.Camera Still images shot by the camera, shot Chara-den images, etc.Deco-mail picture Still images to be used for creating Deco-mailSearch by i-mode Connects to the data site.Deco-mail pictogramsお気に入り (Favorite)※1Pictograms to be used for creating Deco-mailpYou can delete the pre-installed Deco-mail pictograms. You can re-download them from the “P-SQUARE” site (see page 205). When you use a UIM other than the one used for downloading, the UIM security function (see page 38) is set for them.i絵文字 (ipictogram)※1装飾 (Decoration)※1ハート・キラキラ(Heart/Sparkling)※1天気・季節(Weather/Season)※1移動・生活 (Transfer/Life)※1電話・メール (Phone/Mail)※1食べ物 (Food)※1キャラクター(Cartoon character)※1文字 (Character)※1Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.Pre-installed Pre-installed still imagesUser folder※2Still images in the user folderOriginal animation The function of displaying still images continuouslyFrame/Stamp Still images to be used for frames and marker stampsSearch by i-mode Connects to the data site.microSD Picture Still images shot by the camera, and images in JPEG format and GIF format that conform to the DCF standard and were copied from the FOMA terminalImage Box Animation images in GIF format copied from the FOMA terminal, and images in JPEG format that do not conform to the DCF standardMovable contentsCopyrighted still images moved from the FOMA terminalDeco-mail pictogramsDeco-mail pictograms copied from the FOMA terminalMUSICi-mode Initial folder Chaku-uta Full® music files obtained from sitesSearch by i-mode Connects to the data site.User folder※2Chaku-uta Full® music files in the user folderSearch by i-mode Connects to the data site.microSD Copyrighted Chaku-uta Full® music files downloaded or moved from the FOMA terminalWMA WMA files obtained from personal computerMusic&Video ChannelDownloaded program Programs downloaded via Music&Video ChannelSaved program Programs saved to the FOMA terminalimotion/Moviei-mode i-motion files obtained from sites, etc.Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.Camera i-motion files recorded by the camera, shot Chara-den movies, etc.Pre-installed Pre-installed i-motion filesVoice recorder Voices recorded by the voice recorderUser folder※2i-motion files in the user folderPlaylist Playback of playlistPosition memory Playback of marker positionMovie microSD Movie files downloaded, or saved by personal computerPosition memory Playback of marker positionPlayed history Playback histories of movie filesSearch by i-mode Connects to the data site.microSD SD video Moving pictures shot by the camera or i-motion files copied from the FOMA terminalMovable contents Copyrighted i-motion files moved from the FOMA terminalOther contents Voice-only i-motion files※3 recorded by using the camera function, voice-only i-motion files※3 copied from the FOMA terminal, or video-unplayable i-motion files※3 copied from the FOMA terminalMelodyi-mode Downloaded melodies, etc.Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.Pre-installed Pre-installed melodiesUser folder※2Melodies in the user folder
333Data Management※1 The folder names can be changed by “Edit folder name”. Deco-mail pictograms are directly saved to these folders, and files other than Deco-mail pictograms cannot be saved to them.※2 The folder names you have entered for “Add folder” are displayed.※3 Includes the music files in AAC format.Voice announce Data files recorded by using “Voice announce”Playlist Playback of playlistSearch by i-mode Connects to the data site.microSD Melody Melodies copied from the FOMA terminalMovable contents Copyrighted melodies moved from the FOMA terminalMy documentsi-mode Pre-installed or downloaded PDF filesmicroSD My documents PDF files downloaded or copied from the FOMA terminalMovable contents Copyrighted PDF files moved from the FOMA terminalKisekae ToolPre-installed or downloaded Kisekae Tool filesSearch by i-mode Connects to the data site.microSD Kisekae Tool files downloaded, or moved from the FOMA terminalMachi-charaPre-installed or downloaded Machi-chara imagesSearch by i-mode Connects to the data site.microSD Machi-chara images downloaded, or moved from the FOMA terminalChara-denPre-installed or downloaded Chara-den images1SegImage Still images recorded by 1SegVideo Video recorded by 1Seg, and copyright-protected and 1Seg-compatible moving pictures created with other AV devicesPosition memory Playback of marker positionDocument viewerDocument files saved from mail (attached files)SD other filesSD others Incompatible files saved from mail (attached files), or downloaded files in BMP or PNG format■Icons on the File listFile TypeTitle namePictureIcon Type File formatStill image JPEGStill image with location information JPEGStill image/Animation image GIFFrame GIFMarker stamp GIFFlash movie SWFi-motion file MP4 (AMR)i-motion file MP4 (AAC)i-motion file MP4 (AAC+[HE-AAC])i-motion file MP4 (Enhanced aacPlus)i-motion file ASFMovie file WMV, ASFMovie file on the Internet WVX, ASXMovie file WMAMovie file on the Internet WAXVideo MPEG2-TSVideo already viewed MPEG2-TS※Video not viewed yet MPEG2-TSPartially saved i-motion file —Melody SMFMelody MFiComplete PDF file PDFPartial PDF file PDF
334Data Management※For the video recorded by the device other than this FOMA terminal, the icon for already viewed video is displayed.pFor the file with the file restrictions, “ ” is added to each icon.pSome files have restrictions on the number of playbacks, playable period, or playable deadline. “ ” is added to the icon of the file with playback restrictions and “ ” is added to the icon of the file with playback restrictions expired.Acquired source※1 For the copyrighted file movable to the microSD card, “ ” is displayed.※2 Displayed only for “Position memory” or “Played history” in the “Movie” folder.Incomplete PDF file PDFDamaged PDF file PDFKisekae Tool file —Partially saved Kisekae Tool file —Machi-chara image —Partially saved Machi-chara image —Chara-den image —Word file WORDExcel file EXCELPowerPoint file POWERPOINTIncompatible file —Icon Type File formatIcon Description※1Obtained from sites or i-mode mail attachmentFiles shot by the FOMA terminal, or recorded by the voice recorderObtained from infrared communication or iC communication or microSD cardFiles of recorded Chara-den imagesFiles of recorded 1Seg programs※2Movie file on the Internet played back from i-mode※2Movie file on the Internet played back from Full Browser※2Movie file saved to the microSD cardAvailable operationYou can view the still images saved to the FOMA terminal and microSD card.1mData boxMy pictureSelect a folderSelect a file.pEach time you press m from the Folder list, you can switch between the folders in the FOMA terminal and the microSD card.pSee page 372 for the Function menu of the Folder list.pThe image on the right is displayed when you cannot display a preview image.pWhen selecting folders or still images by another function, some folders or still images may not be displayed depending on the function. You may at times be able to confirm the still image by pressing l( ) while you are selecting it.pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.Icon DescriptionAttach to i-mode mailInsert images into Deco-mail, or create Decome-Anime messagesSet displaySend Ir data, iC transmissionCopy to microSD cardUploadUsing location information+m-4-6<Picture Viewer>Displaying ImagesFolder list Still Image list
335Data Management1mData box1SegImageSelect a file.■Operations when playing back still imagespSee page 338 for when you operate from the Function menu.※1 Files are displayed in the order on the Still Image list.※2 You cannot operate depending on the image size or file format.※3 This operation pauses/plays back a file during playback of a Flash movie.※4 You can operate this only for still images in the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder, user folders, folders on the microSD card, and “Image” folder of “1Seg”.■Specifications for playing back still image files※1 The types of JPEG file you can play back are Baseline and Progressive of the Exif/CIFF/JFIF format.※2 For the file in the Progressive format, you can display the file of VGA (480 x 640) or smaller. For the file in the GIF format, you can display the file of 5M (1944 x 2592) or smaller.pYou cannot display some files even if their file formats are supported.Display Images Recorded by 1SegOperation Key operationDisplay the next file※1VoDisplay the previous file※1CoZoom (Enlarge/Reduce)※2Oo()※3pi() or l( ) to enlarge/reduce the display during zoompOo( ) to return to the original sizeSwitch display directions※2※4m()pEach time of pressing rotates the still image clockwise by 90 degrees.File format JPEG※1, GIF, FlashExtension jpg, gif, swf, ifmPixels Files of 8M (2448 x 3264) or smaller※2File size Still images of 3 Mbytes or lessFunction Menu of the Still Image ListEdit picture See page 339.Edit title Enter a title.pFor a file in the FOMA terminal, you can enter up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.pFor a file on the microSD card, you can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.Display picture You can display the image.Set display You can paste the image to the Stand-by display and other displays for displaying. See “Positioning” for the position to which you paste the still image.Select the display you paste it to.p“★” is displayed for the pasted items but not for the videophone related items other than “Videophone dial” or “V.phone incoming” even if already pasted.pIf you select the videophone related items other than “Videophone dial” or “V.phone incoming”, an appropriate message is displayed at the center of the still image.Picture info You can display the still image title, file name and others.pThe item of “Set display” only is displayed for “Picture info” of original animations.Location info
336Data ManagementAttach loc. info Select an item.By position loc.. . . Measures the current location (see page 322) and stores the location information. After checking the location information, press Oo().From loc. history. . . Select a piece of location information from Location History (see page 326) and store it.From phonebook. . . Select a Phonebook entry which contains the location information for storing.From own number. . . Stores the location information from “Own number”. Enter your Terminal Security Code and press Oo().YESpTo delete the stored location information, select “Delete loc. info”.Delete loc. info You can delete the location information stored in the image.YESDetails You can check the location information detail.pIf you press i( ) while displaying the detail, the Function menu for the location detail is displayed. (See page 323)Attach to mail Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can compose an i-mode mail message also by pressing l().Create Deco-mail You can create Deco-mail using data in the “Deco-mail picture” folder or “Deco-mail pictograms” folder.Go to step 2 on page 142.pSee page 145 for Deco-mail.Send Ir data See page 377. transmission See page 379.Add desktop icon See page 31.Copy to microSD See page 364.Store in Center See page 137.Copy to phone See page 365.Move to microSD See page 366.Move to phone See page 366.Positioning You can set the position for when you paste the still image to the Stand-by display, etc. See page 335 for “Set display”.Select a position for displaying.Edit file name Enter a file name.pYou can enter up to 36 half-pitch alphanumeric characters and symbols (only “.”, “-”, “_”).File restriction If you set “File restricted” for the file, the operation of attaching to i-mode mail is disabled at the receiving end who receives the image as the first distribution.File unrestricted or File restrictedpSee page 240 for the file restrictions.DPOF setting See page 386.Slideshow All still images are consecutively displayed starting from the still image selected in the folder. You can select the speed the still image switches at.Normal or SlowPress Oo( ) to stop Slideshow. Press Oo() again to resume Slideshow.Copy You can copy the still image, i-motion file, movie file, PDF file, document file, or SD other file on the microSD card to another folder on the microSD card.Select a destination folder.
337Data ManagementMove You can move the still image, i-motion file, movie file, PDF file, document file, Kisekae Tool file, Machi-chara image, or SD other file to another folder.Select a destination folder.pPress l( ) to display folders at the second-tier level or lower, if they exist. Press r to return to the upper level.Delete this YESDelete all You can delete all files in the folder.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESMultiple-choice You can select multiple files and operate them.Put a check mark for the files to be operatedi()Select an item.Picture/Title name/Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See page 337, page 356, page 359 and page 382.Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . .See “Delete this” on page 337.DPOF setting . . . . . . .See page 386.Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See page 336.Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See page 337.Copy to microSD . . . .See page 364.Copy to phone . . . . . .See page 365.Send Ir data . . . . . . . .See page 377.Select all . . . . . . . . . . . Selects all files.Release all. . . . . . . . . .Releases all selected files.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of stored items.Sort You can change displayed order.Select an order.pYou cannot sort the files on the microSD card.Picture/Title name You can switch the lists of still images.pYou can switch the lists also by pressing c().Information<Edit title>pYou may not be able to edit the title depending on the file.<Display picture>pYou may not be able to execute Display Picture depending on the file.pFlash movies are played back at the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”. When “Phone” of “Ring volume” is set to “Step”, they are played back at “Level 2”.<Set display>pFlash movies can be pasted only to “Stand-by display”, “Wake-up display”, “Dialing”, “Calling”, “Videophone dial”, “V.phone incoming”, “Mail sending”, “Mail receiving”, “Checking”, and “Mail/msg. rcpt result”.pAnimation GIF images cannot paste to the videophone related items other than “Videophone dial” or “V.phone incoming”.pThe displayed size might differ from the actual size depending on the image size or the display pasted to.pYou cannot execute “Set display” for some image files.<Attach to mail>pWhen the file is a JPEG image whose size is larger than 2 Mbytes (except Progressive type files), it is converted to 2 Mbytes or less.pYou may not be able to compose i-mode mail depending on the image.pSee page 240 for attaching a file set with the file restriction to mail.<Create Deco-mail>pWhen an image size is larger than Sub-QCIF (96 x 128), the display for selecting how to convert the image size appears. The converted still image is saved as a separate new file.Select “Attach directly”; then the image size does not change.Select “Sub-QCIF scale down”; then the image size is scaled down to Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) or smaller with its proportional ratio retained.Select “Sub-QCIF trim away”; then the image size is scaled down or cut out to Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) or smaller with its proportional ratio retained.If the file size exceeds the maximum size to create a Deco-mail message, its size is converted to the maximum size to create a Deco-mail message or less.pEven if you scale down or cut out the still image to Sub-QCIF (96 x 128), you can again scale down or cut it out by pressing +l( ), or pressing +i( ) and selecting “Cancel”. When you press +i( ) and select “Set”, the Message Composition display appears.pDepending on the image, you may not be able to create a Deco-mail message.Information
338Data Management<Edit file name>pYou may not be able to edit the file name depending on the file.pYou cannot use half-pitch space for the file name.<File restriction>pYou may not be able to set the file restrictions depending on the file.<Slideshow>pFlash movies are not displayed.pThe time interval to show the images might differ depending on the image.<Copy> <Move>pIf a call comes in while copying/moving multiple files, copying/moving is canceled even midway.<Delete this> <Delete all>pIf a call comes in while deleting multiple files, deleting is canceled.<Multiple-choice>pYou can select up to 3,500 still images, i-motion files, movie files, melodies, PDF files, Kisekae Tool files and Machi-chara images, and up to 100 videos, document files and SD other files.<Picture/Title name>pWhen you use “Picture” to display still images, some images may appear different.Function Menu while Playing Back Still ImageInformationEdit picture See page 339.Set display See page 335.Picture info See page 335.Location infoAttach loc. info See page 336.Delete loc. info See page 336.Details See page 336.Attach to mail See page 336.Create Deco-mail See page 336.Send Ir data See page 377. transmission See page 379.Display size You can set whether to display the still image in original size (normal size) or to fit to the display size.Normal or Fit in displaypEven if you set to “Normal”, the still image in excess of the display size is reduced to the display size. Also, when the still image is QCIF (144 x 176) or smaller, it is doubled at both lengthwise and sidewise to be displayed.Add desktop icon See page 31.Copy to microSD See page 364.Store in Center See page 137.Copy to phone See page 365.Positioning See page 336.DPOF setting See page 386.Delete See “Delete this” on page 337.Retry You can play back the animation or Flash movie from the beginning.Information<Display size>pIf animation GIF is displayed when “Fit in display” is set, the moving of the animation may become slower than when “Normal” is set.
339Data Management1Still Image list/Still image in playi()Edit picturepWhen the still image is larger than Stand-by (480 x 854), it is reduced to Stand-by (480 x 854) or smaller.2i()Edit the still image.See page 339 to page 341 for how to operate.3Oo()YES or NOYES . . . Overwrites the image to save.NO . . . . Saves the image as a new still image.pWhen you edit a still image on the microSD card, you cannot overwrite it for saving.Press Oo( ) to save it to the folder in which its source file is stored. If files on the microSD card are stored to the maximum and you cannot save a new file, it is saved to the “i-mode” folder.pNot to save the edited still image, press r or h; then select “YES”.pSee page 206 when images are stored to the maximum.<Edit Picture>Editing Still ImagesEdit Picture displayInformationpYou can execute “Edit picture” only for the “File unrestricted” JPEG files of still images shot by the cameras, obtained by data communication, downloaded from sites, or retrieved from i-mode mail.pWhen you select “Edit picture” while playing back a still image whose display direction is switched, it returns to the original direction.pYou cannot edit some still images, or you might have difficulty to produce editing effect.pIf you repeat editing image, the image quality may deteriorate or the file size may become larger.pYou may not be able to edit some still images after their sizes are changed.pThe file name, title, storage location, and acquired source of the newly saved still image are as follows:・File name: “YYYYMMDDhhmmnnnn”Title: “YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm”(Y: year, M: month, D: date, h: hour, m: minute, n: number)・ Storage location: A folder in which its source file is stored・Acquired source: Same as its source fileFunction Menu of the Edit Picture DisplayInformationMarker stamp You can add a marker stamp in the “Flame/Stamp” folder.Select a marker stamp.pYou can add a marker stamp whose size is smaller than the image you are editing.pYou can rotate the marker stamp by pressing i( ) and selecting “90° to right/90° to left/180°”. Select “Scale up/Scale down” to enlarge or shrink the marker stamp.pYou can reselect a marker stamp by pressing l().Use Mo to position the marker stamp and press Oo().pYou can add a marker stamp by pressing l().Oo()
340Data ManagementFrame Select a frameOo()pYou can add the frame whose size is the same as the size of the image you are editing.pYou can display the previous or next frame by pressing No. Press and hold No for at least one second to display sequentially.pYou can rotate the frame by pressing i( ) and selecting “180° rotation”.pYou can reselect a frame by pressing l().Character stamp You can add text.Enter characters.You can enter up to 15 full-pitch/30 half-pitch characters. However, the number of characters you can enter decreases depending on the size of the still image.pPress i( ) and select “Font color” to select a color; then, you can change the color of characters. You can switch between “16 Color” and “256 Color” by pressing c().Select “Font” to change the character fonts.Select “Font size” to enlarge or shrink characters.Select “Character input” to edit entered characters.Use Mo to position the charactersand press Oo()Oo()pYou can reselect a position by pressing l().Fit in screen You can convert the image size to Stand-by (480 x 854).YESOo()Change size Select an image size to change to.pIf you select the size different in proportional ratio from the source still image, the still image is enlarged or shrunk so that it does not exceed the selected size with its proportional ratio retained.Oo()pYou can reselect a size by pressing l().Trim away You can trim the still image to a certain size.Select an image size to trim to.pYou cannot select a trimming frame larger than the still image you are editing.pWhen the still image you are editing is larger than Stand-by (480 x 854), the still image and the trimming frame are reduced to be displayed.Use Mo to select a part to be trimmed and press Oo().pYou can reselect a size to trim by pressing l().Oo()pYou can reselect a part to be trimmed by pressing l().Retouch You can set texture and color tone of the still image.Select an item.Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stresses the outline.Blur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Softens the outline.Sepia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Makes the color tone sepia.Emboss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Makes the still image rugged.Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverses the color tone.Horizontal flip . . . . . . . . . Flips the image horizontally.Super clear shadow . . . . Makes the dark still image clear.Memory color . . . . . . . . . Corrects the color and contrast.Oo()pYou can reselect an effect by pressing l().Rotate 90° to right, 90° to left or 180°Oo()pYou can reselect the rotation angle by pressing l().Brightness You can adjust the brightness to -3 (dark) through +3 (bright).Select a brightness level.Attach to mail See page 336.Save See page 339.
341Data ManagementYou can select up to 20 JPEG files (20 frames) of Stand-by (480 x 854) or smaller from the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder and user folders, and play them back as animations. You can store 20 original animations.1mData boxMy pictureOriginal animation<New>pTo change, select an original animation you have set.2Select a frame position from <1st> to <20th>Select a folderSelect a still image.pTo release the stored still image, select “Release this”.3Repeat step 2l()Information<Marker stamp>pYou cannot enlarge a marker stamp to the size larger than the still image you are editing.<Character stamp>pYou cannot edit the still image smaller than 24 x 24 dots.pYou cannot set some font colors depending on the image to be edited. In that case, select another color.<Trim away>pYou cannot edit the still image of Chat Picture (80 x 80) or smaller.<Original Animation>Creating AnimationsOriginal Animation listFunction Menu of the Original Animation ListEdit title Enter a title.pYou can enter up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.Orig. animation Go to step 2 on page 341.Display picture You can play back the original animation.Set display See page 335.Picture info See page 335.Release animation YESFunction Menu while Playing Back Original AnimationSet display See page 335.Display size See page 338.Retry You can play back the original animation again.InformationpIf you delete a still image stored in an original animation, the original animation which contains the still image is released.
342Data ManagementYou can play back the i-motion files stored in the FOMA terminal or microSD card, or the moving pictures published on the Internet for personal computers (movie files).pYou can play back the sound of i-motion/movie files in stereo sound by connecting to the Stereo Earphone Set (option). Also, you can play back programs wirelessly by using a commercial Bluetooth device. (See page 418)1mData boximotion/MovieSelect a folderSelect a file.pEach time you press m from the Folder list, you can switch between the folders in the FOMA terminal and the microSD card.pSee page 372 for the Function menu of the Folder list.pWhen you select a folder or i-motion file from another function, some folders or i-motion files may not be displayed depending on the function. You may be able to confirm the i-motion file by pressing l( ) while selecting an i-motion file.pDepending on the i-motion file, you can play back by selecting a chapter set for the i-motion file. (See page 346)pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.pWhen you press and hold p for at least one second or press h during playback, pause, or halt, movie player ends. It ends even during playback with obtaining.<i-motion Player> <Movie Player>Playing i-motion/MovieFolder list i-motion listMovie listpThe following images are displayed when you cannot display a preview image.※1 For the Movie list, the “NG” image is displayed.※2 For the Movie list, the preview image is displayed.■Operations when playing back i-motion/movie filepSee page 346 for when you operate from the Function menu.Unplayable imagePlayback restrictions have expired, and the like.※1No preview imagesIncompletedownload※2Operation Key operationQuick View[i-motion only]l( ) (See page 346)Fast forward[Movie only]l()pl( ) to play backMute/Release mute iPause Oo() or ppOo() or p to play backPlay back frame by frame[i-motion only]l( ) during pausepEach time of pressing proceeds frame by frame.Sound volume adjustmentBo or </>Display next file or chapter※1VoDisplay previous file or chapter※1CopWhen playback time is over three seconds, you go back to the beginning of the file. (You go back to the top of the chapter for the file with chapters.)Search (fast forward)[i-motion only]Press and hold Vo.Search (fast rewind)[i-motion only]Press and hold Co.Select position to play※2[Movie only]Press and hold No.
343Data Management※1 i-motion files having no chapters or movie files are switched in the order on the i-motion list/the Movie list. This operation is available when you play back from the list. However, movie files in WVX, ASX, and WAX formats are skipped. i-motion files having chapters are switched in the order that the chapters are stored.※2 You cannot operate this during fast-rewinding.※3 You cannot operate this for movie files with incompatible video data or voice-only movie files.※4 Movie files cannot be played back on full display.pYou cannot do some operations depending on the state.pIf you play back a movie file on the horizontal display from the pause state, the display might become dark, however, the video appears soon after you resume the playback.You can perform the following operations during playback or pause of a movie file by using the switch of an earphone/microphone (option).Change vertical disp./horizontal disp./full disp.※3※4c()pEach time of pressing switches display formats.Remaster 9pEach time of pressing switches between “ON” and “OFF”.Listening 8pEach time of pressing switches in order of “OFF” → “Surround” → “Natur1” → “Natur2”.Equalizer 7pEach time of pressing switches in order of “Normal” → “H.BASS1” → “H.BASS2” → “Train”.Operation Key operationOperation Switch operationPause Press once.pTo play back, press again.Play back next file Press twice in succession.Play back previous file Press three times in succession.pWhen playback time is over three seconds, you go back to the beginning of the file.■Specifications for i-motion file playbackpEven when the file format is supported, you might not be able to play back some files.■Specification for movie file playback※The complex profile of Windows Media Video 9 is not supported.pYou might be able to play back the files that exceed the bit rates described above.pEven when the file format is supported, you might not be able to obtain files, play back during obtaining, or play back after obtaining depending on the file.pIf either video or audio of a file format is not supported, the file might be played back with supported one only.File format MP4, ASFCoding system MP4 file Video: MPEG4, H.263, H.264Audio: AMR, AAC, AAC+ (HE-AAC), Enhanced aacPlusASF file Video: MPEG4Audio: G.726Pixels MPEG4: Files of VGA (640 x 480) or smallerH.263: Files of only Sub-QCIF (128 x 96) and QCIF (176 x 144)H.264: Files of QVGA (320 x 240) or smallerExtension sdv, 3gp, mp4, asfFile format WMV, WMA, WVX, WAX, ASF, ASXExtension wmv, wma, wvx, wax, asf, asxCodec Video Windows® Media Video 8 through 9※Audio Windows® Media Audio 2 through 9Bit rate Video WMV 8 768 kbpsWMV 9 2 MbpsVoice 384 kbpsVideo size WMV 8 Files of CIF (352 x 288) or smallerWMV 9 Files of Wide VGA (800 x 480) or smallerFrame rate 30 fps
344Data ManagementThe display for selecting a position memory appears. For i-motion files, you can select “Marker to resume” or “Position memory 1/2”. For movie files, you can select “Marker to resume” or “Position memory 1 through 9”. When you select “Marker to resume” or “Position memory”, the i-motion/movie file is played back from the stored position.pTo display the information of “Position memory”, press i( ) and select “Posit. memory info”.pTo delete “Position memory” of an i-motion file, press i( ) and select “Delete”. To delete “Position memory” of a movie file, press i( ) and select “Multiple-choice”, “Delete this”, or “Delete all”. You cannot delete “Marker to resume”.pYou cannot play back an i-motion/movie file with a position memory, when you delete it, edit its file name, or move it to another folder.pEven when you play back a movie file from a position memory, it may be played back from the beginning, depending on the movie file.When you play back a movie file, the URL or storage location of the file is stored as a history. Up to 30 histories are stored, and when those are exceeded, the oldest history is overwritten. Select a played history to play back the movie file according to the history information.pYou cannot play back a movie file stored in Played History, when you delete it or move it to another folder.pWhen you play back an obtained but unsaved movie file from the data acquisition completion display, it is not stored in Played History.When you select “Position memory” of “imotion” or “Movie” from the folder listMarker to resume This is stored automatically when a call comes in, an alarm operates, the battery goes flat during playback of an i-motion/movie file, or when you terminate the movie player during playback.Position memory You can store in any optional position in i-motion/movie files. For an i-motion file, you can create up to two position memories. For a movie file, you can create up to nine position memories. (See page 345 and page 346)When you select “Played history” from the folder listPlayed History listInformationpSearch (fast forward or fast rewind) and frame-by-frame playback are silent. Search (fast forward or fast rewind) is available during pause or playback (including slow and quick view).pIf you receive mail or a Message R/F when playing back an i-motion file, the video or sound might be interrupted.pFiles with the extension of wvx, wax, asx are the movie files whose URLs are specified on the Internet. When you select those files saved on the microSD card, streaming or downloading playback starts from the specified URL.Function Menu of the i-motion List/Movie List/Played History ListEdit imotion See page 348.Edit title You can edit the title of i-motion file. (See page 335)Set imotionRing tone You can set an i-motion file for a ring tone.Select an incoming type.pThe set item is indicated by “★”.Stand-by display You can set an i-motion file for the Stand-by display.YESWake-up display You can set an i-motion file for the Wake-up display.YESimotion info You can display the title, file name and others of the i-motion file.Attach to mail You can compose an i-motion mail message with the file attached.Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can compose it also by pressing l().Send Ir data See page 377. transmission See page 379.
345Data ManagementCopy to microSD See page 364.Copy to phone See page 365.Move to microSD See page 366.Move to phone See page 366.Contents info You can display the title, file name and others of the movie file.Move See page 337.Edit titleEdit title You can edit the title of movie file. (See page 335)Reset title You can reset the title of the movie file to the default.YESCopy See page 336.Add desktop icon See page 31.Edit file name See page 336.File restriction See page 336.Reset title You can reset the title of the i-motion file to the default.YESHistory info You can display information of the played history.Position memory You can store the URL information of a movie file stored in Played History to a position memory. When you play back the file from the position memory, it is played back from the beginning.Select a position memory to be stored.pYou cannot select “Marker to resume”.Description You can display the lyric or description of the movie file.The words view or Description viewpUp to 1,024 full-pitch/2,048 half-pitch characters can be displayed in each.Delete this See page 337.Delete all See page 337.Multiple-choice See page 337.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of stored items.Sort See page 337.Listing You can change the displayed contents on the i-motion list/Movie list. You can select whether to display the titles or file names on the microSD Card list.Select a display format.Title . . . . . . . . . . . . .Titles or file names are listed.Title + Image . . . . . .Titles or file names, and an image are displayed at a time. The displayed image is the first frame of i-motion/movie file.Title/File name . . . .You can select whether to display titles or file names.pIn the case of the microSD Card list, “Title” is displayed as “Name”, and “Title + Image” is displayed as “Name + Image”.pYou can switch the displayed contents also by pressing c().Information<Set imotion>pWhen you set an i-motion file other than VGA (640 x 480) for the Stand-by display, it is enlarged or reduced to VGA (640 x 480).pYou cannot set the i-motion file whose acquired source is “ ” as a ring tone or receiving display.pSee “imotion info” to check whether the i-motion file can be set for a ring tone or receiving display.<Attach to mail>pWhen the file size is larger than 2 Mbytes, the confirmation display appears asking whether to cut it out to the mail size. Select “YES” to cut out the i-motion file from the beginning to the about 2-Mbyte point.pYou may not be able to compose i-mode mail depending on the i-motion file.pDepending on the i-motion file, its file size may become larger or smaller.pYou cannot attach an i-motion file in excess of 2 Mbytes to mail from the Edit imotion display. See “Trim for mail” for how to cut out the i-motion file for attaching to i-motion mail.
346Data ManagementFunction Menu during Pause/at the End of PlaybackNormal play The i-motion file is played back at the normal speed.Chapter list You can display the list of chapters stored in the i-motion file and select a chapter to be played back.Select a chapter to be played back.Slow The i-motion file is played back mute at half the normal speed.pTo cancel Slow playback, press l( ) or perform “Normal play”.Quick View (1.25x) The i-motion file is played back at the speed 1.25 times the normal speed.pPress l( ) to play back the i-motion file at twice the normal speed. Press l( ) to play back at the normal speed.Quick View (2x) The i-motion file is played back at twice the normal speed.pTo cancel Quick View, press l( ) or perform “Normal play”.Fast The movie file is played back fast.pTo cancel it, press l().Rewind The movie file is played back fast in the opposite direction.pTo cancel it, press l().Stop You can end playback.Position to play You can set the start point for playing back the i-motion/movie file.Use No to move the cursor position of the time bar Oo().pTo cancel, press r.Sound effectRemaster You can bring the sound from an earphone or Bluetooth device to the original sound by complementing high-pitch range lost at data compression.ON or OFFListening You can set the effect of the sound from an earphone or Bluetooth device.Select an item.Surround . . . Makes the sound natural and stereophonic.Natur 1/2 . . . . Complements the cooped-up feeling specific to earphones and plays back natural sound. Select 1 or 2 according to your taste.OFF . . . . . . . . Sets Listening to “OFF”.Equalizer You can change the quality of the sound from an earphone or Bluetooth device.Select an item.Normal . . . . . Reproduces normal sound quality.H.BASS1 . . . . Enhances bass sound.H.BASS2 . . . . Enhances bass sound more deeply than H.BASS1.Train . . . . . . . Minimizes abnormal sound that causes sound leakage.Contents info See page 345.Position memory You can store a position memory in the i-motion/movie file. Store it at the desired position in pause state.Select a position memory to be stored.pYou cannot select “Marker to resume”.Edit imotion See page 348.Attach to mail See page 344.pYou can compose an i-mode mail message also by pressing l( ) from the playback end display.Set imotion See page 344.imotion info See page 344.Send Ir data See page 377. transmission See page 379.Copy to phone See page 365.Add desktop icon See page 31.Description See page 345.
347Data ManagementCopy URL You can copy the URL of a movie file published on the Internet during playback.pYou can copy up to 512 half-pitch characters for the URL.Display size You can set whether to display an i-motion/movie file in the original size (Actual size) or to fit to the display size.Actual size or Fit in displaypEven if you set to “Actual size”, the i-motion/movie file in excess of the display size is reduced to the display size. Also, when the i-motion/movie file is QCIF (176 x 144) or smaller, it is doubled at both lengthwise and sidewise to be displayed.Change to full You can switch display formats of i-motion file. Each time of selecting the item switches displays in order of playback on the vertical display → playback on the horizontal display fitted to the display size → playback on the enlarged full display.Information<Chapter list>pWhen restrictions on chapter forward/rewind are applied, you cannot select chapters after/before the one you are currently playing back.<Slow>pYou cannot slow-play the following i-motion files:・A streaming type of i-motion file・An i-motion file being played back while obtaining data・An i-motion file played back from the Stand-by display<Quick View>pYou cannot execute Quick View for some i-motion files.pIt may be hard to hear sound during Quick View.<Position to play>pDepending on the i-motion/movie file, you might not be able to select the position to play.<Sound effect>pEven if an earphone or Bluetooth device is not connected, the respective setting contents are shown on the display.pWhen audio format of the i-motion file is AMR or G.726, sound effect might be unavailable.You can store i-motion files in a playlist, and continuously play them back in the order you like. You can create up to 5 playlists, and can store up to 30 files per playlist.1mData boximotion/moviePlaylistSelect Playlist 1 through 5.2Select <1st> through <30th>Select a folderSelect an i-motion file.3Repeat step 2l()pTo release a stored i-motion file, press i( ) and select “DEL one from list”. Select “DEL all from list”, then you can release all the stored i-motion files.pTo change the order of stored i-motion files, press i( ), select “Order to play”, and select an i-motion file whose position to be changed. Then, select the destination position to change the order.<Position memory>pDepending on the i-motion/movie file, you might not be able to store the position memory.pDepending on the movie file, the top position might be stored as the playback start position regardless of the position where you pause.<Change to full>pThe i-motion file of QCIF (176 x 144) or smaller is not played back in full display.Using PlaylistStore PlaylistInformationPlaylist listInformationpYou cannot store partially saved i-motion files in the playlist.
348Data Management1Playlist listHighlight a playlist and press l().You can edit i-motion files. The edited i-motion files are saved to the folder containing the source i-motion files.1i-motion list/During pause/At the end of playbacki()Edit imotionpUse Bo or </> to adjust the sound volume.Play Back PlaylistFunction Menu of the Playlist ListPlay See page 348.Edit playlist You can edit the playlist. Go to step 2 on page 347.Release playlist You can release all i-motion files stored in the playlist.YESEdit playlist name You can edit the name of the playlist.Edit a playlist name.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.<Edit imotion>Editing i-motionEdit imotion display2i()Edit the i-motion file.See page 349 for the operation.3Press Oo().pNot to save the edited i-motion file, press r or h; then select “YES”.4YESpSee page 206 when i-motion files are stored to the maximum.■Operations while an i-motion file is edited or a demo is played backpYou cannot do some operations depending on the state.Operation Key operationPause Oo()pPress Oo( ) to play back.Fast forward Press and hold Vo.Fast rewind Press and hold Co.Forward frame by frame Vo during pauseRewind frame by frame Co during pauseSound volume adjustment Bo or </>InformationpYou cannot edit the following i-motion files:・The files with “File restriction” and “Replay restriction” obtained from sites or i-mode mail・The files other than VGA (640 x 480), HVGA Wide (640 x 352), QVGA (320 x 240), QCIF (176 x 144) and Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)・The files saved to the microSD cardpYou might not be able to edit some i-motion files.pThe image quality may deteriorate or the file size may become larger or smaller by executing “Edit imotion”.pWhen a call comes in or the battery goes flat, the confirmation display appears asking whether to save the fixed edited contents.
349Data ManagementFunction Menu of the Edit imotion DisplayTrim imotion You can cut out a certain range from an i-motion file.Use Vo to display a start framel()The start frame is set and the i-motion file is played back.Press Oo( ) at the position you want to cut out.Playing back the i-motion file pauses.Use Vo to display an end framel()The cut out range is played back.pWhen the file size reaches about 10 Mbytes, the end frame is automatically set.Oo()pPress l( ) to play back a demo to check the edited i-motion file.Trim for picture You can cut out the still image and save it.Use Vo to display a framel()YESSelect a folder.pSee page 206 when images are stored to the maximum.Trim for mail You can cut out the i-motion file to the size attachable to i-mode mail.Mail size (S) or Mail sizeMail size (S) . . . Cut out to the size of about 500 Kbytes or less.Mail size . . . . . . Cut out to the size of about 2,048 Kbytes or less.Use Vo to display a start framel()The i-motion file is played back.When the file size reaches about 500 Kbytes, about 2,048 Kbytes, or at the end of playback, the playback stops automatically.Oo()pPress l( ) to play back a demo and you can check the edited i-motion file.Attach to mail See page 344.File restriction See page 336.Information<Trim imotion>pIf you execute “Trim imotion”, the file size may become larger.Function Menu while i-motion is EditedNormal play You can play back at the normal speed.Slow You can play back mute at half the normal speed.Quick View (1.25x) You can play back at the speed 1.25 times the normal speed.Quick View (2x) You can play back at twice the normal speed.Starting point You can set the start frame for “Trim imotion” and “Trim for mail”.Ending point You can set the end frame for “Trim imotion”.Determine You can set the frame for “Trim for picture”.Stop You can stop playing back.
350Data ManagementYou can play back the video saved to the microSD card.pYou can play back the sound of video files in stereo sound by connecting to the Stereo Earphone Set (option). Also, you can play back the sound wirelessly from a commercial Bluetooth device. (See page 418)1mData box1SegVideoSelect a file.pWhen the position to play is recorded to the video, the playback starts from the position to play. Press l( ) to play back from the beginning.pWhen you select a file which contains divided video files from the Video list, select a video file to play back from the list of divided video files.pThe images on the right are displayed when you cannot display a preview image:pWhen you play back, the program title and time bar (estimate) appear.■Operations when playing videopSee page 352 for when you operate from the Function menu.<Video Player>Playing VideoFolder list Video listUnplayable imageNo preview imageOperation Key operationQuick View※1lpEach time pressing switches in order of “1.25x” → “2x” → “Summary View” → ”Normal play”.Mute/Release mute i※1 You cannot operate in Data Broadcasting Mode.※2 You cannot operate for a file whose playback time is shorter than 30 seconds.※3 You cannot operate for a file whose playback time is shorter than 10 seconds.※4 When you operate immediately after “Skip”, “Fast forward”, “Rewind”, or “Position to play”, the program title stored in “Video info” might appear.※5 This operation is to display the program title while the horizontal display is shown.Pause※1Oo() or ppOo() or p to play backPlay back frame by frame※1l( ) during pausepEach time of pressing proceeds frame by frame.Sound volume adjustment Bo※1 or </>\Fast forward※1VopOo() or p to play backRewind※1CopOo() or p to play backSkip (fast forward)※1※2Vo(for at least one second) or s during playback or pauseSkip (rewind)※1※3Co(for at least one second) or a during playback or pauseProgram title※4dpIt is displayed with a time bar and others.pIt is displayed as well when you operate keys.Switch display d while displaying program titlepEach time of pressing from the horizontal display switches ON/OFF of “Icon” and “Caption”.pEach time of pressing from the horizontal display switches the positions of the time bar as well regardless of whether the caption is displayed or not.Switch display directions/Full displaycpIn Video Mode, each time of pressing switches the display directions.pIn Data Broadcasting Mode, each time of pressing switches between standard display and full display.Switch TV/data BC m()※5pEach time of pressing switches between Video Mode and Data Broadcasting Mode.Operation Key operation
351Data ManagementThe display for selecting Position Memory appears. When you select “Marker to resume” or “Position memory 1/2”, the video is played back from the stored position.pTo delete “Position memory”, press i( ) and select “Delete”. You cannot delete the “Marker to resume”.pWhen the video with a position memory has been deleted, you cannot play it back.When you select “Position memory” from the Folder list for videosMarker to resume This is stored automatically when a call comes in, an alarm operates, or the battery goes flat during playback of a video.Position memory You can store in any optional position in a video, and create up to two position memories. (See page 352)InformationpNo sound is output during frame-by-frame playback or during skipping. Further, captions are not displayed.pEven if you set “Sound setting” to “ON”, effect tones do not sound during pause, frame-by-frame playback, slow playback, or quick view playback.pWhen you select “YES (default)” from the confirmation display for data broadcasting while watching a 1Seg program or playing back video, the information on data broadcasting might be automatically updated, and you might be charged a packet communication fee. (See page 263)pYou might not be able to operate links by selecting them on data broadcasting during pause or at the end of playback.pYou cannot display data broadcasting on the horizontal display.pThe part of video that was not correctly recorded owing to the bad radio wave conditions is not displayed and skipped to the position where it can be displayed correctly. In that case, the video might not be played back for a few seconds, or might be distorted. Further, the time bar might not be displayed correctly.pIf you try to play back a video with a low battery, the battery alert tone sounds, and the confirmation display appears asking whether to play it back. When the battery becomes low during playback, the playback pauses, the battery alert tone sounds, and the confirmation display appears asking whether to end the playback. The battery alert tone sounds regardless of the setting of “Keypad sound”.pIf you edit (divide) the video using a mobile phone or personal computer that supports the edit function, you might not be able to correctly play it back on the FOMA terminal.pThe protection applied by other devices is not supported.Function Menu of the Video ListEdit title Enter a title.pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.Video info You can display the channel name, program name, etc. of the video.pYou can display them also by pressing c().Add desktop icon See page 31.Reset title You can reset the title to the default.YESDeleteDelete this YESDelete selected You can select multiple videos and delete them.Put a check mark for videos to be deletedl()YESDelete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESMemory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).Listing You can change the displayed contents for Video list.Select a display format.Title . . . . . . . . . . . .The title names are displayed.Title + image . . . . . The title name and image are displayed at a time. The displayed image is the first frame of video.Information<Delete>pIf a call comes in while deleting multiple videos, deleting is canceled.pThe video whose recording time is long might take a long time to be deleted. Make sure that the remaining battery is full enough.pYou might not be able to delete the video containing data that does not support the FOMA terminal.<Listing>pThe video that was not recorded correctly owing to the bad radio wave conditions might not be played back.
352Data ManagementFunction Menu during Pause/at the End of PlaybackNormal play The video is played at the normal speed.Slow The video is played back mute at half the normal speed.pTo cancel Slow play, perform “Normal play”.Quick View The video is played back quickly.Select an item.1.25x . . . . . . . . . . . . The video is played back at the speed 1.25 times the normal speed.2x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The video is played back at twice the normal speed.Summary View. . . . The played back speed is automatically adjusted according to the voice of the video.pTo cancel Quick View, press l several times, or perform “Normal play”.Fast forward The video is played back fast.10x or 30xpTo cancel fast forward playback, press Oo() or p.Rewind The video is played back fast in the opposite direction.10x or 30xpTo cancel rewind playback, press Oo() or p.Stop You can end playback.Position to play You can set the start point for playing the video.Use No to move the cursor position of the time bar Oo()pTo cancel, press r.Position memory You can store a position memory in the video. Store it at the desired position in pause state.Position memory1 or Position memory2Video info See page 351.Add desktop icon See page 31.Switch display You can switch the contents on the viewer display.Select an item.pIf you set to “Enlarged V. img+DBC”, the video on the vertical display is enlarged.pIf you operate “Fast forward” or “Rewind” from the Function menu while “Data broadcasting” is set, the setting at Video Player start-up returns.pEven if you set to “Data broadcasting”, the audio from video files is output.pYou can set “Caption” from “User settings” or while watching a 1Seg program.Switch TV/data BC You can switch between Video Mode and Data Broadcasting Mode while watching a video on the vertical display.Icon See page 262.Image quality See page 262.SoundSound effectAuto volume See page 262.Remaster See page 262.Listening See page 263.Equalizer See page 263.Main/sub sound Main sound, Sub sound, or Main+sub soundData broadcastingReload contents You can reload the displayed data broadcasting site.pThe confirmation display appears asking whether to re-send the data you entered, depending on the site.Certificate See page 198.Image display set. See page 209.At player start-upWhen “Caption” is set to “ON”: V. img+Caption+DBCWhen “Caption” is set to “OFF”: Visual image+DBCAt player start-upVideo ModeAt player start-upMain sound
353Data ManagementChara-den is an animation character representing yourself. You can send it as your image during videophone calls. You can use the Chara-den player to play it back and shoot it.pYou can delete the pre-installed Chara-den image. You can re-download it from the “P-SQUARE” site (see page 205). When you use a UIM other than the one used for downloading, the UIM security function (see page 38) is set for it.pSome Chara-den images synchronize their movement with your voice spoken into the microphone.Sound setting See page 263.Reset settings See page 263.Back to data BC You can stop browsing the data broadcasting site and return to the data broadcasting. Information<Quick View>pYou cannot execute Quick View for some video files.pIt may be hard to hear sound during Quick View.<Position to play>pDepending on the video file, you might not be able to select the position to play.pWhen you have selected the part that was not recorded correctly owing to bad radio wave conditions, the start point moves to the part where you can play back the video correctly.Chara-denYou can display stored Chara-den images.You can make the Chara-den image move by key operation.1mData boxChara-denSelect a Chara-den image.■Key assignment of operating Chara-denYou can use the Action list to check the actions that you can operate.pThe number of actions you can operate varies depending on the Chara-den image.※1 You cannot operate for the pre-installed Chara-den image.※2 Press s again to cancel the first s.<Chara-den Player>Displaying/Operating Chara-den ImagesChara-den list Chara-den displayKey operation Details1∼9s1∼s9※1※2(Whole Action Mode)Whole action: Expresses an action with whole of the body.11∼99※1(Parts Action Mode)Parts action: Expresses an action with a part of the body.0Suspends the running action.mDisplays the Action list.lMakes a videophone call.cRecords Chara-den images.
354Data ManagementFunction Menu of the Chara-den ListChara-den call See page 72.Substitute image See page 72.Rec. Chara-den See page 354.Edit title Enter a title.pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.Chara-den info You can display the title, file name, and others of the Chara-den image.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).Add desktop icon See page 31.Delete YESDelete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESpThis operation deletes the pre-installed Chara-den image as well.Multiple-choice You can select and delete multiple Chara-den images.Put a check mark for Chara-den images to be deletedi()DeleteYESDisplay size You can set whether to display the Chara-den image in “Actual size” or “Fit in display”.Actual size or Fit in displayReset title You can reset the title to the default one.YESInformation<Chara-den info>p“Rec. file restriction” denotes whether to restrict the operation such as attaching still images/moving pictures created by “Rec. Chara-den” to mail, saving them to microSD card, or editing them.<Delete> <Delete all> <Multiple-choice>pIf you delete a Chara-den image set for the substitute image except “カンガルー (kangaroo)”, “カンガルー (kangaroo)” is set for the substitute image. If you delete “カンガルー (kangaroo)”, a pre-installed substitute image will be sent.You can shoot the displayed Chara-den image as a still image or moving picture.1mData boxChara-denSelect a Chara-den image to be shotc()pYou can select it also from the Function menu of the Chara-den list or Chara-den display.Function Menu of the Chara-den DisplayChara-den call See page 72.Substitute image See page 72.Rec. Chara-den See page 354.Add desktop icon See page 31.Action list You can display the list of actions you can operate.pHighlight an action, and press Oo( ) to run the action; and press l( ) to check the details of the action.pYou can display the Action list also by pressing m.Change action You can switch the action modes between Whole Action Mode ( ) and Parts Action Mode ( ).Chara-den info See page 354.Display size See page 354.<Record Chara-den>Recording Chara-den ImagesAt Chara-den displayWhole Action ModeChara-den Recording display
355Data Management1Display “ ” on the Chara-den Recording display and press Oo().A still image of the displayed Chara-den image is shot.pWhile “ ” is displayed, press c( ) to display “ ”.2Press Oo().The still image you have shot is saved to the “Camera” folder.1Display “ ” on the Chara-den Recording display and pressOo().Recording of the displayed Chara-den image starts.pWhile “ ” is displayed, press c( ) to display “ ”.2Oo()Oo()The recorded moving picture is saved to the “Camera” folder.Shoot Still ImagesShoot Moving PicturesInformationpThe image size is fixed to QCIF (176 x 144).pIn Manner Mode or when “Phone” or “Mail” of “Ring volume” is set to “Silent”, the shutter tone does not sound.pWhen “Recording type” is set to “Video + voice”, the voice is recorded as well.Function Menu of the Chara-den Recording DisplaySwitch Chara-den Select a Chara-den image to be displayed.pIf you switch Chara-den images, the action mode switches to Whole Action Mode.Substitute image See page 72.Action list See page 354.Change action See page 354.Display size See page 354.pYou can delete the pre-installed Machi-chara images. You can re-download it from the “P-SQUARE” site (see page 205). When you use a UIM other than the one used for downloading, the UIM security function (see page 38) is set for it.1mData boxMachi-charaSelect a Machi-chara image.pEach time you press m from the Machi-chara list, you can switch between the list for the FOMA terminal and the microSD card.pThe following images are displayed when you cannot display a preview image.pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.Recording size You can set the image size for recording and saving a still Chara-den image. You can set only in Photo Mode.QCIF (176 x 144) or Small (117 x 96)Recording type You can set whether to record video or voice for recording and saving a Chara-den movie. You can set only in Movie Mode.Video + voice or VideoRecording quality You can set the image quality for saving a Chara-den movie. You can set only in Movie Mode.Normal, Prefer image quality, or Prefer motion speed<Machi-chara>Displaying Machi-chara ImagesMachi-chara listNo preview image Incomplete download
356Data ManagementFunction Menu of the Machi-chara ListEdit title See page 335.Preview You can display the Machi-chara image.Set to Machi-chara You can set a Machi-chara image. (See page 115)pYou can set it also by pressing l().pYou cannot set Machi-chara images on the microSD card.RLS Machi-chara You can release a Machi-chara image from setting.Machi-chara info You can display the title, file name, and others of the Machi-chara image.Reset all info You can reset information in the Machi-chara image. (See page 115)YESMove to microSD See page 366.Move to phone See page 366.Move See page 337.Reset title You can reset the title to the default.YESDelete this See page 337.Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESpThe pre-installed Machi-chara images are deleted as well.Multiple-choice See page 337.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of stored items.Sort See page 337.Listing You can change the displayed contents on the Machi-chara list.Title or ImagepYou can switch the contents also by pressing c().1mData boxMelodypEach time you press m from the Folder list, you can switch between the folders in the FOMA terminal and the microSD card.pSee page 372 for the Function menu of the Folder list.2Select a folderSelect a melody.pWhen selecting folders and melodies by another function, some folders or melodies may not be displayed depending on the function. Some melodies may be played back for confirmation while being selected, or you may at times be able to play back the melody by pressing l().pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.Information<Set to Machi-chara>pWhen you set to “まめはかせ (Dr. Bean)” which is a pre-installed Machi-chara image, it is displayed in the Santa version from November 20 through December 25, 2009 and from November 20 through December 25, 2010.+m-1-6<Melody Player>Playing a MelodyFolder listMelody list Melody Playback
357Data ManagementYou can repeatedly play back the melodies selected by “Edit playlist”.1mData boxMelodyPlaylist■Operation while playing back a melody※1 Halts the playback of melodies which cannot be attached to mail.※2 Valid when played back from the Melody list.Play Back PlaylistOperation Key operationHalt Oo(), d, 0 through 9, a, s, l※1, m, c, pSound volume adjustmentBo or </>Replay next file※2VoReplay previous file※2CoInformationpThe melodies are played back at the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”. When “Phone” of “Ring volume” is set to “Silent” or “Step”, they are played back at “Level 2”. However, the melody played back when it is selected does not sound.pEven if you change the volume while playing back, the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring volume” returns when you exit the Melody player.Function Menu of the Melody ListEdit title Edit the title.pFor a file in the FOMA terminal, you can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters.pFor a file on the microSD card, you can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.Edit file name Edit the file name.pYou can enter up to 36 (not including an extension) half-pitch alphanumeric characters and symbols (only “.”,“-”,“_”).Play melody See page 356.Set as ring tone Select an incoming type.p“★” indicates the set item.File restriction You can set the file restrictions on the selected melody.File unrestricted or File restrictedpSee page 240 for the file restrictions.Add desktop icon See page 31.Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the selected melody attached.Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can compose it also by pressing l().Send Ir data See page 377. transmission See page 379.Copy to microSD See page 364.Melody info You can display the melody title, file name and others.Copy to phone See page 365.Move to phone See page 366.Copy You can copy the melody from a folder on the microSD card to another folder on the microSD card.Select a destination folder.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of stored items.Reset title You can reset the title to the default.YESDeleteDelete this You can delete the melody stored in the FOMA terminal.YESDelete selected You can select and delete multiple melodies stored in the FOMA terminal.Put a check mark for melodies to be deletedl()YES
358Data ManagementDelete all You can delete all melodies stored in the selected folder in the FOMA terminal.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESDelete this You can delete the melody stored on the microSD card.YESDelete all You can delete all melodies stored in the selected folder on the microSD card.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESMultiple-choice You can select multiple melodies stored on the microSD card and operate them.Put a check mark for the melodies to be operatedi()Select an item.Delete . . . . . . . See “Delete this” on page 358.Copy . . . . . . . . See page 357.Move . . . . . . . . See page 358.Select all. . . . . You can select all melodies.Release all . . . You can release all selected melodies.Sort You can change displayed order.Select an order.pYou cannot sort the files on the microSD card.Move You can move the melody to another folder.Select a destination folderPut a check mark for melodies to be movedl()YESpPress l( ) to display folders at the second-tier level or lower, if they exist. Press r to return to the upper level.pFor the microSD card, you do not need to do the operations of putting a check mark for the melodies and after.Move to microSD See page 366.Information<Edit file name>pWhen the icon of the acquired source is “ ” or “ ” and the icon such as “ ” or “ ” is displayed for that melody, you cannot change the file name.pYou cannot use some characters and symbols for a file name.<File restriction>pYou can set the file restrictions only to the melody with the acquired source icon “ ”.pWhen the melody file exceeds 100 Kbytes by applying the restriction, you cannot set the file restrictions.<Attach to mail>pYou cannot attach the melody with “ ” or “ ” whose acquired source icon is “ ” or “ ”, or the melody in excess of 100 Kbytes.<Melody info>pYou may not be able to attach to i-mode mail even when the file restriction in the melody information is “File unrestricted”.<Delete>pWhen a melody set for another function is deleted, the setting returns to the default. (When the melody is set for an alarm tone of “Schedule”, “ToDo”, or “TV timer”, or for “Alarm”, it switches to “Clock Alarm Tone”.)pYou cannot delete the pre-installed melody.Function Menu of the Melody Playback DisplayInformationAttach to mail See page 357.Set as ring tone See page 357.Melody info See page 357.Copy to microSD See page 364.Copy to phone See page 365.Add desktop icon See page 31.Play all/Play portionYou can temporarily switch the play start positions of the melody.
359Data ManagementpYou can delete the pre-installed Kisekae Tool files. You can re-download them from the “P-SQUARE” site (see page 205). When you use a UIM other than the one used for downloading, the UIM security function (see page 38) is set for them.1mData boxKisekae ToolSelect a Kisekae Tool file.When you highlight/select an item from the detailed Kisekae Tool display, each setting content is played back as a demo.pEach time you press m from the Kisekae Tool list, you can switch between the list for the FOMA terminal and the microSD card. When you select a folder from the Folder list on the microSD card, the Kisekae Tool list appears.pSee page 372 for the Function menu of the Folder list.pThe image on the right is displayed when you cannot display a preview image.pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.<Kisekae Tool>Checking Kisekae ToolKisekae Tool list Detailed Kisekae Tool display© 2009 GROOVISIONSInformationpClock display cannot be played back as a demo.Function Menu of the Kisekae Tool List/Detailed Kisekae Tool DisplayEdit title See page 335.Preview You can display the detailed Kisekae Tool display.Set at one time You can set Kisekae Tool files at one time. (See page 114)pYou can set them at one time also by pressing l().pYou cannot set Kisekae Tool files on the microSD card at one time.Kisekae Tool info You can display the title, file name, and others of the Kisekae Tool file.File info You can display the name and type of files.Move to microSD See page 366.Move to phone See page 366.Reset title You can reset the title to the default.YESMove See page 337.Delete this See page 337.Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESpThe pre-installed Kisekae Tool files are deleted as well.Multiple-choice See page 337.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of stored items.Sort See page 337.Listing You can change the displayed contents on the Kisekae Tool list.Title or ImagepYou can switch the contents also by pressing c() from the Kisekae Tool list.
360Data ManagementYou need to obtain a microSD card separately to use the functions related to the microSD card. The microSD card is available at electronics retail stores, etc.pP-08A supports a commercial microSD card of up to 2 Gbytes and microSDHC card of up to 16 Gbytes (As of April 2009).For the latest operation check information such as the memory capacity and manufacturers of microSD cards, access the following sites (in Japanese only). Note that the microSD cards other than published in the sites might not correctly work.・From i-mode to P-SQUARE (As of April 2009)iMenu → メニューリスト (Menu List)→ ケータイ電話メーカー (Mobile Phone Maker) → P-SQUARE・From personal computershttp://panasonic.jp/mobile/Note that the published information is the result obtained from the operation check, which does not necessarily guarantee all performances of those microSD cards.pDuring processing of the card, “ ” is displayed. During processing of the card, never remove the microSD card, or turn off the FOMA terminal. Check that processing of the card does not go on before turning off the FOMA terminal, and then remove the microSD card.pWhen the FOMA terminal or microSD card has many data files, it may take longer to access the files.pSee page 371 for the number of files and time that can be saved to the microSD card.pThe microSD card has an operating life. If you use the microSD card for a long time, you may not be able to write new data on it, or the card may be disabled.pWith the FOMA terminal, you can save the downloaded still images, i-motion files, movie files, melodies, Kisekae Tool files, Machi-chara images, Chaku-uta Full® music files, and i-αppli programs with the file restrictions to the microSD card. You cannot save the files IPs (Information Providers) do not permit.microSD CardQR code for accessing the siteInformationpYou may not be able to use the microSD card formatted using a personal computer and other devices. Be sure to use the microSD card formatted with P-08A.■Inserting1To open the cover of the microSD card slot, pull it out in the direction A and then turn it in the direction B.2With the metal terminal surface facing downward, make sure that the cut edge is positioned at right and then insert.pPush it until it clicks.3Close the cover of the microSD card slot.pNote that formatting deletes all the contents on the microSD card.pIf you read/write data from/on a microSD card using a device other than this FOMA terminal, the microSD card might become unusable depending on the device or operations.pWhen you insert a microSD card which has been used with another device such as a personal computer into P-08A, new files and folders to be used in P-08A are created.Inserting/Removing microSD CardInformation
361Data Management■Removing1Open the cover following step 1 of “■Inserting” and push the microSD card until it stops.pBy pushing all the way in, the microSD card pops out.2Remove the microSD card.■Icons on the displayThe following icons appear when you insert the microSD card:: You can save and read data.: The microSD card is write-protected. You cannot save data, and execute “Check microSD” and “microSD format”.: You cannot use the microSD card. Remove the microSD card and then insert it again.If “ ” is still displayed, execute “Check microSD” or “microSD format”.InformationpDo not insert or remove the microSD card with the FOMA terminal turned on. It may damage the microSD card or its data.pNote that microSD card may pop out when you insert or remove it.pCheck the direction of the microSD card, and then insert or remove it straight. If you obliquely insert the microSD card into the slot, the microSD card may be damaged.pIt may take long to initially read or write data after inserting the microSD card.You can display the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail messages, text memos, and bookmarks stored on the microSD card.pYou can operate in the same way on the detailed Phonebook display, detailed mail display, and detailed Bookmark display as when you display data stored in your FOMA terminal.See page 96 for detailed operations of the Phonebook.See page 168 for detailed operations of mail.See page 201 for detailed operations of bookmarks.1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD dataSelect a category.pIf you select “Schedule”, ToDo items are also displayed.2Select a fileSelect a data item.<microSD>Displaying Data Items on microSD CardCategory list microSD File display(For Phonebook)Data list (For Phonebook)Detailed data display(For Phonebook)
362Data ManagementFunction Menu of the Category List/microSD File Display/Data List/Detailed Data DisplayEdit title Enter a title.pYou can enter up to 15 full-pitch/31 half-pitch characters.Add to phone See page 363.Overwrite to phone See page 364.Add one to phone See page 363.Add all to phone See page 363.Overwr. all to ph. See page 363.Copy to microSD See page 362.Copy to phone See page 363.Delete this YESDelete all You can delete all files in the currently displayed category.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESmicroSD info See page 369.Property You can display the detailed data display.microSD format See page 368.Check microSD See page 369.You can copy the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail messages, text memos, and bookmarks stored in the FOMA terminal to the microSD card.You can copy a single file from the FOMA terminal onto the microSD card. A copied data item is saved as a single file.You cannot copy the secret code stored in a Phonebook entry.1Display for a data item to be copiedi()Copy to microSDYESpTo copy a Phonebook entry, scheduled event, or mail message, select “Move/copy” from the Function menu and then select “Copy to microSD”.pTo copy a bookmark, select “Copy” from the Function menu and then select “Copy to microSD”.You can copy the data items of the category selected on the Category list or of the category displayed on the microSD File display from the FOMA terminal to the microSD card. The copied data items are all saved as a single file.You cannot copy secret codes or voice dial entries stored in the Phonebook entries.1Category list/microSD File displayi()Copy to microSDEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESpTo copy scheduled events, select “Schedule”, “ToDo”, or “All” (Schedule and ToDo).pTo copy bookmarks, select “i-mode Browser”, “Full Browser”, or “All” (i-mode and Full Browser).Copy Data Items in the FOMA Terminal to the microSD CardCopy one to microSDCopy all to microSDInformationpWhen you copy a file stored as secret data, the file is copied as an ordinary file.
363Data ManagementYou can copy the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail messages, text memos, and bookmarks stored on the microSD card to the FOMA terminal.pSee page 371 for the number of data items that can be saved to the microSD card.You can copy the data item selected on the data list or displayed on the detailed data display to the FOMA terminal.1Data list/Detailed data displayi()Add one to phone or Copy to phoneYESpTo copy from the detailed data display of a Phonebook entry, select “Move/copy” from the Function menu and then select “Copy to phone”.You can copy all data items in all files of the category selected on the Category list or all data items in all files displayed on the microSD File display to the FOMA terminal.The copied data items are added to the FOMA terminal.1Category list/microSD File displayi()Add all to phoneEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESpWhen you copy all files, the files stored as secret data are also copied.pWhen you copy all the Phonebook entries, the information from the PushTalk Phonebook entry and the contents of “Own number” are also copied.pFor copying mail, some files attached to mail may be deleted depending on file format.pWhen you copy mail containing links to start an i-αppli program, the information about starting the i-αppli program in that mail is deleted.pDuring copying, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same status as it is out of the service area.Copy Data Items on the microSD Card to the FOMA Terminal Add one to phoneInformationAdd all to phoneYou can copy all data items in a file selected on the microSD File display or all data items displayed on the data list to the FOMA terminal.The copied data items are added to the FOMA terminal.1microSD File displayi()Add to phoneEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESorData listi()Add all to phoneEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESYou can copy all data items in all files of the category selected on the Category list or all data items in all files displayed on the microSD File display to the FOMA terminal.Note that the data items already stored in the FOMA terminal are overwritten and deleted.1Category list/microSD File displayi()Overwr. all to ph.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESYESAdd to phoneOverwrite all to phone
364Data ManagementYou can copy all data items in a file selected on the microSD File display or all data items displayed on the data list to the FOMA terminal.Note that the data items already stored in the FOMA terminal are overwritten and deleted.1microSD File displayi()Overwrite to phoneEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESYESorData listi()Overwr. all to ph.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESYESOverwrite to phoneInformationpIf the memory capacity of the FOMA terminal runs short during copying, copying is suspended midway; however, the data already copied is stored.pWhen you perform “Add one to phone” for a Phonebook entry, any group is not set if the group number or group name stored in the microSD file differs from that stored on the FOMA terminal.pWhen you copy Phonebook entries in which phone numbers are stored, they are also stored in the PushTalk Phonebook. When you overwrite the Phonebook entries, the contents of the PushTalk group are also overwritten.When you execute “Add one to phone”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to store it. Select “YES” (select a phone number when multiple phone numbers are stored) to store the entry also to the PushTalk Phonebook.pWhen you overwrite the Phonebook entries, the voice dial entries are deleted.pIf the maximum number/size of storage are exceeded when you copy a received mail message, they are deleted in order of mail in the “Trash box” folder and older received mail. However, unread or protected mail messages are not deleted.pIf the maximum number/size of storage are exceeded when you copy a sent mail message, they are deleted in order of older sent mail. However, protected mail messages are not deleted.pWhen you copy a file stored in another model, the folder-sort setting may not be reflected.pWhen you execute “Add all to phone”, you cannot copy the bookmarks of the same URL.The destination folder and file name are as follows:pWhen you copy or move a file between the FOMA terminal and the microSD card, its file format might change.1Still Image list/Still image in play/i-motion list/Melody list/Melody during playback/PDF File list/Decome-Anime Template listi()Copy to microSDpIf you have used “Multiple-choice” to select files to be copied, you can copy the multiple files at a time.pIf the number of files stored on the microSD card increases, it may take long to read or write data.pDuring copying, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same status as it is out of the service area.Copying Still Images, Moving Pictures, etc.Copy Files from the FOMA Terminal to the microSD CardInformationStill image(DCF standard)The destination folder in the “Picture” folderPXXXXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)Still image(Non DCF standard)The destination folder in the “Image Box” folderSTILXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)Still image(Deco-mail pictogram)The destination folder in the “Deco-mail pictograms” folderDIMGXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)i-motion file(With video)The destination folder in the “SD video” folderMOLXXX (X denotes an alpha-numeral.)i-motion file(Without video)The destination folder in the “Other contents” folderMMFXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)Melody The destination folderRINGXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)PDF file The destination folderThe same file name as the one in the FOMA terminalDecome-Anime template The destination folderDEATXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)
365Data ManagementYou can copy files from the microSD card to the i-mode folder in the FOMA terminal. (Deco-mail pictograms are copied to the “お気に入り (Favorite)” folder in the “Deco-mail pictograms” folder and Decome-Anime templates are copied to the “Phone” folder.)1Still Image list/Still image in play/i-motion list/i-motion file in pause/i-motion file at the end of playback/Melody list/Melody during playback/PDF File list/Decome-Anime Template list, which is on the microSD cardi()Copy to phonepIf you have used “Multiple-choice” to select files to be copied, you can copy the multiple files at a time.pSee page 206 when images/i-motion files/melodies/PDF files are stored to the maximum.InformationpYou can copy JPEG, GIF, SWF, MP4, MFi, SMF, PDF files and Decome-Anime templates in the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder, “Deco-mail picture” folder, “Deco-mail pictograms” folder and a user folder.pYou can copy multiple JPEG, GIF, SWF and MP4 files at a time but not others.pWhen the files in the destination folder are stored to the maximum, a new folder is automatically created and files are saved to that folder. For the files other than still images or Decome-Anime template, the message “Storage is changed to XXXXXXX” (XXXXXXX denotes a folder name) appears when copying is completed.pYou cannot copy the following files:・Files that you shot Chara-den images whose “Rec. file restriction” is “File restricted”・Files whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited・Files set with playback restrictions・Partially saved i-motion files or Chaku-uta Full® music files・PDF files partially downloaded page by pagepWhen you copy a file to the microSD card, the file size may become larger.Copy Files from the microSD Card to the FOMA TerminalInformationpDo not pull out the microSD card during copying.pYou can copy JPEG, GIF, SWF, MP4, MFi, SMF, PDF files and Decome-Anime templates. However, you cannot copy a melody in excess of 100Kbytes and an SWF file in excess of 500 Kbytes.pYou can copy multiple JPEG, GIF, SWF and MP4 files only at a time. However, you cannot copy multiple i-motion files of ASF format, VGA (640 x 480) and HVGA Wide (640 x 352), or in excess of 10 Mbytes.pWhen you copy i-motion files, they are cut out, converted, or shrunk, so their file size may become larger or smaller. However, an i-motion file whose video codec is H.264 is copied without being converted or shrunk.pWhen you copy VGA (640 x 480) or HVGA Wide (640 x 352) of an i-motion file, the image is converted into QVGA (320 x 240). When you copy VGA (640 x 480) or HVGA Wide (640 x 352) of an i-motion file, ASF file, or the file in excess of 10 Mbytes, it might take a longer time.pYou cannot copy the i-motion file in excess of 10 Mbytes in the following cases:・When the video codec is H.264・When the audio codec is AAC, AAC+ (HE-AAC), or Enhanced aacPlus・When the bit rate of the i-motion file is in excess of the restriction・When searching (fast forward or fast rewind) is disabled・When the file is other than VGA (640 x 480), HVGA Wide (640 x 352), QVGA (320 x 240), QCIF (176 x 144) or Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)Some i-motion files cannot be copied in the conditions other than the above.pPlaying back a copied ASF file may take a longer time. pThe file after copying takes the title of the one set on the microSD card. When no title is set on the microSD card or the default title is unknown, the file name will be the title.
366Data ManagementYou can move the copyrighted file obtained from a site to the microSD card after encoding. The moved file is then saved to the destination folder in the “Movable contents” folder (the specified destination folder for Chaku-uta Full® music files). Some files you moved to the microSD card can be operated only with the UIM you used when moving, and others can be operated only with the UIM and the phone you used when moving.1Still image list/i-motion list/Machi-chara list/Melody list/Kisekae Tool list/PDF File list/Chaku-uta Full® Music listi()Move to microSDOKYou can move a copyrighted file from the microSD card to the “i-mode” folder in the FOMA terminal.1Still Image list/i-motion list/Machi-chara list/Melody list/Kisekae Tool list/PDF File list/Chaku-uta Full® Music list, which is on the microSD cardi()Move to phonepSee page 206 when files are stored to the maximum.<Movable Contents>Moving Copyrighted FilesMove Files in the FOMA Terminal to the microSD CardInformationpYou can move a file to the microSD card only when the acquired source icon is “ ”.pPartially saved i-motion files, Chaku-uta Full® music files, Kisekae Tool files, Machi-chara images and PDF files cannot be moved to the microSD card.pThe setting is released if you move a file set for another function.Move Files from the microSD Card to the FOMA TerminalSome i-αppli programs can be moved to and saved to the microSD card. You cannot start the i-αppli program moved to the microSD card. Move it back to your FOMA terminal to start. However, some i-αppli programs can be operated only with the UIM you used when moving, and some other programs can be operated only with the UIM and the phone you used when moving.1Software listi()Move to microSDYESYou can move an i-αppli program from the microSD card to the FOMA terminal.1Software listi()Move to phoneYESOKInformationpYou can move a copyrighted file (with file restriction) to the FOMA terminal only if its property for “Moved to phone” is “Available” or “Available (Same model)”. However, you cannot move a file of “Available (Same model)” to the FOMA terminal other than P-08A. See “Picture info”, “imotion info”, “Machi-chara info”, “Melody info”, “Kisekae Tool info”, “File info”, “Music info”, or “Document info” to check whether the file is “Available”, “Unavailable” or “Available (Same model)”.pThe setting is released if you move a file set for another function.pThe moved files are saved to the “i-mode” folder. However, the Machi-chara images are saved to the “Machi-chara” folder, the Kisekae Tool files are saved to the “Kisekae Tool” folder in Data Box and Chaku-uta Full® music files are saved to the “Initial folder” in the “i-mode” folder.Move i-αppli in the FOMA Terminal to the microSD CardMove i-αppli from the microSD Card to the FOMA Terminal
367Data ManagementYou can back up the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail messages, text memos, bookmarks, setting contents/information stored in the FOMA terminal to the microSD card collectively. The backup files are saved as a single file by category. When you restore those files, they are collectively restored to the FOMA terminal.pEach time you perform “Backup to microSD”, the old backup file is deleted and the new one is created.pAs the backup files are collectively created for all categories, the backup file for the category which does not contain any data is also created. When you restore such a file, the category which does not contain any data is overwritten as well.pDuring backup/restoring, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same status as it is out of the service area.pBackup/restoring of settings contents/information for the following functions is executed, however, some setting contents/information might be reset after restoring:1mLifeKitmicroSDBackup/RestoreBackup to microSDpYou cannot create backup files when no data files available for backup are stored in the FOMA terminal.2Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESpWhen you select “Cancel” to cancel the backup, the backup files already created are deleted.pWhen backup is completed, the saved date/time of the backup file is displayed.Back up/Restore Data Files Collectively・Redial・Received Calls・Record message setting・“Mail” of Font size setting・Restrictions・Call setting w/o ID・Reject unknown・Sent address・Received address・Auto-sort・Set check new messages・Attachment preference・Auto-start attachment・Signature・Auto-display・“Receive setting”, “Beep time”, and “Manner/Public mode set” of Area Mail setting・Alarm・Own dictionaryBack up Data Files to the microSD Card1mLifeKitmicroSDBackup/RestoreRestore to phonepYou cannot restore the files if no backup files or only the interrupted backup files are on the microSD card.2Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESWhen restoring is completed, the restored setting contents/information are displayed. When you select “OK”, or press r or h, the confirmation display appears asking whether to create the learned words list. Select “YES” to perform “Create learned wd list”.pWhen you select “Cancel” to cancel restoring, the files already restored remain in the FOMA terminal, but you cannot resume restoring from the interrupted point. To restore all the data files, perform “Restore to phone” again.pWhen you restore the backup files which contain no sent mail messages, the confirmation display asking whether to create the learned words list does not appear.InformationpIf the battery goes flat during backup, the backup is suspended and the backup file already created is saved as the interrupted backup file. However, you cannot resume backup from the interrupted point, so start the whole backup again to complete the backup.pIf the microSD card runs out of space during backup, the backup files already created are deleted, and the backup is suspended. In this case, delete unnecessary data files on the microSD card, and then start the backup again.pIf any backup files or interrupted backup files are on the microSD card, it may take long to finish the backup.Restore Backup Files to FOMA terminalInformationpWhen the volume of backup files is larger than the memory space of your FOMA terminal, some backup files are not restored.pWhen the backup files contain the files unsupported by the FOMA terminal, the unsupported files are not restored.pWhen you restore backup files to other than P-08A, all the backup files and setting contents/information may not be restored.
368Data ManagementYou can delete the backup files or interrupted backup files on the microSD card.1mLifeKitmicroSDBackup/RestoreDelete backup dataEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESYou can save various files unsupported by the FOMA terminal or files in BMP or PNG format downloaded from sites, to the microSD card. (See page 158 and page 204)You can attach the saved files to an i-mode mail message to send, or check them on a personal computer.1mData boxSD other filesSelect a folder.pSee page 372 for the Function menu of the Folder list.pYou cannot display the contents of the file using the FOMA terminal.Delete Backup Files<SD Other Files>Managing Unsupported FilesFolder list SD Other File listFunction Menu of the SD Other File ListEdit title See page 335.File info You can display the name and type of files.Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the file attached.Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can compose it also by pressing l().When you use the microSD card for the first time, you need to format (initialize) it. Be sure to use P-08A for formatting. The microSD card formatted using other devices such as personal computers may not be used properly. Note that formatting deletes all the contents on the microSD card.1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD data i()microSD formatEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESCopy See page 336.Move See page 337.Delete this See page 337.Delete all See page 337.Multiple-choice See page 337.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).<microSD Format>Formatting microSD CardInformationpDo not remove the microSD card during formatting. Malfunction of the FOMA terminal or microSD card could result.pIf you press +l() or -h, or receive a voice call or videophone call while formatting the microSD card, formatting is canceled. Format it again.pFiles that have been saved to the microSD card whose formatting is suspended becomes unfixed.pYou cannot format an incompatible memory card.pRequired folders are automatically created when you save data to the microSD card after formatting.
369Data ManagementYou can check and recover the microSD card.1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD datai()Check microSDYESYou can display the used and unused memory space (estimate) on the microSD card.1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD datai()microSD info<Check microSD>Checking microSD CardInformationpDo not remove the microSD card during Check microSD. Malfunction of the FOMA terminal or microSD card could result.pYou cannot execute Check microSD for the unformatted microSD card or incompatible memory card.pWhen you execute Check microSD, the microSD card may not be recovered correctly, the data existed before executing Check microSD may be deleted, or the microSD card itself may be initialized depending on the condition of the microSD card.pIf you press +l() or -h, or receive a voice call or videophone call during Check microSD, Check microSD is canceled.pIf you cancel Check microSD midway, data not recovered may remain. In this case, try Check microSD again.pIt may take long to complete Check microSD depending on the data volume stored on the microSD card.<microSD Info>Displaying Capacity of microSD CardInformationpAs the microSD card contains the system files for the card, the memory space is smaller than that described on the microSD card even if it contains no data.By connecting the microSD card to the microSD card adapter, you can use the microSD card on a personal computer which supports SD card. The microSD card adapter is available at electronics retail stores, etc.For installing the microSD card adapter, refer to the instruction manual for the microSD card adapter.With a microSD card inserted, connect the FOMA terminal to a personal computer; then you can read the data from or write the data onto the microSD card.The following equipment is required:pConnector Cable: FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option)pPersonal Computer: Personal computer having the USB port (Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev 1.1/2.0※ compliant) that can be connected with the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option)※This FOMA terminal does not support “USB2.0 High-Speed”.pCompatible Operating Systems: Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista (Japanese version in each)1mSet./ServiceOther settingsUSB mode settingmicroSD modepWhen you set to “microSD mode”, “ ” appears on the Stand-by display.pTo save WMA files from your personal computer to the microSD card, set to “MTP mode”. When you set to “MTP mode”, “ ” appears on the Stand-by display.pTo use the FOMA terminal for packet communication, 64K data communication, data sending/receiving (OBEX™ communication), and for calls with USB Hands-free compatible device, set mode to “Communication mode”. 2Connect the FOMA terminal to a personal computer using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option).The personal computer recognizes the microSD card.p“ ” appears on the desktop, and “ ” appears on the Stand-by display. Also, “ ” is displayed while the microSD card is in the FOMA terminal.Using a microSD Card with a Personal ComputerUse FOMA Terminal as microSD Reader/Writer
370Data ManagementThe FOMA terminal creates the following folders on the microSD card to save data files. When you write files to the microSD card from a personal computer, you need to write in the specified folder configuration and file names.aaa: A three-digit half-pitch numeral of 100 through 999 (Use the same numerals for the folder name, and for the file name saved to that folder.)bbb: A three-digit half-pitch numeral of 001 through 999ccc: A three-digit half-pitch alpha-numeral (hexadecimal numeral※)ddddd: A five-digit half-pitch numeral of 00001 through 65535eeee and ffff: A four-digit half-pitch alpha-numeral (hexadecimal numerals※)gggg: A four-digit half-pitch numeral of 0001 through 9999###: Extension※The hexadecimal numerals are carried up every 16, unlike the way the decimal numerals are carried up every 10. They are indicated by half-pitch numerals of 0 through 9 and half-pitch alphabets of A through F.pUsing a personal computer, you can write a file name of up to 64 bytes (including extension) of free characters for a PDF file, SD other file, movie file, Word file, Excel file and PowerPoint file. However, you cannot use following characters:￥ / , : ; ＊ ? “ < > ｜InformationpIf the FOMA terminal and personal computer are not correctly connected, or the remaining battery level of the FOMA terminal shows very low or goes flat, you cannot send or receive data. In addition, you may lose data.pWhile data is being read or written, do not pull the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 off. Not only you cannot send or receive data, but also you may lose the data.pWhile data is being read or written, you cannot set this function. Further, make sure that you do not “Reset settings” or “Initialize” during reading/writing. Malfunction of the microSD card could result.pWhen “MTP mode” is set, you cannot reset functions by “Reset settings”. When you turn on the power after removing the battery, the mode is set to “Communication mode”.pYou cannot read from/write to a personal computer while reading from/writing to the FOMA terminal, and vice versa.pTo use the DOCOMO keitai datalink, set it to “Communication mode”.Folder Configuration on microSD CardDCIM (Folder for DCF standard still images)aaa_PANAPaaagggg.### (Extension is JPG, or GIF.)MISC [DPOF folder (This folder is created automatically when “DPOF setting” on page 386 is set.)]SD_VIDEO (Folder for moving pictures)PRLccc (Folder for i-motion files)MOLccc.### (Extension is 3GP, SDV, ASF, or MP4.)MGR_INFO (Folder for video management information)PRGccc (Folder for videos)PRIVATEDOCOMOSTILL (Folder for non-DCF standard still images)SUDbbbSTILgggg.### (Extension is JPG, GIF, or SWF.)DOCUMENT (Folder for PDF files)PUDbbbPDFDCbbb.PDFRINGER (Folder for melodies)RUDbbbRINGgggg.### (Extension is MLD, or SMF.)TORUCA (Folder for ToruCa files)TRCbbbTORUCbbb.TRCMMFILE [Folder for non-SD-VIDEO standard motiion pictures (include music data of AAC format)]MUDbbbMMFgggg.### (Extension is 3GP, SDV, ASF, or MP4.)WM_SYSTEMWMDECOIMG (Folder for Deco-mail pictograms)DUDbbbDIMGgggg.### (Extension is JPG, or GIF.)OTHER (Folder for SD other files)OUDbbbOTHERbbb.### (Extension is up to three-digit half-pitch alphabets that the FOMA terminal cannot recognize.)
371Data ManagementMOVIE (Folder for movie files)MVUDbbbMOVIEbbb.### (Extension is WMV, WMA, WVX, WAX, ASF, or ASX.)DECO_A_T (Folder for Decome-Anime templates)DTUDbbbDEATgggg.VGTBACKUP (Folder for batch backup files)SD_PIMADDRESS (Folder for Phonebook batch backup files)ADDRESS.VCFSCHEDULE (Folder for schedule and ToDo batch backup files)SCHEDULE.VCSMAILINBOX (Folder for received mail batch backup files)INBOX.VMGSENTBOX (Folder for sent mail batch backup files)SENTBOX.VMGOUTBOX (Folder for unsent mail batch backup files)OUTBOX.VMGNOTE (Folder for text memo batch backup files)NOTE.VNTBOOKMARK (Folder for bookmark batch backup files)BOOKMARK.VBMSETTING (Folder for setting contents batch backup files)SETTING.VNTTABLE (Folder for additional information)MEIGROUPPMCDOCUMENT (Folder for Word, Excel, or PowerPoint files)DOCbbbDOCDCbbb.### (Extension is XLS, DOC, or PPT.)TABLEDOCUMENTSD_PIM (Folder for Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail messages, text memos, and bookmarks)PIMddddd.### (Extension is VCF for Phonebook entries, VCS for schedule events and ToDo items, VMG for mail messages, VNT for text memos, and VBM for bookmarks.)SD_AUDIO (Folder for SD-Audio)SD_BIND (Folder for i-αppli or movable contents)SVCdddddeeeeffff■The number of files and time that can be saved to the microSD card※You can save up to approx. 65,500 files to the microSDHC card of 4 Gbytes or larger.pThe number of savable files and time for saving vary depending on the memory capacity of the microSD card. You can save more files by adding folders to save files to.pYou might not be able to save the maximum number of files depending on the file size.pYou can check used and unused space of the microSD card by “microSD info”.File Folder Number of savable files/timeStill image (DCF standard) DCIM See page 523.Moving picture (i-motion) SD_VIDEO See page 525.Moving picture (Video) SD_VIDEO See page 256.SD-Audio SD_AUDIO See page 277.Still image (Non-DCF standard) STILLApprox. 58,390※Moving picture (Non-SD-VIDEO standard) MMFILEMovie file MOVIEMelody RINGERPDF file DOCUMENTWord, Excel, PowerPoint file PMCToruCa file TORUCADeco-mail pictogram DECOIMGDecome-Anime template DECO_A_TSD other file OTHERPhonebook entry, schedule event, ToDo item, mail message, text memo, bookmark SD_PIMi-αppli, Movable contents SD_BIND
372Data ManagementInformationpFolder and file names may be displayed in lowercase characters depending on the personal computer you use.pWhen the personal computer is set not to display extensions and hidden folders, change the setting and then operate. For how to change the setting, refer to the instruction manual for your personal computer or Help.pDo not use the personal computer to delete or move the folders on the microSD card. The microSD card might not be read by P-08A.pYou cannot see the files in the “SD_AUDIO”, “SD_BIND” and “PRGccc” folders on a personal computer, as they are encrypted.pWhen you save data in the “PRGccc” folder by using a personal computer, you might not be able to delete the video using the FOMA terminal.pWhen you delete, overwrite, or write a file on a personal computer, ensure that you do not use the same file name you have once used. Even when you have deleted that file, use a different file name.pEach time you perform “Backup to microSD”, all folders and files in the “BACKUP” folder are deleted and new ones are created. When you perform “Delete backup data”, all folders and files in the “BACKUP” folder are deleted.pOn the FOMA terminal, you might not be able to display or play back a data item which was saved to the microSD card from other devices. On other devices, you might not be able to display or play back a data item which was saved to the microSD card from the FOMA terminal.pTo procure a microSD reader/writer or PC card read adapter, inquire respective manufacturers for the operation of microSD card beforehand.Files in My picture, MUSIC, imotion/Movie, Melody, My documents (SD), Kisekae Tool (SD), Machi-chara (SD), Document viewer, and SD other files in Data Box are managed in the respective folders.pSee page 279 for folder operations of MUSIC.pEven when the files in the “Movable contents” folder are listed, the Function menu in the Folder list is displayed.Managing FoldersFunction Menu of the Folder ListAdd folder You can create a user folder.Enter a folder name.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters in the FOMA terminal.pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters on the microSD card. You can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for a folder in the “Movable contents” folder.Edit folder name You can edit the name of a user folder, or a folder in the “Deco-mail pictograms” folder in the FOMA terminal.Enter a folder name.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters in the FOMA terminal.pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters on the microSD card. You can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for a folder in the “Movable contents” folder.Delete folderDelete this You can delete the highlighted user folder.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESDelete selected Put a check mark for user folders to be deletedl()Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESDelete all You can delete all user folders.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
373Data ManagementFolder security[My picture/imotion/Movie]You can set the folder to open only when you enter your Terminal Security Code.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESThe folder changes to “ ”.pTo release it, perform the same operation.Send all Ir data[My picture/imotion/Movie/melody]See page 378.DEL all frm folder[My picture only]You can delete all the files in the folder selected in “i-mode”, “Camera”, “Deco-mail picture”, “Deco-mail pictograms”, and user folder in “My picture”.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESEdit playlist[Melody only]You can select up to 10 melodies and program them in order as you like. This is displayed while you are selecting “Playlist”.Select a playing order from <1st> through <10th>Select a folderSelect a melody.pTo release a programmed melody, select “Release this”.Repeat the operations and complete the playlist editingl()Release playlist[Melody only]You can release all the programmed melodies from the playlist. This is displayed while you are selecting “Playlist”.YESSelect storage You can set the destination folder for when you save to the microSD card.YESMemory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of stored items.pYou can display them also by pressing c().Information<Add folder>pYou can add up to 20 folders in the FOMA terminal. However, you can add up to 19 folders in “imotion/Movie”.pYou cannot add folders on the microSD card in the following cases:・When 900 folders are contained in “Picture”・When 4,095 folders are contained in “SD video”・When 999 folders are contained in “Image Box”, “Deco-mail pictograms”, “Melody”, “Other contents”, “My documents”, “Document viewer”, or “SD other files”<Edit folder name>pYou cannot edit the Folder-Security-activated folder name.<Delete folder>pAll data files in the user folder are deleted.pWhen you select this function on the microSD card, “Delete this” is performed.pWhen a melody set for another function is deleted, the setting returns to the default. (When the melody is set for an alarm tone of “Schedule”, “ToDo” or “TV timer”, or for “Alarm”, it switches to “Clock Alarm Tone”.)<Folder security>pYou can set it only for “i-mode”, “Camera”, user folder, and “Voice recorder”.pWhen you select a folder with folder security, the display for entering your Terminal Security Code appears. Enter your Terminal Security Code to temporarily release folder security.<Edit playlist>pIf you change or delete the file name, title, or contents of the melody stored in the playlist, all the melodies are released from the playlist.
374Data Management<Select storage>pThe following icons are displayed for the folder set as a destination folder:“ ” . . . Folders in the “Picture” folder and “SD video” folder“ ” . . . Folders in “Document viewer”, and “SD other files”Folders in the “Deco-mail pictograms” folder, “Image Box” folder, “Movie” folder, “Melody” folder, and “My documents” folder“ ” . . . Folders in the “Kisekae Tool” and “Machi-Chara”Folders in the “Movable contents” folder“ ” . . . Folders in the “Other contents” folderpWhen you execute Check microSD, or create or edit a folder by using a personal computer, the destination folder on the microSD card might be changed. When the setting is changed, set the destination folder again.InformationThe FOMA terminal conforms to IrMC™ version 1.1 standard.You can exchange data files with the devices supporting the infrared communication function. However, you cannot exchange some files depending on the other party’s device.pThe distance for infrared communication should be within about 20 cm. Do not move the FOMA terminal with the infrared data port pointed to the receiving end until data transfer ends.pHold the FOMA terminal with your hands securely so that it does not move.pIf you expose the FOMA terminal to direct sunlight or put it under fluorescent lights or near an infrared equipment, you may not be able to transmit infrared ray normally due to their influence.pFirst set at the receiving end and begin sending data from the sending end within 30 seconds.pDuring exchange, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same state as it is out of the service area, so you cannot make/receive voice calls, videophone calls or PushTalk calls, use packet communication such as i-mode or mail, or use data communication.Using Infrared CommunicationInfrared data portWithin ±15° from the centerWithin about 20 cm
375Data Management■List of data files you can transfer○: Can be transferred —: Cannot be transferred※1 You cannot send/receive holidays, or i-schedule downloaded from i-concier.※2 You can send/receive up to 30 Area Mail messages separately. (2,530 messages in total)※3 The folder-sort setting may not be reflected.※4 You cannot send/receive some files.※5 Includes Flash movies.※6 You cannot send/receive original animations and still images recorded by 1Seg.※7 You cannot send/receive ASF files and videos recorded by 1Seg.※8 The i-mode bookmarks may be deleted.Transfer termsTransferable data One item Multiple items All itemsPhonebook (Own number) ○— Up to 1,000 itemsSchedule※1○— Up to 2,500 itemsToDo ○— Up to 100 itemsReceived mail※2※3○— Up to 2,500 itemsSent mail※3○— Up to 1,000 itemsDraft mail※3○— Up to 20 itemsDecome-Anime template ○— Up to 100 itemsText memo ○— Up to 20 itemsMelody※4○— Up to 3,500 itemsStill image file※5※6○○Up to 3,500 itemsi-motion file※7○○Up to 3,500 itemsPDF file※4※8○— Up to 3,500 itemsToruCa file※3※4○○ Up to 495 itemsBookmark※3○— Up to 600 itemsLCS client information ○— Up to 5 items■Storage location and order of received filesData Storage location/OrderPhonebook (Own number)receive one dataThe phone number is stored to the lowest empty memory number in “010” through “999” in the Phonebook. If all memory numbers “010” through “999” are occupied, the phone number is stored to the lowest empty memory numbers in “000” through “009” (2-touch dial).receive all data Stored in the same memory number as that of the sender.Schedulereceive one dataStored with the starting date/time of the schedule event.receive all data Stored with the same date and time as those of the sender.ToDoreceive one dataStored on the top in the ToDo list.receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sender.Received mailreceive one dataStored in the “Inbox” folder on the Inbox Folder list with the same date and time as that of the sender.receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender with the same date and time.Sent mailreceive one dataStored in the “Outbox” folder on the Outbox Folder list with the same date and time as that of the sender.receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender with the same date and time.Draft mailreceive one dataStored with the same date and time as that of the sender.receive all data Stored with the same date and time as that of the sender.Decome-Anime templatereceive one dataStored in the “Phone” folder in “Decome-Anime” in “Template” inside “Mail”.receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sending end.Text memoreceive one dataStored in the first <Not recorded>.receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sender from the top of the list.Melodyreceive one dataStored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “Melody” inside “Data box”.receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the same order.
376Data ManagementStill Image filereceive one data/receive multiple dataStored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “My picture” inside “Data box”.receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the same order.i-motion filereceive one data/receive multiple dataStored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “imotion/Movie” inside “Data box”.receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the same order.PDF filereceive one dataStored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “My documents” inside “Data box”.receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the same order.ToruCa filereceive one data/receive multiple dataStored on the top in the “ToruCa” folder.receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the same order.Bookmarkreceive one dataStored on the top in the “Bookmark” folder.receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the same order.LCS client informationreceive one dataStored in the first <Not stored>.receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sender from the top of the list.Data Storage location/OrderInformationpYou cannot send the following files:・Files whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited・Partially saved files・Phonebook entries and SMS messages on the UIMpYou cannot send all the pre-installed data files in Data Box at a time.pYou cannot send the files on the microSD card. Copy or move to the FOMA terminal and then send.pYou can send/receive up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters for a title of a still image, i-motion file, or PDF file, or up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters for a title of a melody.pWhen you send a mail message, the file attached to the mail message is also sent. However some files cannot be sent depending on the file type.pDepending on the mobile phone at the receiving end, subjects of i-mode mail messages cannot be received completely.pThe mail message with an attached file which has not been obtained, or the mail message containing the link information for starting an i-αppli program is sent after the file or information is deleted.pWhen the received mail messages exceed the maximum number/size of storage, they are deleted in order of mail in the “Trash box” folder and older received mail. However, unread or protected mail messages are not deleted.pWhen the sent mail messages exceed the maximum number/size of storage, they are deleted in order of older sent mail. However, protected mail messages are not deleted.pWhen the Decome-Anime template contains a file whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited, the mail message is sent after the file or text data is deleted.pWhen you send a ToruCa file (details) using infrared rays, the confirmation display appears asking whether to forward the file including the detailed information. In this case, select “YES” to send it with the detailed information, or select “NO” to send the ToruCa file as a file before receiving the detailed information.pThe ToruCa file (details) that contains data whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited is sent as a ToruCa file before receiving the detailed information.pYou cannot receive Phonebook entries while Restrict Dialing is activated. At sending, you can send only the Phonebook entries set with Restrict Dialing and data of Own Number.pIt may take long to forward data or you might not be able to receive data depending on the data size.pYou cannot store a still image in excess of 3 Mbytes, i-motion file in excess of 10 Mbytes, melody in excess of 100 Kbytes, PDF file in excess of 2 Mbytes, Decome-Anime template in excess of 100 Kbytes, ToruCa file in excess of 1 Kbyte, or ToruCa file (details) in excess of 100 Kbytes.pIf the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) is connected to the FOMA terminal, you may not be able to perform infrared communication.pYou cannot send files that are not supported by the device at the receiving end.Information
377Data ManagementYou can send/receive the data files one by one using infrared rays.You can send/receive multiple still images, i-motion files, and ToruCa files at a time.■Notes on sending/receivingpIn Secret Mode, you can send secret data as well. However, in Secret Data Only, you can send only the secret data.pIf you receive a Phonebook entry stored as secret data during Secret Mode or Secret Data Only, the Phonebook entry is stored as an ordinary one.pWhen sending a Phonebook entry, you cannot send the stored secret code and voice dial entry.1Display of the data file to be senti()Send Ir datapTo send a Phonebook entry, select “Send Ir/ trans/BT” → “Send Ir data” from the Function menu and then select “Send phonebook”.pTo send a schedule event, select “Ir/ transmission” → “Send Ir data” from the Function menu and then select “Send”.pTo send a mail message, Decome-Anime template, ToruCa file or bookmark, select “Ir/ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “Send Ir data”.pTo send multiple files, select the files you want to send by “Multiple-choice”. Press i( ) to select “Send Ir data”.2YESpTo send multiple files, select “YES” by a factor of selected number of files, and send them.1mLifeKitReceive Ir datapYou can paste the Ir data receiving function to the desktop, or store it for Multi Key Long Press Setting. (See page 31 and page 404)Sending/Receiving One or Multiple Data Send One or Multiple Data+m-7-9Receive One or Multiple Data2ReceiveYESpWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which phone numbers are stored, the confirmation display appears asking whether to store them also in the PushTalk Phonebook.pThe confirmation display appears asking whether to continue receiving after receiving one data file. When you received multiple files, select “YES”.By using infrared rays, you can collectively send/receive data files.To send all data files, enter a session number (any four-digit number). The receiving end needs to enter the same session number.■Notes on sending/receiving all data filespReceiving all data files at a time deletes and overwrites all the stored data files including secret or protected data files. The data file you have stored in “Secret mode” is deleted as well. Check that no important data file is stored before receiving all data files.However, Decome-Anime templates, files in Data Box, and ToruCa files are additionally stored without deleting the files at the receiving end.pIf you send all Phonebook entries, the “Own number” data is also sent. All the data of “Own number” at the receiving end is overwritten except the own number. Mail address is also overwritten by sender’s address, so change it at the receiving end.pIf you send all Phonebook entries, PushTalk Phonebook entries are also sent. Information of voice dial entries are not sent.pThe Phonebook entries stored as secret data are sent not only during Secret Mode but also any other time. The sent secret data is stored as secret data at the receiving end, too.pThe group names in the Phonebook you have received are stored, so the data set in “Group setting” is also overwritten.pNote that the schedule events at the receiving end are all deleted if you send all ToDo items to the phone that does not support ToDo.pYou can send/receive the protected sent/received mail messages.pWhen any unsupported data file is included, receiving might be interrupted.InformationpWhen you receive an instruction for starting a software program, and you have already downloaded a compatible software program, that software program starts. If you have not put a check mark for “Ir iαppli To” of “Set iαppli To”, the software program does not start up automatically.Sending/Receiving All Data
378Data Management1Display of the data file to be senti()Send all Ir dataEnter your Terminal Security Code.pTo send the Phonebook entries, select “Send Ir/ trans/BT” → “Send Ir data” from the Function menu and then select “Send all phonebook”.pTo send schedule events from the Schedule list or detailed Schedule display, select “Ir/ transmission” → “Send Ir data” from the Function menu and then select “Send all”.pTo send mail messages, Decome-Anime templates, ToruCa files or bookmarks, and to send schedule events from Calendar display, select “Ir/ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “Send all Ir data”.pWhen you send data files in Data Box, the confirmation display appears telling that the files you cannot send are contained. To proceed sending, select “YES”.2Enter the session numberYESpEnter any four-digit number as the session number.1mLifeKitReceive Ir datapYou can paste the Ir data receiving function to the desktop, or store it for Multi Key Long Press Setting. (See page 31 and page 404)2Receive allEnter your Terminal Security CodeEnter the same session number as that entered at the sending endYESYESSend All Data+m-7-9Receive All DataInformationpWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which still images are stored or mail to which files are attached, and the multiple same still images or files are found, only one image or file is stored.You can use the FOMA terminal as a TV remote control by starting the i-αppli program.pTo use remote control devices, you may need to download the software program for those devices. [The pre-installed “Gガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List Remote control)” supports the infrared remote control function.] The key operation for the remote control differs depending on the software program.pThis function does not work with some devices.pCommunication might be affected by compatible devices and the ambient light.pYou cannot use the infrared remote control during Self Mode.pTurn the FOMA terminal’s Infrared data port to the front of a device to be operated. You can operate within about 4 meters away from the device.pThe radiation angle of the infrared rays is within ±15° from the center.For when you forward Phonebook entries using infrared rays, iC communication, microSD card, or DOCOMO keitai datalink, you can specify whether to forward the stored still images together.1mPhonebookPhonebook settingsForwarding imageON or OFFUsing Infrared Remote Control FunctionInfrared Remote Control+m-2-6<Forwarding Image>Communication SettingWithin about 4 metersInfrared data portWithin±15° fromthe center
379Data ManagementiC communication is the function that enables you to send/receive data files to/from another FOMA terminal using the FeliCa reader/writer function. You can send/receive data files by facing the f mark of your FOMA terminal toward that of another FOMA terminal supporting the iC communication function. However, you cannot exchange some files depending on the other party’s FOMA terminal.pThe type of files you can forward and forwarding conditions are the same as those for infrared communication. (See page 375) However, you cannot send multiple files, all Decome-Anime templates and all data files in Data Box at a time.pYou cannot execute iC communication while “IC card lock” is activated.pYou might have difficulty in sending or receiving files depending on the destination FOMA terminal. In that case, move a f mark close to or away from the other f mark or move each side up, down, left, or right.pDuring communication, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same state as it is out of the service area, so you cannot make/receive voice calls, videophone calls or PushTalk calls, use packet communication such as i-mode or mail, or use data communication.You can send/receive the data files one by one using iC communication.pSee “■Notes on sending/receiving” on page 377 as well.pYou cannot use this function during charging.1Display of the data file to be senti() transmissionpTo send a Phonebook entry, select “Send Ir/ trans/BT” → “ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “Send phonebook”.pTo send a schedule event, select “Ir/ transmission” → “ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “Send”.pTo send a mail message, Decome-Anime template, ToruCa file or bookmark, select “Ir/ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “ transmission”.<iC Transmission>iC Communication FunctionSending/Receiving One DataSend One DatafFace one another’s f marks.2YESpYou cannot use this function during Multitask.1Face the f mark of the FOMA terminal of the receiving end while the Stand-by display is shown to that of the FOMA terminal of the sending endYESpWhen you receive a Phonebook entry in which a phone number is stored, the confirmation display appears asking whether to store it also in the PushTalk Phonebook.By using iC communication, you can collectively send/receive Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, text memos, bookmarks, mail messages, ToruCa files, and LCS client information.To send all data files, enter a session number (any four-digit number). The receiving end needs to enter the same session number.pSee “■Notes on sending/receiving all data files” on page 377 as well.pYou cannot use this function during charging.1Display of the data file to be senti()All transmissionEnter your Terminal Security Code.pTo send the Phonebook entries, select “Send Ir/ trans/BT” → “ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “Send all phonebook”.pTo send schedule events from the Schedule list or the detailed Schedule display, select “Ir/ transmission” → “ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “Send all”.pTo send schedule events from the Calendar display or send mail messages, ToruCa files or bookmarks, select “Ir/ transmission” from the Function menu and then select “All transmission”.2Enter the session numberYESpEnter any four-digit number as the session number.Receive One DataSending/Receiving All DataSend All Data
380Data ManagementpYou cannot use this function during Multitask.1Face the f mark of the FOMA terminal of the receiving end while the Stand-by display is shown to that of the FOMA terminal of the sending end.2YESEnter your Terminal Security CodeEnter the same session number as that entered at the sending end.This function is for recording voices. You can record voices in a meeting instead of taking notes.pThis function is the same as the one for when “Movie type set” is set to “Voice” in Movie Mode.pYou can play back the saved voice from “imotion/Movie” of “Data box”.pSee page 524 for the estimate of recordable time. 1mLifeKitVoice recorderReceive All DataInformationpWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which still images are stored, and the multiple same still images are found, only one image is stored.<Voice Recorder>Using Voice RecorderVoice Recorder Recording display2Press Oo(), 0 or p.Recording starts.3Press Oo(), 0 or p.Recording ends. The Voice Recorder Saving Pre-check display appears.pPress m( ) to play back the recorded voice.4Press Oo(), 0 or p.Function Menu of the Voice Recorder Recording displayFile size setting Select an item.Mail restrict’n(S) . . . . . You can record up to 500 Kbytes.Mail restrict’n(L). . . . . . You can record up to 2 Mbytes.Long time . . . . . . . . . . . You can record for a long time. The voice is saved to the microSD card.Storage settingStore in You can set the storage location for the recorded voice.When you set to “Phone”, the voice is saved to “Voice recorder” in the “imotion/Movie” folder. When you set to “microSD”, it is saved to the folder in “Other contents” which you set for “Select storage”.Phone or microSDAuto save set You can set whether to automatically save the recorded voice after you finish recording.ON or OFFFile restriction See page 240.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of stored items.Function Menu of the Voice Recorder Saving Pre-check displayPlay See page 380.Save See page 380.
381Data ManagementYou can display the stored PDF files.1mData boxMy documentsSelect a folderSelect a PDF file.pEach time you press m from the Folder list, you can switch between the folders in the FOMA terminal and the microSD card.pYou cannot display the PDF files in the “Movable contents” folder.pSee page 372 for the Function menu of the Folder list.pThe following images are displayed when you cannot display a preview image.pSee page 205 when the PDF file is set with a password.Attach to mail You can save the recorded voice and attach it to i-mode mail.Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can compose it also by pressing l().Store in See page 380.File restriction See page 240.Cancel You do not save the recorded voice.<PDF Viewer>Displaying PDF DataFolder list PDF File listDoes not support(PDF file displayed as “ ” or “ ”)Cannot be displayedDoes not support(PDF file displayed as “ ”)■Operations when displaying a PDF filepSee page 382 for when you operate from the Function menu.Operation Key operationUpper scroll ZoLower scroll XoLeft scroll CoRight scroll VoCall up the key operation guide lZoom in 3Zoom out 1Fit page 2Operation Key operationNext page c, 9, >Previous page m, 7, <Search 5Search next 6Search previous 4Call up the bookmark list 8Add bookmark8(for at least one second)InformationpWhen many files are stored in the FOMA terminal or the microSD card, it may take long to access them. It may take long to display the PDF file depending on the PDF file.pSome files might not be correctly displayed.pWhen you try to display undownloaded pages while the PDF file partially downloaded is displayed, downloading of the page starts.Function Menu of the PDF File ListEdit title See page 335.Document info You can display the PDF file name, saved date/time, etc.Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the PDF files attached.Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can compose it also by pressing l().Send Ir data See page 377.Send all Ir data See page 378. transmission See page 379.
382Data ManagementCopy to microSD See page 364.Copy to phone See page 365.Move to microSD See page 366.Move to phone See page 366.Copy See page 336.Move See page 337.Add desktop icon See page 31.Delete this See page 337.Delete all See page 337.Multiple-choice See page 337.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of stored items.Sort See page 337.Listing You can change the displayed contents on the PDF File list.Title or ImagepYou can switch the contents also by pressing c().Information<Listing>pWhen you use “Image” to display PDF files, they might appear different from the actual images depending on the PDF files.Function Menu while PDF File is DisplayedZoom in You can zoom in the PDF file. You can zoom in the PDF file up to 1,000%. Zoom out You can zoom out the PDF file. You can zoom out the PDF file up to 8%.Go to You can move to another page of the PDF file.Select the page you want to move to.pIf you select “Specified page”, enter the page number you want to move to in the page number field, and select “OK”; then you can access to the specified page.Search You can display the screen in which the specified character string is contained. The point that matches the specified character is marked in yellow green.SearchSelect the search string fieldEnter a character string to be searched for.pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters.Put a check mark for search conditions to be specifiedl()pIf you select “Search prev.” or “Search next”, you can continue to search under the same condition.Bookmark/markDisp. bookmark See page 383.Add bookmark You can set a bookmark (i-mode bookmark) for the page currently displayed and can display the desired page easily by selecting the bookmark. You can set up to 10 bookmarks.YESSelect the title fieldEnter a titleOKpYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128 half-pitch characters.pSee page 384 when bookmarks are stored to the maximum.Display mark See page 384.Add mark You can store the currently displayed page number and the position within the page as the mark. You can use the stored mark as the sign of the reference point. You can set up to 10 marks.YESpSee page 384 when marks are stored to the maximum.View typesView mode You can change display format of the PDF file.Select a display format.pIf you select “User defined”, enter the magnification value in the magnification specification field, and select “OK”; then you can display the page at the specified magnification.pThe magnification you can specify is 8 through 1,000%.pIf you save a file after changing the display format, it is displayed at the saved magnification next time.Rotate view 90° to right or 90° to left
383Data ManagementPage layout You can change the display layout of the PDF file.Single page, Continuous or Continuous-facingDisplay link You can display links set in the PDF file. Internal links (links set in the PDF file displayed), Web To, Mail To, and Phone To/AV Phone To are available for the links.Select a link.pWhen multiple links are found in the display, you can select a link by pressing Bo.pWhen you select an internal link, you can move to the linked page in the PDF file. See page 207 for another link.Page info ON/OFF You can set whether to display the zoom magnification, page number, and scroll bar for displaying the PDF file.Select an itemDisplay or Not displayDocument info See page 381.Save See page 384.Download remain You can download all pages of the PDF file which you have not completely downloaded yet such as partially downloaded page by page or failed to be downloaded owing to disconnection of communication midway.YESCapture screen You can cut out a part of the display and save it as JPEG image.Oo()YESSelect a folder.pSee page 206 when images are stored to the maximum.Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the PDF files attached.Go to step 2 on page 142.At Viewer start-upSingle pageAt Viewer start-upDisplayYou can list the bookmarks set for the PDF file and the i-mode bookmarks additionally set.By selecting a bookmark, you can display the page for which the bookmark is set.1While a PDF file is displayedi()Bookmark/markDisp. bookmarkBookmark or i-mode bookmarkSelect a bookmark.pSome bookmarks that have been set beforehand are categorized into tier-levels. Press i( ) to display the bookmarks at the lower level. However, all the bookmarks at the third-tier level or lower are displayed at the third-tier level.Information<Search>pThe search conditions work as shown below:Match case: Identifies between uppercase and lowercase for search.Whole words only: Searches for character strings that completely match by unit of a word.Search upward: When you do “Search next”, you can search backwards to the first page from the start page.Search ‘?’ as wildcard: “?” mark (half-pitch) entered in the search string field is set for a search condition as a random character.Search in this page: Searches in the currently displayed page only.<Page layout>pYou cannot change the layout of the partial PDF file.<Capture screen>pYou might not be able to cut out the display depending on the security setting of the PDF file.Display BookmarkFunction Menu while the i-mode Bookmark List is DisplayedEdit title Enter a title.pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128 half-pitch characters.DeleteDelete YESDelete selected Put a check mark for bookmarks to be deletedl()YES
384Data ManagementYou can list the marked pages and positions stored in the PDF file.When you select a mark, you can display the page in which the mark is stored.1While a PDF file is displayedi()Bookmark/markDisplay markSelect a mark.You can save the PDF files. You can save the newly downloaded pages and added bookmarks/marks.You can save up to 3,500 files in total sharing the memory space with other data files, however, the number of files you can save decreases depending on the data volume. (See page 526)1While a PDF file is displayedi()SaveYESThe PDF file once saved to the FOMA terminal or microSD card is overwritten each time you save it. (The operation in step 2 is not required.)The PDF file that is not saved to the FOMA terminal or microSD card is newly saved.pWith the PDF file that was re-downloaded from the first page owing to updating at the server’s end, the confirmation display appears asking whether to overwrite the current data. Select “YES” to overwrite it. Select “NO” to newly save.2Select a destination folder.pSee page 206 when PDF files in the FOMA terminal are stored to the maximum.Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESDisplay MarkFunction Menu while the Mark List is DisplayedDelete YESDelete selected Put a check mark for marks to be deletedl()YESDelete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESSaveIf you try to add a bookmark or mark to the PDF file for which 10 bookmarks or marks have been set, or if you try to save the PDF file for which 11 or more bookmarks or marks have been set, the confirmation display appears asking whether to add/save the bookmark or mark after unnecessary ones are deleted.1. YES2. Select bookmarks/marks to be deletedYESorPut a check mark for bookmarks/marks to be deletedl()YESpContinue putting a check mark until “ ” appears.You can display the Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel and Microsoft PowerPoint files saved to the microSD card. (See page 370)■Type of displayable documents1mData boxDocument viewerSelect a folderSelect a file.pSee page 372 for the Function menu of the Folder list.When bookmarks or marks are set to the maximum<Document Viewer>Displaying Word, Excel, and PowerPoint FilesType of document ExtensionExcel XLSWord DOCPowerPoint PPTFolder list Document list
385Data Management■Operations when displaying a document filepSee page 385 for when you operate from the Function menu.Operation Key operationUpper scroll ZoLower scroll XoLeft scroll CoRight scroll VoCall up the key operation guide lZoom in 3Operation Key operationZoom out 1Fit page 2Next page c, 9, >Previous page m, 7, <Search 5Search next 6Search previous 4InformationpThe files of Word 2007, Excel 2007, and PowerPoint 2007 are not supported.pSome files might not be correctly displayed.Function Menu of the Document ListEdit title See page 335.File info You can display the name and type of files.Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the document file attached.Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can compose it also by pressing l().Copy See page 336.Move See page 337.Delete this See page 337.Delete all See page 337.Multiple-choice See page 337.Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).Function Menu while Document File is DisplayedZoom in You can zoom in the file.You can zoom in the file up to 1,000%.Zoom out You can zoom out the file.You can zoom out the file up to 8%.View types You can change display format of the file.Select a display format.pIf you select “User defined”, enter the magnification value in the magnification specification field; then you can display the page at the specified magnification.pThe magnification you can specify by “User defined” is 8 through 1,000%.Go to You can move to another page or sheet of the file.Select the page or the sheet you want to move to.pIf you select “Specified page” for the Microsoft Word file or Microsoft PowerPoint file, enter the page number you want to move to in the page number field; then you can move to the specified page.Search You can display the screen in which the specified character string is contained. The point that matches the specified character string is highlighted.SearchSelect the search string fieldEnter a character string to be searched for.pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters.Put a check mark for search conditions to be specifiedl()pIf you select “Search prev.” or “Search next”, you can continue to search under the same condition.Zoom & page You can set whether to display the zoom magnification and page number for displaying the file.Display or Not displayScroll bar You can set whether to display the scroll bar for displaying the file.Display or Not displayRotate view 90° to right or 90° to leftDocument info You can display the name and type of files.
386Data ManagementDPOF is the format for recording the print information about the still image you shot with a digital camera. You can input the information into the still image on the microSD card about whether to print it out and how many copies you print out. You can take the card to DPE service shops or use a DPOF compatible printer to print photos as you specify.1Still image in play/Still image listi()DPOF settingPrintEnter the number of copies to be printed out.pEnter “01” through “99” in two digits.pTo cancel printing the selected still image, select “Print OFF”. To cancel printing all still images, select “All print OFF”.Information<Search>pThe search conditions work as shown below:Whole words only: Searches for character strings that completely match by unit of a word.Match case: Identifies between uppercase and lowercase for search.Search in this page (Excel file only): Searches in the currently displayed page only.Search in this file (Excel file only): Searches in the whole file.Printing Saved ImagesSelect a Method to Print the Images Saved in the microSD CardInformationpThe classification icon of the images set with DPOF Setting is “ ”.pYou can set DPOF Setting for up to 999 image files.pYou cannot set DPOF Setting for the image in excess of 3 Mbytes or 8M (2448 x 3264).pIf unused space on the microSD card is not enough, DPOF Setting might not be set. (The icon and Picture Information, however, indicate DPOF is set.)pStill images shot by P-08A also support PRINT Image MatchingⅢ.When you connect the FOMA terminal to a TV using the Flat-plug AV Output Cable P01 (option), you can display still images, i-motion files, and images during a videophone call, video from 1Seg and from i-αppli on the TV. You cannot display any other images.You need to have the Earphone Plug Adapter for External connector terminal (option) to use the Flat-plug AV Output Cable (option).Insert the flat plug of the Flat-plug AV Output Cable into the earphone terminal (Flat-plug) and insert the plug for handset side into the connector of the FOMA terminal.<AV Output>Displaying Still Images or i-motion Files on TVConnect FOMA Terminal to TVVideo(yellow)Audio L(white)Audio R(red)(yellow) (white) (red)Connector terminalVideo/Audio input terminal of TV setEarphone Plug Adapter for External connector terminalFlat-plug AV Output CableInformationpYou can connect to the devices other than TV sets for output.pWhen connecting to the Flat-plug AV Output Cable or Earphone Plug Adapter for External connector terminal, make sure that you firmly insert it. Do not pull the cable forcibly, twist it by the plug, or apply an excessive force.pBefore connecting or disconnecting the Flat-plug AV Output Cable to and from the device such as a TV, turn off the sound volume of the connected device.
387Data Management1Play back a still image while the Flat-plug AV Output Cable is connectedor connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while a still image is being played back.pPress m( ) to switch the display size.pYou can press Oo( ) to start a slide show. You can press Oo( ) again to stop it.pYou can press No to display a previous or next still image.pEach time you press l( ), you can rotate the still image clockwise by 90 degrees.pSee page 334 for how to display still images.pTo cancel AV output, pull off the Flat-plug AV Output Cable away from the FOMA terminal. When the playback ends, or when another function starts up, AV output is canceled as well.pTo pull the plug out, take hold of the plug and then pull it out softly.Display Still Images on TVInformationInformationpAV output is not available in the following cases:・When playing back a still image from any other than the Still Image list or icon pasted to the desktop・When playing back a still image from any other than the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder, user folders, “Picture” folder (microSD), and “Image Box” folder (microSD)・When displaying a still image whose acquired source icon is “ ” or “ ”, and whose “File restriction” is “File restricted”・When playing back a Chara-den picture you shot a Chara-den model whose “Rec. file restriction” is “File restricted”・When playing back a still image in the actual size or by slide show・When playing back a Flash moviepWhen a still image is larger than the VGA (480 x 640), it is reduced to VGA (480 x 640) or smaller with its proportional ratio retained for displaying on the TV.1Play back an i-motion file while the Flat-plug AV Output Cable is connectedorconnect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while an i-motion file is being played back.pPress m( ) to switch the display size.pSee page 342 for how to play back i-motion files and how to operate during playback.pTo cancel AV output, pull off the Flat-plug AV Output Cable away from the FOMA terminal. When another function starts up, AV output is canceled as well.pOn some TVs, still images may not be displayed correctly when the display size is switched.Display i-motion Files on TVInformationInformationpAV output is not available in the following cases:・When playing back an i-motion file from any other than the i-motion list or icon pasted to the desktop・When playing back an i-motion file whose acquired source icon is “ ” or “ ”, and whose “File restriction” is “File restricted”・When playing back a moving picture that you shot a Chara-den model whose “Rec. file restriction” is “File restricted”・When an i-motion file in the “Pre-installed” folder, or “Movable contents” folder (microSD) is played backpOn some TVs, i-motion files may not be displayed correctly when the display size is switched.
388Data Management1Start an i-αppli program while the Flat-plug AV Output Cable is connectedorconnect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while an i-αppli program is running.pTo cancel AV output, pull off the Flat-plug AV Output Cable away from the FOMA terminal. When an i-αppli ends, or when another function starts up, AV output is canceled.1Make a videophone call while the Flat-plug AV Output Cable is connectedorconnect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable during a videophone call.p“ ” appears during AV output.pTo cancel AV output, pull off the Flat-plug AV Output Cable away from the FOMA terminal. When the videophone call ends, or another function starts up, AV output is canceled as well.Display Video from i-αppliInformationpAV output of i-αppli programs is unavailable during Play Background.pAV output is unavailable for i-motion files displayed while an i-αppli program is running.Display Images during a Videophone Call on TVInformationpAV output is unavailable for images under Remote Monitoring.pThe sensitivity of the microphone is improved during AV output.p“ ” (Hands-free icon) does not appear during AV output. However, the voice is output from the connected device. You cannot switch to Hands-free.1Watch a 1Seg program while the Flat-plug AV Output Cable is connectedorconnect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while watching a 1Seg program.pTo switch to AV output while the Flat-plug AV Output Cable is connected, select “Settings” → “Display/operation” and select “AV output” from the Function menu.pTo cancel AV output, pull off the Flat-plug AV Output Cable away from the FOMA terminal or select “Settings” → “Display/operation” and select “AV output” again from the Function menu. When watching 1Seg programs ends, or when another function starts up, AV output is canceled.Display Video from 1SegAt 1Seg start-up ReleasedInformationpThe caption and data broadcasting are not displayed on TV.pAV output is unavailable during recording.pAV output is unavailable for video or still images recorded by 1Seg.pThe sound during AV output is output from a connected device, so adjusting the sound volume of the FOMA terminal cannot change the output sound volume.
389Convenient FunctionsMultiaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multiaccess> 390Multitask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multitask> 391Informing You of an Incoming Call/Mail Message by Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Reading Aloud> 392Turning Power On/Off Automatically at a Specified Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Auto Power ON/OFF> 394Using Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Alarm> 394Using Calendar to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . .<Schedule> 397Using ToDo to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <ToDo> 401Setting Operating Conditions of Alarm . . . . . <Alarm Setting> 403Using Your Original Menu . . . . . . . . . . <Private Menu Setting> 403Storing Frequently Used Function for Multi Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Multi Key Long Press Setting> 404Storing Your Name, Mail Address and Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Own Number> 405Recording Voice during a Call or Standby as Voice Memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Voice Memo during a Call> <Voice Memo> 406Recording Images during a Videophone Call as a Movie Memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Movie Memo> 406Checking Call Duration/Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Data> 407Resetting Total Duration/Total Cost. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Reset Total Cost&Duration> 407Setting Call Cost Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Notice Call Cost> 408Using Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Calculator> 408Making Text Memos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Text Memo> 408Copying/Deleting Data Items between FOMA Terminal and UIM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<UIM Operation> 409How to Use Earphone/Microphone with Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Earphone/Microphone with Switch> 410Selecting a Microphone for Use when an Earphone is Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Headset Microphone Setting> 411Selecting Other Party to Call for when an Earphone is Connected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Headset Switch to Call> 412Receiving a Call Automatically when an Earphone is Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Auto Answer Setting> 412Using Bluetooth Function . . . . . . . . . . . <Bluetooth Function> 412Checking the Setting of Various Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Check Settings> 420
390Convenient FunctionsMultiaccess enables you to simultaneously connect to three lines; a voice call, packet communication, and SMS.To switch the displays, press and hold x for at least one second; or press x to switch from TASK MENU. (See page 392)See page 496 for details on combination of Multiaccess.You can make a voice call without disconnecting i-mode or packet communication.1During i-mode or packet communicationxStand-by display2Make a call.pIf you make a videophone call during i-mode, i-mode is disconnected and the videophone call is made. After you finish the videophone call, the i-mode display returns.<Multiaccess>MultiaccessVoice call Single linei-mode, i-αppli, i-mode mail, packet communication via PC Single lineSMS Single lineInformationpYou are charged a fee for each line during Multiaccess.Make a Voice Call during i-mode or during Packet CommunicationYou can receive a voice call without disconnecting i-mode or packet communication.1The Call Receiving display appears when a call comes inPress d to answer the call.pTo return to the display for i-mode or packet communication without answering the call, press and hold x for at least one second. Press and hold x for at least one second again to return to the Call Receiving display.The caller hears not a message but a ringback tone.You can use i-mode, send/receive i-mode mail, etc. without disconnecting a voice call.1During a voice callxm()Select an icon to operate each function.Receive a Voice Call during i-mode or during Packet CommunicationUse Communication during Voice CallInformationpWhen a mail message or Message R/F comes in during a call, the ring tone does not sound and incoming illumination does not flicker regardless of the “Receiving display” setting.pA ring tone sounds and the Receiving Result display appears when “Receiving display” is set to “Alarm preferred” except for the following cases:･During a call ･While the camera is activated･While you are watching a 1Seg program (when “Mail ticker display” is set to other than “OFF”)･When an i-αppli program set for the Stand-by display is running as an ordinary i-αppli programpWhen you perform packet communication via a personal computer, make a call-out operation from the personal computer during a voice call.
391Convenient FunctionsThe FOMA terminal supports “Multitask” that enables you to use up to three functions such as menu functions (see page 32) at the same time. By combining Multiaccess and Multitask, you can use following functions simultaneously (see page 497 for the combination patterns of Multitask):■Mail groupi-mode mail and SMS functions■i-mode groupMenu functions of “i-mode group” on Main Menu■Setting groupMenu functions of “Setting group” on Main Menu■Tool groupMenu functions of “Tool group” on Main Menu■Other functions which do not belong to the groupsVoice call, videophone call, 64K data communication, etc.<Multitask>Multitaski-mode groupTool groupMail groupSetting group1When a function is runningxm()Start another function.For the icon of the group in use, “ ” or another mark is added.When a single function is used, “ ” is displayed. When multiple functions are used, “ ” is displayed.The confirmation display appears asking whether to switch the functions. Select “YES” to close the current menu function and the new menu function will be called up.Start Another FunctionWhen a function in the Tool group is runningIf another menu function in the same group has already been called upInformationpYou are charged a call fee even when you are running other functions during a call.pIf a call comes in while another function is working, the call might not be received correctly. In that case, “Record message” or “Call Forwarding Service” may start in a shorter time than the ring time specified for them.pIf you use Multitask to switch functions while executing another function whose load of processing is high, delay may occur in displaying operation, and so on.
392Convenient FunctionsWhen multiple menu functions are working, you can switch the displays by pressing and holding x for at least one second. The display switches from the latest one in chronological order.Press x.You can switch displays by selecting a function from the list.pPress c( ) or select “Stand-by display” to show the Stand-by display.pPress m( ) or select “Open Menu” to show Main Menu.To close a menu function, press h with the menu function displayed.pPress i( ) from TASK MENU, and select “YES” to close all menu functions and to return to the Stand-by display.pWhen you press h from the Stand-by display during Play Background, the confirmation display appears asking whether to end the menu function.Switch DisplaysTo display the menu list for functions in useInformationpEven if you press .x to switch the displays, neither menu function in use is closed nor the call is disconnected. Also, even when you switch the Character Entry (Edit) display to another menu and use that menu for editing text, you can continue editing the previous text if you switch tasks.pWhen you press and hold .x for at least one second from the Stand-by display while any function is not working, the function you stored for Multi Key Long Press Setting starts.Exit a FunctionYou can set to be notified of incoming calls by voice instead of a ring tone, or to have the mail contents automatically read aloud. Further, the voice guidance tells you how to operate Voice Dial. This function is available in Japanese only.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settingsRead aloud settingsON or OFFPut a check mark for items to be read aloudl()Voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructs you through the Voice Dial operation by voice guidance.Incoming call . . . . . . . . . . . . Notifies you of the caller information by voice while a voice call is coming in.Videophone incoming . . . . Notifies you of the caller information by voice while a videophone call is coming in.Number of mails/msgs. . . . Notifies you of the number of mail messages/Messages R/F by voice at reception. The setting of “Mail/Msg. ring time” is invalid.Mail list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reads aloud the sender/destination address and subject on the Inbox/Outbox list.Displaying mail . . . . . . . . . . Reads aloud the sender/destination address, subject, and text on the detailed mail display. However, the voice guidance is not provided when a melody is automatically played back while “Auto-start attachment” is set to “ON”. Does not read aloud the text on the Decome-Anime Playback display.Send mail preview. . . . . . . . Reads aloud the destination address and text when previewed.pYou can stop the voice guidance for a mail message midway by pressing any key. However, it continues if you scroll the display.pThe voice guidance for a mail message is not provided in the following cases: ･While the audio from a 1Seg program is played back ･When a mail message in Multiwindow is displayed･When a mail message stored on the microSD card is displayed<Reading Aloud>Informing You of an Incoming Call/Mail Message by VoiceRead Aloud Settings
393Convenient Functions1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settingsRead aloud volumeUse Boto adjust the volume.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settingsRead aloud speedSelect a speed.You can set whether to play back the voice guidance from the speaker or hear it from the earpiece.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settingsRead aloud outputSpeaker or EarpieceRead Aloud VolumeRead Aloud SpeedRead Aloud OutputInformationpThe voice guidance of “Incoming call”, “Videophone incoming” and “Number of mails/msgs.” is output from the speaker even when this function is set to “Earpiece”.pWhen an earphone/microphone (option) is connected, the voice guidance is output according to the setting of “Headset usage setting”. However, when “Read aloud output” is set to “Earpiece” and “Headset usage setting” is set to “Headset and speaker”, the voice guidance is output from the earphone except for “Incoming call”, “Videophone incoming” and “Number of mails/msgs.”.pFrom a Hands-free device, the voice guidance for “Incoming call” and “Videophone incoming” only might be provided.pYou might not be able to stop the voice guidance even by pressing the switch of the earphone/microphone (option).You can set the voice guidance to be provided only when an earphone/microphone (option) is connected.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settingsRead aloud valid set.Normal or EarphoneNormal. . . . . . Always provides the voice guidance.Earphone. . . .Provides the voice guidance only when an earphone/microphone is connected.The contents of mail messages and others are read aloud generally according to the rules below:pThey may not be read aloud as specified in the following rules depending on the function you use:<Numerics>pA numeric string up to 16 digits is read aloud as a number. When a numeric string begins with “0” or it is identified as a URL or mail address, it is read aloud digit by digit.pWhen numerals are separated by “/” or “.”, they are read aloud as dates.p“1日” is differently read aloud for the meaning of the date (1st date of a month) and for others. The kanji characters of dates other than “1日” are always read aloud as for the dates.pWhen numerals are separated by “:”, they are read aloud as time.p“-”, “(” and “)” contained in a phone number or zip code are not read aloud, and numbers only are read aloud.pWhen a numeric string begins with “￥”, “＄”, “￠”, or “￡”, it is read aloud as the meaning of money amount. When “,” is used, the numeric string before “,” is identified as money amount and that after “,” is identified as a number, unless it is separated by every three digits.p“(Numeral) 分の (numeral)” is read as a fraction.<Alphabet>pAlphabetical letters are read aloud according to the voice guidance dictionary pre-installed in the FOMA terminal.pWhen a word consists of four or more letters and can be read in romaji-reading, it is read aloud in romaji-reading.pThe alphabetical letters after a numeral might be read aloud as a unit.p“M”, “T”, “S”, and “H” before a date are converted to the Japanese era name and then read aloud.pAlphabetical letters other than above are read aloud in alphabetical reading.Read Aloud Valid SettingInformationpWhen you set to “Earphone”, the voice guidance continues even if you remove the earphone/microphone during the voice guidance. When a call comes in while the earphone/microphone is removed, the voice guidance does not start even if you connect it.Rules of Voice Guidance
394Convenient Functions<Symbol>pSymbols are read aloud according to the Symbol list. When the same symbol continues three times or more, that symbol is not read aloud.p“ヘンシン” is read aloud for the following character strings:“Re:”, “Re>”, “Re2:”, “Re2>” and “Re2＊”p“テンソー ” is read aloud for the following character strings:“Fw:”, “Fw>”, “Fw2:”, “Fw2>”, “Fw2＊”, “Fwd:”, “Fwd>”, “Fwd2:”, “Fwd2>” and “Fwd2＊”pWhen symbols for “Reply” or “Forward” are consecutively repeated, they are read aloud only once.<Pictogram>pPictograms are read aloud according to the Pictogram list.<Smiley>pSmileys are read aloud according to the voice guidance dictionary pre-installed in the FOMA terminal. When they are identified as a URL or mail address, however, they are read aloud as symbols.<Other items>pTexts are read aloud separated by punctuation marks and symbols such as “!”, or “?”.pWhen the kanji character that expresses the day of the week is put between “(” and “)”, it is read aloud as the day of the week.pWords might not be correctly read aloud depending on the context of the text (especially place names and proper nouns).1mSet./ServiceClockAuto power ON/OFFAuto power ON or Auto power OFFSelect an item.OFF . . . . . . Does not set Auto Power ON/OFF. The setting is completed.1 time . . . . Sets to turn on/off the power automatically at the specified time only once.Daily . . . . . Sets to turn on/off the power automatically at a specified time everyday repeatedly.2Enter a time.<Auto Power ON/OFF>Turning Power On/Off Automatically at a Specified TimeInformationpWhen you set “Auto power ON” and “Auto power OFF” to the same time, and the specified time arrives, the FOMA terminal will turn on if it is turned off, and the FOMA terminal will turn off, if it is turned on.You can set Alarm to alert you at the specified time with an alarm tone, animation and illumination. You can store up to 12 alarms.1mStationeryAlarmHighlight an alarm and press l()Do the following operations.pWhen you set “Auto power OFF” to the same time of an alarm, schedule alarm, or others, those alarms preferentially work.pEven when you set “Auto power OFF”, the power does not turn off at the specified time if other than the Stand-by display is displayed. The power turns off after the function in working is finished. When you set a Flash movie as the Stand-by display, the power might not be turned off while the Flash movie is moving.pTurn off the FOMA terminal after setting “Auto power ON” to “OFF” when you are near electronic devices using high-precision control or weak signals, or where the use is prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.+m-4-4<Alarm>Using AlarmInformationAlarm You can set whether to validate or invalidate the alarm.ON or OFFTime Enter the time for sounding the alarm.pYou cannot set the same time as the time set for the stored alarm.Repeat Select a type of repeat.pIf you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the week to be set and press l().Tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folderSelect an alarm tone.
395Convenient Functions2Press l().pThe following icons appear on the display depending on the setting:: Repeats daily.: Repeats on the specified day of the week.Volume Use Bo to adjust the volume.pIf you set “Step”, the alarm tone is silent for about three seconds, and then the volume steps up every about three seconds, from Level 1 through Level 6.Snooze You can set whether to activate Snooze. If you set to “OFF”, set the duration that the alarm tone is to continue sounding.ON or OFFEnter a ring time (minutes).pYou can enter from “01” through “10” in two digits.pSee page 396 for how Snooze works.Auto power ON You can set whether to turn on the power automatically to make an alarm sound when the alarm time arrives during power off.ON or OFFPrefer manner modeYou can set the alarm tone which sounds at the specified time during Manner Mode.ON or OFFON . . . . . Sounds at the same volume as set for “Alarm volume” on page 107.OFF . . . . Sounds at the volume set for this function.Function Menu while Alarm is DisplayedEdit Go to step 1 of “Using Alarm” on page 394.Detail You can display the stored alarm contents.Set this You can validate the stored alarm.YESpYou can validate also by pressing Oo().Set all You can validate all the stored alarm.YESThe icon appears on the Stand-by display.“ ”. . . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for today (except the setting for past time).“ ”. . . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for tomorrow or onward only.pIf you set “Alarm” of a schedule event/ToDo item to “OFF”, the icon is not displayed.Release this You can invalidate the stored alarm.YESpYou can invalidate also by pressing Oo().Release all You can invalidate all the stored alarm.YESInformationpIf the alarm tone sounds during a call, press any key to stop it. Once again press any key to end the alarm including Snooze. If the other party on the phone hangs up, an alarm including Snooze ends.pDuring a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).pIf any of the following events occurs in Snooze state, Snooze is released:･When you receive a voice call, videophone call, or PushTalk call･When you receive a mail message or Message R/F while “Receiving display” is set to “Alarm preferred”･When you receive a location provision request while “Location request set.” or the setting by service is set to the settings that permits location provision･When an alarm of “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording” soundspTurn off the FOMA terminal after setting “Auto power ON” to “OFF” when you are near electronic devices using high-precision control or weak signals, or where the use is prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.When you set an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, and “ToDo”
396Convenient FunctionsThe alarm sounds for about five minutes (in the case of “Alarm”, the alarm sounds for specified time), and illumination lights. The vibrator works as you set for “Phone” of “Vibrator”. The alarm message and an animation or i-motion file linking to the selected icon is played back on the display.pIf you set “Snooze” of “Alarm” to “ON”The alarm sounds for about one minute at an interval of five minutes, up to six times, until Snooze is released by pressing h. pDuring a callThe alarm sounds from the earpiece three times repeatedly. pDuring operations The FOMA terminal works according to the setting of “Alarm setting”. (See page 403)pWhen you set an alarm to the time of another alarmThe alarm sounds in the priority order of “Alarm”→“Timer recording”→“ToDo”→“Schedule”→“TV timer”.pWhen the power is turned off<Alarm>When “Auto power ON” is set to “ON”, the power automatically turns on to make an alarm notification sound. When the auto-power setting is set to “OFF”, an alarm does not sound with the power stayed off. Even after turning the power on, the “Missed alarm” icon is not displayed.<Schedule/ToDo>The alarm does not sound. The “Missed alarm” icon is not displayed even after turning the power on.pIn Manner ModeThe vibrator and illumination light notify you. For Schedule/ToDo, a message is also displayed. The alarm sounds at the volume set for Manner Mode. (See page 107)pDuring Lock All, Personal Data Lock or Omakase LockThe alarm does not sound.If the power is turned off, the power does not turn on and the “Missed alarm” icon does not appear even after releasing each lock.However, when you set “Alarm”, “Schedule alarm”, or “ToDo alarm” to “Accept” for “Customize” of Personal Data Lock, the alarm sounds even during Personal Data Lock. When the time specified for “Alarm”, “Schedule” or “ToDo” comespWhile operating the microSD card, during infrared communication, during iC communication, or while updating software programThe alarm does not sound.Press any key to stop the alarm tone but the animation/i-motion file changes to a still image and the alarm message remains displayed. Press any key again (press h if you set “Snooze” of “Alarm” to “ON”) to clear the display. When a call comes in, the alarm stops sounding.pWhen multiple schedule alarm messages exist, you can switch displays by pressing i() or l( ) after stopping the alarm tone.“Missed alarm” icon may appear on the desktop. You can check that icon for the contents of the missed alarm (Missed alarm information).The latest missed alarm information that could not be notified is displayed.InformationpIf you set “Alarm setting” to “Alarm preferred” and the alarm time has come when you are dialing, the alarm sounds after calling up the other party. If the alarm time has come when receiving a call, the alarm sounds after starting communication.pYou might not be able to set some i-motion files or Chaku-uta Full® music files for the alarm.pSome i-motion files set for the alarm might be played back only with sound at the specified time.pThe Chaku-uta Full® music file set for the alarm is played back only with sound at the specified time.The illumination for when you play back a demo to select an alarm tone might differ from for when you are notified by an alarm.To clear alarm tone/alarm message, and animation/i-motion file from the displayWhen “Alarm” did not work
397Convenient FunctionsYou can display the calendar by month to check the stored schedule events.You can display or store from January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2037.pSee page 396 for how alarm works.When the specified date/time comes, an alarm tone, illumination, subject of the schedule event and animation corresponding to the set icon notify you of the schedule event.You can store up to 2,500 schedule events including i-schedule.1mStationerySchedulei()NewDo the following operations.+m-4-5<Schedule>Using Calendar to Manage ScheduleStore Schedule EventsSubject Select an icon.pWhen the alarm tone alerts you, the animation corresponding to the selected icon is displayed.Enter a subject.pYou can enter up to 25 full-pitch/50 half-pitch characters.pThe subject corresponding to the selected icon is entered in advance.Place Enter a place.pYou can enter up to 25 full-pitch/50 half-pitch characters.All day You can set the schedule event as “All day” without entering starting and ending date/time.OFF or ONpWhen you set to “ON”, the start date/time is set to “0:00” and the end date/time is set to “23:59” automatically.Date (from) Enter the date and time for starting the schedule.Date (to) Enter the date and time for ending the schedule.2Press l().Repeat Select a type of repeat.pIf you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the week to be set and press l().Set repeat time.Unrestricted or XX timesEnter the repeat time.pEnter two digits from “02” through “99”.pThe item set with repetition is counted as one item.Alarm Select an alarm method.ON . . . . . . . . . . . Alerts you at the time of the starting date/time of the schedule event. The setting for alarm notification is completed.ON/Set time . . . Alerts you at the time set as the prenotification.OFF . . . . . . . . . . Does not alert. The setting for alarm notification is completed.Enter the date and time to be alerted.Tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folderSelect an alarm tone.Details Enter details.pYou can enter up to 300 full-pitch/600 half-pitch characters.InformationpIf you enter a date on or after 29th in “Date (from)” and set “Repeat” to “Monthly” or “Yearly”, the last day of the month is set for the schedule event when the month does not have the specified date.pFor the schedule event stored as secret data, an alarm message is not displayed when the alarm sounds in ordinary mode (other than “Secret mode” and “Secret data only”). An animation for secret data appears.pDuring standby, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”. During a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).
398Convenient FunctionsYou can store up to 100 holidays. However, you cannot store multiple holidays for the same date.1mStationerySchedulei()SettingsSet holidayNewDo the following operations.2Press l().Store HolidaysDate setting Select an item.Yearly [fixed date]. . . . . Enter the date.Yearly [- - - - - -, - - -] . . . Enter the month, week, and day of the week.Holiday name Enter a holiday name.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.InformationpHolidays stored at purchase on the calendar are conformance with “Law on National Holidays and the partially amended version of the Elder Law” (up to No.43, 2005). Spring Equinox Day and Autumn Equinox Day are announced on the official gazette of February 1 in the previous year, therefore, they may differ from the days on the calendar. (As of April 2009)You can check the details of schedule events and holidays. You can check birthdays stored in the Phonebook as well.1mStationeryScheduleThe Calendar display is shown.pIf you press m() or c( ), the calendar for the pervious or next month is displayed.pIf you receive a weather forecast for a week from i-concier, its information is also displayed.2Select a date.The list of schedule events and birthdays for the selected date is displayed.pFor the schedule events set to be repeated, up to 30 schedule events are displayed backward from the current day.Check Schedule EventsCalendar displaySchedule list
399Convenient Functions3Select a schedule event or birthday.pWhen you select a birthday and select “Sending mail”, you can compose an i-mode mail message to the first mail address in the Phonebook entry. (See “Mail To Function” on page 208)When you select “Calling”, you can make a call to the first phone number in the Phonebook entry. (See “Phone To/AV Phone To Function” on page 207)Detailed Schedule displayFunction Menu of the Calendar DisplayNew Go to step 1 on page 397.Search/FilterTo specified date Enter the date.Filter You can list up schedule events by the specified icon.Select an icon to be listedl() Release filter You can release filter and display all the schedule events.Connect to Center See page 137.Set desktop/ keyAdd desktop icon See page 31.long press set. See page 404.Ir/ transmissionSend all Ir data See page 378.All transmission See page 379.No. of schedules You can display the number of schedule events, i-schedule events, birthdays, and holidays. In Secret Mode or Secret Data Only, you can also display the number of the schedule events stored as secret. SettingsKisekae setting You can change the design of the Calendar display.Select a pattern.Customize holiday You can specify the color for the day of the week.Select a day of the weekDefault, Red, or BluepThe display color of holidays has priority over the setting of this function.Set holidayNew Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 398.Edit Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 398.Delete this YESReset holiday You can restore the holidays to its default.YESDeleteDelete past You can delete the schedule events stored for up to a preceding day of the selected day.YESDelete all You can delete all the schedule events. While schedule events are displayed by Filter function, only the displayed schedule events are deleted.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESInformation<Customize holiday>pThe setting of this function is reflected to the calendar of the Stand-by display. However, days are displayed in the default color during Lock All, Omakase Lock, and Personal Data Lock.<Delete>pThe schedule events downloaded from i-concier are not deleted.
400Convenient FunctionsFunction Menu of the Schedule List/Detailed Schedule DisplayNew Go to step 1 on page 397.EditEdit Go to step 1 on page 397.pYou can edit also by pressing m().pWhen you edit a schedule event set with repetition, the confirmation display appears asking whether to edit the schedule event of the current day only. If you select “YES”, “Repeat” on the edit display changes to “1 time” (OFF), and a new schedule event is stored. If you select “NO”, the old schedule event is overwritten.Copy You can copy the schedule event and store it for another date.Enter the date and time you are pasting to.Go to step 1 on page 397.pIf you copy a schedule event set with repetition, “Repeat” on the edit display changes to “1 time” (OFF).Compose messageCompose message You can compose an i-mode mail message whose text contains the start date/time and details of the schedule event.Go to step 2 on page 142.Attach to mail You can attach the schedule event to an i-mode mail message to send.Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can attach it to an i-mode mail message also by pressing c() or l().Move/copyCopy to microSD See page 362.Connect to Center See page 137.Search/FilterTo specified date See page 399.Filter See page 399.Release filter See page 399.Set holidayNew Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 398.Edit Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 398.Delete this YESReset holiday See page 399.Set desktop/ keyAdd desktop icon See page 31.long press set. See page 404.Ir/ transmissionSend Ir dataSend See page 377.Send all See page 378. transmissionSend See page 379.Send all See page 379.DeleteDelete this YESpIf you delete a schedule set event with repetition, all the data for repetition is deleted.Delete select Put a check mark for schedule events to be deletedl()YESDelete past See page 399.Delete all See page 399.
401Convenient FunctionsYou can display contents of the schedule downloaded by i-concier.1Calendar display/Schedule listl()The i-schedule list is displayed.pSee “Search by i-mode” on page 205 when you select “To i-schedule list”.2Select an i-schedule item.Set secret/Release secretYou can set/release secret for/from the schedule event.YESpWhen you select “Set secret” in ordinary mode (not in “Secret mode” or “Secret data only”), enter your Terminal Security Code. Information<Delete>pThe schedule events downloaded from i-concier are not deleted.Displaying i-schedulei-schedule listDetailed i-schedule displayYou can manage your schedule events in the list and make an alarm tone sound when the specified time comes. You can store up to 100 ToDo items to manage your schedule.pSee page 396 for how alarm works.1mStationeryToDol()Do the following operations.pYou can check the stored contents by selecting a stored ToDo item, and you can edit it by pressing Oo().Function Menu of the i-schedule List/Detailed i-schedule DisplaySchedule list You can display the schedule list stored in the i-schedule event. (See page 398)pYou can display the schedule list also by pressing l( ), or by selecting “To this i-schedule details” from the detailed i-schedule display.DeleteDelete this[i-schedule list only]YESDelete select[i-schedule list only]Put a check mark for i-schedule events to be deletedl()YESDelete all[i-schedule list only]Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES+m-9-5<ToDo>Using ToDo to Manage ScheduleEdit ToDo Enter ToDo contents.pYou can enter up to 100 full-pitch/200 half-pitch characters.
402Convenient Functions2Press l().: Priority high: Priority lowpIf you do not enter the ToDo contents, “ ” is not displayed, and you cannot store the ToDo item.Due date Select an item.Enter date . . . . .Enter the date (due date) directly.Choose date . . .Select a date (due date) from the calendar. Check the date and press Oo().No date. . . . . . . .Does not set the date (due date). The alarm does not work.Priority Select a priority.pIf you sort the items in due date order, the items for the same due date are displayed from the higher priority.Category Select a category.Alarm Select an alarm method.ON. . . . . . . . . . . .Alerts you at the set time. The setting for alarm notification is completed.ON/Set time . . . .Alerts you at the time set as the prenotification.OFF. . . . . . . . . . .Does not alert you. The setting for alarm notification is completed.Enter the date and time to be alerted.Alarm tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folderSelect an alarm tone.Function Menu while ToDo Item is DisplayedNew Go to step 1 of “Using ToDo to Manage Schedule” on page 401.Edit Go to step 1 of “Using ToDo to Manage Schedule” on page 401.pTo edit “Completion date” of the ToDo item with its “Change status” set to “Completion”, select “ ”, and perform the same operation as in “Due date” on page 402.Change status The set status icons are displayed on the ToDo list.Select a status.pThe status icons switch from blue to red after the due date.pIf you select “Completion”, perform the same operation as in “Due date” on page 402.Category display Select a category.pSelect a ToDo item to display the details of it.Sort/Filter You can sort ToDo items for display. You can also list them up by the specified status.Select the order or state you want to display.Set desktop/ keyAdd desktop icon See page 31.long press set. See page 404.Attach to mail You can attach the ToDo item to an i-mode mail message to send.Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can attach it to an i-mode mail message also by pressing l( ) while checking the stored contents of the ToDo item.Send Ir data See page 377.Send all Ir data See page 378. transmission See page 379.All transmission See page 379.Copy to microSD See page 362.Delete this YESDelete select Put a check mark for ToDo items to be deletedl()YESDelete completed You can delete the “Completion” ToDo items.YESDelete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
403Convenient FunctionsYou can set whether to sound an alarm of “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo” and “TV timer”, for when operating another function.1mSet./ServiceClockAlarm settingOperation preferred or Alarm preferredOperation preferred. . . . . Alerts you only during the Stand-by display.Alarm preferred . . . . . . . . Alerts you even when you are operating the FOMA terminal or during a call.InformationpDuring standby, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”. During a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).<Alarm Setting>Setting Operating Conditions of AlarmInformationpWhen you could not be alerted, the “Missed alarm” icon appears on the desktop.You can store frequently used functions in the Private menu. You can store a total of 12 items from respective functions in Main Menu (see page 466).1mm()Private menu is displayed.pIf you have not touched any key for at least 15 seconds, the Stand-by display returns.2Select an icon.The display for the selected function is displayed.1Private menui()<Private Menu Setting>Using Your Original MenuSelect a Function from the Private MenuPrivate menu+m-5-2Display the Private Menu ListPrivate Menu list
404Convenient FunctionsFunction Menu of the Private Menu ListAdd to menu You can store the frequently used function in the Private menu.Select a function to be stored.pPress No to display the storable functions by main menu item or sub-menu item. Press Bo to highlight the function you store.Change BG image Select a folderSelect an image.Set desktop/ keyAdd desktop icon See page 31.long press set. See page 404.Reset menu You can reset the Private menu to the default.YESRelease this YESRelease all YESInformation<Change BG image>pThe image you can set is a JPEG or GIF image whose size is Stand-by display (480 x 854) or smaller and up to 500 Kbytes. Perform “Change size” or “Trim away” for other images to set. However, when you set a GIF animation, the first frame is displayed.You can store frequently-used functions and phone numbers for “ long press set.”. You can call up the stored function by pressing and holding x for at least one second from the Stand-by display.1mSet./ServiceOther settingslong press set.Select an item.or Select “ long press set.” from the Function menu of the item to be storedYESpThe previously stored setting is overwritten.pIf the addresses of the sender and another recipient of simultaneous mail are found or the multiple destination addresses are found when you operate from the Function menu of the detailed mail display, select a mail address or phone number to be stored.pWhen you store “Picture folder jump”, you can show the Still Image list of the storage location folder of the camera.<Multi Key Long Press Setting>Storing Frequently Used Function for Multi KeyInformationpWhile another menu function is activated, the display for the item set by this function does not appear by pressing and holding .x for at least one second from the Stand-by display, but the display for the activated menu function appears.pIf this function is set to “OFF”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to store a function when you press and hold .x for at least one second from the Stand-by display.pWhen the original data is deleted or overwritten, Multi Key Long Press Setting is disabled. (Except phone numbers, mail addresses, and URLs)
405Convenient FunctionsIn addition to the phone number (own number) you have signed up, you can store your personal information such as your name, reading of your name, phone numbers (up to three), mail addresses (up to three), a postal address, location information, a birthday, memorandums, and a still image.If you change the mail address or register a secret code, change the mail address in this function as well.1mPhonebookOwn numberl()Enter your Terminal Security Code.Perform the operation in step 2 on page 88 to store personal information.pYou cannot change or delete own number.pWhen you store the first mail address, you can select either “Auto input” to automatically enter or “Direct input” to directly enter that mail address. When you select “Auto input”, i-mode access starts and your contracted mail address is automatically entered.pWhen you store the location information, select “From phonebook” to store it by selecting a Phonebook entry.pIf you have already entered your Terminal Security Code by operating another function such as “Display all data”, the display for entering your Terminal Security Code does not appear.2Press l().+m-0<Own Number>Storing Your Name, Mail Address and Other InformationOwn Number displayInformationpThe items other than own number are displayed even if you use another UIM, because they are stored in the FOMA terminal.pThe mail address you can change using this function is limited to the mail address displayed by “Own number”. You cannot change the actual mail address.pWhen “2in1 setting” is activated and you execute “Auto input” to obtain the first mail address, both Address A and Address B are entered as the 1st addresses respectively.Function Menu of the Own Number DisplayInformationEdit Go to step 1 on page 405.Change font size You can switch font sizes for Own Number and “Phonebook settings”, etc. (See “Phonebook” on page 118)Display all data You can display all the stored phone numbers and mail addresses.Enter your Terminal Security Code.Use Mo to display each item.Copy name You can copy a name.Copy phone number/Copy mail add./Copy address/Copy location info/Copy birthday/Copy memorandumsYou can copy each item.pFrom the Own Number display, press Mo to highlight an item to be copied. The displayed Function menu items differ depending on the highlighted item.Send Ir data See page 377.pYou can send data via infrared communication also by pressing c(). transmission See page 379.pYou can send data via iC transmission also by pressing m().Copy to microSD See page 362.Erase phone number/Erase mail add./Erase address/Delete loc.info/Erase birthday/Erase memorandums/ Delete imageYou can delete each item.YESpWhen the display for entering your Terminal Security Code appears, enter the code.pFrom the Own Number display, press Mo to highlight an item to be deleted. The displayed Function menu items differ depending on the highlighted item.
406Convenient FunctionsTwo types of Voice Memo are available; one is “Voice memo” (during a call) for recording the other party’s voice during a call and the other is “Record voice memo” for recording your own voice during standby.You can record either one of “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice memo” for about three minutes.pSee page 71 for playing back/erasing “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice memo”.1During a voice call>(for at least one second) or l()A beep sounds and recording starts.pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo() or r, or press and hold >(for at least one second).pPress h to end the recording and the call.pA beep sounds about five seconds before the recording time (for about three minutes) ends.The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the “Talking” display returns.Reset You can reset (delete) all the stored personal data such as phone numbers or mail addresses except own number.YESpWhen the display for entering your Terminal Security Code appears, enter the code.Auto acquire No. B You can check if the 2in1 service is contracted. When it has been contracted, Number B is stored.<Voice Memo during a Call> <Voice Memo>Recording Voice during a Call or Standby as Voice MemoRecord Other Party’s Voice during a CallInformationpIf you record a voice memo when either “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice memo” has already been saved, the old one is overwritten regardless of whether you have played back or not.pYou cannot record a voice memo while operating each item in the Function menu.1mLifeKitRec. msg/voice memoVoice memoYESA beep sounds and recording starts. Speak into the microphone.pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo(), r or h.pA beep sounds about five seconds before the recording time (for about three minutes) ends. The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the former display returns.During a videophone call, you can record the receiving images along with voice.You can record up to five items for about 20 seconds per item.pSee page 71 for playing back/erasing “Movie memo”.1During a videophone call>(for at least one second)A beep sounds and recording starts. “ ” is displayed during recording.pA still image specified by “Movie memo” of “Select image” is shown on the other party’s display.pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo( ) or press and hold >(for at least one second).pPress h to end the recording and the call.pA beep sounds about 5 seconds before the recording time (for about 20 seconds) ends. The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the “Talking” display returns.+m-5-5Record Your Voice during StandbyInformationpThe recording is suspended when a call comes in, when an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer”, or “Timer recording” sounds, or when you switch the displays by Multitask.<Movie Memo>Recording Images during a Videophone Call as a Movie MemoInformationpIf you record a movie memo when five movie memos have already been recorded, the oldest movie memo is overwritten regardless of whether you have played it back or not.
407Convenient FunctionsYou can confirm the last and accumulated call duration and cost for voice calls and videophone calls.pDisplayed call duration and cost are for reference and might differ from the actual ones. In addition, the consumption tax is not included in the call cost.pBoth the voice call duration and digital communications duration (videophone call duration + 64K data communication duration) are displayed and both incoming and outgoing calls are included in the duration.pThe call cost is for the outgoing calls only. However, “¥0” or “¥＊＊” is displayed for toll free calls such as Free Dial or for Directory Assistance Service (104), etc.pThe call cost is accumulated on the UIM. Therefore, when you replace the UIM, the charge accumulated on the UIM in use is displayed. (accumulation from December 2004)pYou can reset the displayed call duration and call cost.1mSet./ServiceCall time/costCall dataLast call durationTalk: Displays the call duration of the latest voice call.Digital Videophone: Displays the call duration of the latest videophone call.Non-limiting digital: Displays the call duration of the latest 64K data communication.Last call costTalk: Displays the call cost for the latest voice call.Digital Videophone: Displays the call cost for the latest videophone call.Non-limiting digital: Displays the call cost for the latest 64K data communication.Total calls durationTalk: Displays the call duration of voice calls from the time Reset Total Duration was executed to the current time.Digital: Displays the call duration of videophone calls and 64K data communication from the time Reset Total Duration was executed to the current time.pYou cannot record a movie memo while operating each item in the Function menu.+m-6-1<Call Data>Checking Call Duration/ChargeInformationTotal callsDisplays the call cost from the time Reset Total Cost was executed to the current call.Calls resetDisplays the date and time when Reset Total Duration was executed last time.Cost resetDisplays the date and time when Reset Total Cost was executed last time.1mSet./ServiceCall time/costReset total cost&dura.Enter your Terminal Security CodeDo the following operations.InformationpWhen Last Call Duration exceeds “19 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds”, or Total Calls Duration exceeds “199 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds”, “0 s” returns to re-count the time.pIf you switch between the voice call and videophone call during a call, the call duration and call cost are counted respectively for the calls. You are not charged while “Changing” (see page 51) is displayed.pThe duration/charge for PushTalk, i-mode communication and packet communication are not counted. For how to check the i-mode fee, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version” which is supplied on your i-mode contract.pThe charge for Chaku-moji is not counted.pThe international call fee for using WORLD CALL is counted. The fees for using other international call services are not counted.pThe duration for ringing and calling is not counted as call duration.pIf you turn off the power or remove the UIM, Last Call Duration is reset to “0 s”; and Last Call Cost is reset to “¥＊＊”.+m-6-0<Reset Total Cost&Duration>Resetting Total Duration/Total CostReset total duration You can reset Last Call Duration and Total Calls Duration to “0 s”.YESReset total cost You can reset Last Call Cost and Total Calls to “¥0”.YESEnter the PIN2 code.pSee page 122 for PIN2 code.
408Convenient FunctionsYou can set the call cost limit for Total Calls and can be notified when it is exceeded. If you set “Auto reset setting” to “ON”, the call cost is reset at midnight on the 1st of the month and “ ” is deleted.1mSet./ServiceCall time/costNotice call costEnter your Terminal Security CodeON or OFFEnter a max cost.pYou can set from ¥10 through ¥100,000 in unit of ¥10.2Select a method to alertON or OFFEnter the PIN2 code.pSee page 122 for PIN2 code.“ ” appears. When “Icon + alarm” is set as a notice method and the Stand-by display returns, the message to the effect that the call cost has exceeded the maximum cost is displayed, and a warning tone sounds from the speakers.You can clear “ ” displayed by Notice Call Cost.1mSet./ServiceCall time/costCLR max cost iconEnter your Terminal Security Code.<Notice Call Cost>Setting Call Cost LimitWhen Total Calls has exceeded the max costClear Max Cost IconInformationp“ ” is cleared also by executing Reset Total Cost, Reset Settings, or Initialize.pTo be re-notified of the set limit after the maximum cost is exceeded, reset Total Calls.You can display the calculator to make the four rules of calculation (＋, −, ×, ÷). You can display up to 10 digits.1mStationeryCalculatorFollow the operation below to make a calculation.You can store up to 20 text memos.1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>Enter a text memo.pYou can enter up to 256 full-pitch/512 half-pitch characters.pYou can check the stored contents by selecting a stored text memo, and you can edit it by pressing Oo().+m-8-5<Calculator>Using Calculator*Vo＋*Zo×*Co−*Xo÷*Oo＝+lDecimal point+i%-rC (Clear): Clears the numeral you have entered last.AC (All clear): Clears all the calculations you entered.InformationpYou cannot enter a minus sign while you are performing calculation.pWhen the calculated result exceeds 10 digits or invalid calculation like “divided by 0” is performed, “.E” is displayed.+m-4-2<Text Memo>Making Text Memos
409Convenient FunctionsFunction Menu while Text Memo is DisplayedEdit Go to step 1 of “Making Text Memos” on page 408.Compose message You can compose an i-mode mail message containing the contents of the text memo.Go to step 2 on page 142.pYou can compose it also by pressing l().Edit schedule You can create a schedule event containing the contents of the text memo.Go to step 1 on page 397.Set desktop/ keyAdd desktop icon See page 31.long press set. See page 404.Send Ir data See page 377.Send all Ir data See page 378. transmission See page 379.All transmission See page 379.Copy to microSD See page 362.Text memo info You can display the date and time when the text memo was created, the date and time of the latest update, and the category.Category You can classify text memos by category.Select a category.pIf you do not set, the category is set to “None”.Delete this YESDelete selected Put a check mark for text memos to be deletedl()YESDelete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESYou can exchange the Phonebook entries or SMS messages between the FOMA terminal and the UIM. You can also delete the Phonebook entries or SMS messages stored in the FOMA terminal or the UIM.You can save a total of 20 received and sent SMS messages to the UIM.1mPhonebookUIM operationEnter your Terminal Security Code.When you enter your Terminal Security Code, “ ” appears, and you cannot use phone and mail functions.pWhen a call comes in just before entering your Terminal Security Code, UIM Operation ends.2Copy or DeleteSelect a copy end or delete sourcePhonebook or SMSPhonebookSearch the Phonebook to list the entries.SMSInbox . . . . Copies or deletes the data in the Inbox.Outbox. . . Copies or deletes the data in the Outbox.Select a folder and show the list.pWhen copying or moving data items to the UIM, the confirmation display appears telling that 2in1 management information will be deleted if 2in1 is activated.3Put a check mark for data items to be copied or deletedl()YES<UIM Operation>Copying/Deleting Data Items between FOMA Terminal and UIMCopy/Delete Data Items
410Convenient Functions1Detailed Phonebook displayi()Move/copyCopy to UIM or Copy to phoneYES 1Outbox list/Detailed Sent Mail display/Inbox list/Detailed Received Mail displayi()Move/copyUIM operationSelect a move method or copy methodYES“ (blue)” indicates an SMS message in the FOMA terminal.“ ” indicates an SMS message on the UIM.Function Menu while the Phonebook List or SMS List is DisplayedStart copy/Start deletionYou can start copy or deletion.Select this You can select the data item.Select all in tab You can select all the Phonebook entries in the displayed tab.Select all You can select all data items.Release this You can release the selection.Release all in tab You can release all the selected Phonebook entries in the displayed tab.Release all You can release all selections.Detail You can display the detailed Phonebook display or the detailed SMS display.Copy from the Function Menu of PhonebookMove or Copy from the Function Menu of MailInformationpThe number of phone numbers/mail addresses you can store in a single Phonebook entry differs between the FOMA terminal and the UIM. Therefore, you cannot copy the second or later phone numbers/mail addresses stored in the FOMA terminal to the UIM. You cannot copy the data that cannot be stored on the UIM such as a postal address, either.You can make/receive calls by using the Stereo Earphone Set 01 (option).pYou can use the optional Earphone/Microphone 01, Earphone/Microphone with Switch P001/P002, Stereo Earphone Set P001, Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch P01/P02, and Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set P01 in the same operation.Open the cover of the connector terminal and insert the connecting plug of the Stereo Earphone Set 01. (See page 22)pWhen you copy Phonebook entries from the FOMA terminal to the UIM, the name of up to 10 full-pitch/21 half-pitch characters and the reading of up to 12 half-pitch characters are converted to full-pitch katakana characters and copied. The rest characters are not copied.pPhonebook entries stored as secret data cannot be copied to the UIM even in Secret Mode or Secret Data Only.pIf you set the same group name in the FOMA terminal and the UIM, the group settings for the Phonebook are retained. If you set different group names in the FOMA terminal and the UIM, the group settings are not retained.pYou can neither move nor copy SMS reports.pYou cannot protect SMS messages you have moved or copied to the UIM. If you copy or move protected SMS messages to the UIM, SMS messages on the UIM are unprotected. Also, the reply and forward icons become the read icons.pIf SMS messages are moved or copied from the FOMA terminal to the UIM, you can check them in the “Inbox” or “Outbox” folder.While you use 2in1, all the SMS messages are saved as the ones for Number A, regardless of the current mode.pWhen you move or copy SMS messages from the UIM to the FOMA terminal, they are moved or copied to the “Inbox” or “Outbox” folder.<Earphone/Microphone with Switch>How to Use Earphone/Microphone with SwitchConnect Earphone/Microphone with SwitchInformation
411Convenient FunctionsFor when the Stereo Earphone Set 01 (option) is connected, you can select which microphone you use between the microphone of the FOMA terminal and of the earphone/microphone.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsHeadset mic. settingBuilt-in microphone or Headset microphone1Enter a phone numberor call up a Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call record, or received call record.2Press and hold the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set for at least one secondStart talking when the other party answers.A beep sounds and you are connected.pYou cannot make a videophone call by pressing the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set.pYou can make a call also by operating the FOMA terminal.3After talking, press and hold the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set for at least one second to end the call.A beep sounds twice and you are disconnected.<Headset Microphone Setting>Selecting a Microphone for Use when an Earphone is ConnectedInformationpWhen you connect earphones without a microphone, select “Built-in microphone”.pWhen you connect the Stereo Earphone Set while “Built-in microphone” is set, the sensitivity of the microphone of the FOMA terminal is improved.Make Calls Using the Switch1During ringingPress the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set.A beep sounds and you are connected.With a videophone call, the image through your camera is sent to the other party. You can switch between that image and the substitute image by pressing m during the videophone call. (See page 73)pYou can answer calls also by operating the FOMA terminal.pWhen “Auto answer setting” is set to “ON”, a call is answered automatically after the ring time elapses.2After talking, press and hold the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set for at least one second to end the call.A beep sounds twice and you are disconnected.Receive Calls Using the SwitchInformationpRegardless of the setting for “Keypad sound”, a tone for connecting and disconnecting the line sounds.pNote that you might receive a call if you connect the Stereo Earphone Set after the ring tone sounds.pBy pressing the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set during answer-hold (On Hold) or while a call is on hold (Holding), you can release the hold. (While a videophone call is put on hold, the image through your camera is sent and the videophone call starts.)pDo not press and release the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set in succession. You might automatically receive a call.pIf you have signed up for Call Waiting Service and “Multi calling” is displayed during a call, you can switch two calls by pressing and holding the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set for at least one second. However, you cannot use the switch to end the call.pYou can adjust the earpiece volume by pressing .< (raise) or .> (lower) during a call.
412Convenient FunctionsWhen “Headset switch to call” is set to “Voice call” and the Stand-by display is shown, you can make a voice call by pressing the switch of the Stereo Earphone Set 01 (option).1mSet./ServiceIncoming callAuto call/answer set.Headset switch to callVoice call or OFFpYou can check the currently set phonebook entry by pressing l().2Search the PhonebookSelect a Phonebook entry.If a call comes in while the Stereo Earphone Set 01 (option) is connected, the FOMA terminal automatically answers the call after the specified ring time elapses.1mSet./ServiceIncoming callAuto call/answer set.Auto answer settingON or OFFEnter a ring time (seconds).pEnter from “001” through “120” in three digits.pYou cannot set the same ring time for Remote Monitoring, Auto Answer Setting and Record Message Setting. Set a different time for each.<Headset Switch to Call>Selecting Other Party to Call for when an Earphone is ConnectedInformationpYou can set it only for a Phonebook entry in the FOMA terminal (Phone).pWhen the Phonebook entry contains multiple phone numbers, the first phone number is set.pIf you delete the set Phonebook entry, the Phonebook entry stored in the memory number 999 is automatically set to Headset Switch to Call.<Auto Answer Setting>Receiving a Call Automatically when an Earphone is ConnectedYou can connect between Bluetooth devices wirelessly. When you connect, for an example, your FOMA terminal to Wireless Earphone Set 02 (option) using Bluetooth communication, you can talk on the phone or listen to music with your FOMA terminal carried in a bag.pNote that battery consumption will be faster when you use Bluetooth connection.pWireless communications with all the Bluetooth devices are not necessarily guaranteed.InformationpWhen the FOMA terminal automatically answers a videophone call, a substitute image is sent to the other party. You can switch between the substitute image and the camera image by pressing +m during the videophone call. (See page 73)pIf you activate Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service together with Auto Answer Setting and want to give priority to Auto Answer Setting over the service, set its ring time shorter than that for Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service.pEven if you connect the Stereo Earphone Set while the FOMA terminal is ringing, Auto Answer Setting does not work. However, if you disconnect it while it is ringing, Auto Answer Setting works.pDuring 64K data communication, Auto Answer Setting does not work.<Bluetooth Function>Using Bluetooth Function
413Convenient FunctionsWith your FOMA terminal, the following six services are available:Headset, Hands-free, Audio, Dial-up Communication, Object Push and Serial Port services. Also, the Audio/Video remote control service (Ver.1.3) might be available when you use the Audio service. (Only with compatible Bluetooth devices)※1 The FOMA terminal and all Bluetooth function-installed devices have ensured that they conform to the Bluetooth Specification according to the rules the Bluetooth SIG defines, and are all authenticated. However, operating methods might differ, or data might not be exchanged even when they are connected wirelessly, depending on the features or specifications of connecting devices.※2 Standardizes the connecting procedures of Bluetooth function per feature of a device.■Talk through HeadsetWhen you connect Wireless Earphone Set 02 (option) or a Bluetooth headset (commercial item) to the FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication, you can talk wirelessly.・Use the Headset service.What You can Do with Bluetooth FunctionSupported versionBluetooth Specification Ver. 2.0 + EDR compliant※1Supported profiles※2 (Supported services)HSP: Headset ProfileHFP: Hands-Free ProfileA2DP: Advanced Audio Distribution ProfileAVRCP: Audio/Video Remote Control ProfileDUNP: Dial-up Networking ProfileOPP: Object Push ProfileSPP: Serial Port Profile■Talk Hands-freeWhen you connect a Bluetooth communication device such as a car navigation system (commercial item) to the FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication, you can communicate hands-free using the microphone and speaker on the car navigation system.・Use the Hands-free service.■Play back on Audio EquipmentWhen you connect Wireless Earphone Set P01/02 (option) or Bluetooth communication compatible audio equipment (commercial item) to the FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication, you can play back a stereophonic high-quality sound wirelessly.However, the devices that support audio of 1Seg programs or video files are limited. (For details, see “Information” of “Play Back Audio of 1Seg Programs” on page 418.)・Use the Audio service.■Communicate wirelesslyWhen you connect a Bluetooth communication compatible personal computer to the FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication, you can perform packet communication or 64K data communication using the FOMA terminal as a modem.・Use the Dial-up Communication service.・For details, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”.■Send Phonebook via Bluetooth communicationYou can send the Phonebook entries by connecting the Bluetooth device to the FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication. You can send them from the Function menu of the Phonebook.・Use the Object Push service.■Use Bluetooth communication from i-αppliBy connecting the FOMA terminal with another mobile phone or Bluetooth communication compatible device using Bluetooth communication, you can play a match game with your friends or manage data files on an i-αppli program.・Use the Serial Port service.■Tone from Bluetooth devicesConnected serviceHSP HFP A2DPVoice call dial tone ○○LVoice/Videophone call ring tone ○※1※2○※2LRingback tone at voice/videophone call ○○LThe other party’s voice at voice/videophone call ○○L
414Convenient Functions○: Output from the Bluetooth device.L: Not output from the Bluetooth device, instead it is played back from the FOMA terminal.※1 The ring tone sounds from both the Bluetooth device and FOMA terminal when “Headset usage setting” is set to “Headset and speaker”.※2 The ring tone sounds from the FOMA terminal when “Forward ring tone” is set to “OFF”.※3 The tone sounds from the Bluetooth device while you are playing back a music file, a Music&Video Channel program, or a video file, or watching a 1Seg program.※4 The tone does not sound for i-motion files played back while being obtained from sites.※5 The alarm tone sounds from the Bluetooth device only during a call. The alarm tone that sounds from the Bluetooth device is not the one set for Alarm. It beeps.※6 The alarm tone/mail ring tone does not sound when a display other than the Stand-by display is shown.pSome Bluetooth devices might not work as specified in the table above.Caller’s voice from Record Message at voice call ○○LPushTalk ring tone LL○※31Seg audio LL○i-motion file playback tone LL○※4Video playback tone LL○Movie file playback tone LL○MUSIC Player playback tone LL○Music&Video Channel playback tone LL○Alarm tone Alarm preferred ○※5○※5○※3Operation preferred L※6L※6L※6Mail ring tone Alarm preferred LL○※3Operation preferred L※6L※6L※6Connected serviceHSP HFP A2DPInformationpRefer to the instruction manual for a Bluetooth device as well.Notes on using Bluetooth devices■Observe the following to make a good connection:pThe distance between your mobile phone and another Bluetooth device must be within 10 meters under line-of-sight conditions. The allowable connection distance may be shorter, depending on the ambient environment (such as walls or furniture) and the structure of a building. When there are any obstructions between the FOMA terminal and Bluetooth device, the allowable connection distance may also be shorter.Particularly, if there is a wall or floor of reinforced concrete between them, they may be unable to connect with each other. Above mentioned connection distance is not guaranteed.pDuring connection, keep Bluetooth devices as possible as away from other electric devices (such as home electric appliances, AV devices, OA devices). (The Bluetooth device is liable to be adversely affected by a microwave oven so keep as possible as away from the microwave oven.) Otherwise, normal connection cannot be performed when electric devices are powered on or Bluetooth devices may cause noises or a reception failure on a television or radio set (television images may degrade for particular channels of UHF or satellite broadcasting).pIf there is a broadcast station or radio near a Bluetooth device to which you want to connect, your FOMA terminal may be unable to connect with the Bluetooth device. In such a case, move the Bluetooth device to a place where connection is possible. Strong radio waves may prevent connection between Bluetooth devices.pWith a Bluetooth device put in your bag or pocket, you can make a wireless connection. However, if the Bluetooth device and FOMA terminal is separated by your body, communication speed might be lowered or noise could result.■Radio interference with wireless LANsBluetooth devices use the same frequency band (2.4GHz) as wireless LANs (IEEE802.11b/g). Therefore, if a Bluetooth device is used near a wireless LAN device, radio interference may cause lowering of the communication speed, noise or connection fail. In this case, take the following measures:pKeep your FOMA terminal and the wireless connection-target Bluetooth device away from the wireless LAN device 10 meters or more.pWhen you use them within a distance of 10 meters, turn off the power to the wireless LAN device.■Radio waves generated from the Bluetooth device may possibly give an adverse effect on electronic medical appliances.As an accident could result in some cases, make sure that you turn off the power to the FOMA terminal and Bluetooth devices in places as shown below:・On trains ・In airplanes ・In hospitals・Nearby automatic doors or fire alarms・In places such as gas stations where flammable gas is generated
415Convenient FunctionsYou can register a Bluetooth device to the FOMA terminal. You can register up to 10 Bluetooth devices.1mLifeKitBluetoothRegister New DevicesThe Bluetooth devices around the FOMA terminal are searched. You need to place the Bluetooth device to be registered on standby for registration beforehand. Up to 20 searched devices are listed on the Device list.pYou can search for Bluetooth devices also by pressing l( ) from the Device list.pTo cancel during search, press l().2Select a Bluetooth device to be registeredYESpWhen you register Wireless Earphone Set 02, go to step 4.3Select the text box for entering the Bluetooth passkeyEnter the Bluetooth passkeySetpYou can enter up to 16 half-pitch alphanumeric characters.pFor the Bluetooth passkey, refer to the instruction manual for the Bluetooth device.pYou do not need to enter the Bluetooth pass key depending on the Bluetooth device. In this case, go to step 4.Register Device 4Select a service to be connected.The Bluetooth device is connected and “ (blue)” blinks. When no communication with the Bluetooth device is made for a certain period of time, your FOMA terminal is placed in low power consumption mode, and “ (black)” stays on.pWhen you use the Bluetooth device which is able to connect multiple services, the confirmation display appears asking whether to connect another service in succession.p“ (blue)” is displayed during connection, “ (gray)” is displayed on standby for connection next to the service name.pIf you select “Dial-up”, the FOMA terminal is placed on standby for connection.pTo disconnect, select the connected service and select “YES”.pSee “Accept Registered” on page 417 for how to cancel the service on standby. You can connect the registered Bluetooth device to the FOMA terminal.1mLifeKitBluetoothDevice listSelect a Bluetooth device to be connectedSelect a service to be connected.pSee step 4 on page 415 for details.Service Selection displayInformationpWhen 10 Bluetooth devices have already been registered, the confirmation display appears asking whether to overwrite them. When you select “YES”, the Bluetooth device that is not protected, not set for “Preferred device”, and with the oldest communication date/time, except in communicating or in standby state, is overwritten. However, if you register by i-αppli Touch (see page 289), the confirmation display does not appear and it is automatically overwritten.pYou cannot activate Bluetooth function during Self Mode.ConnectDevice list Service Selection display
416Convenient Functions■Device listDevice class: PC : Phone: Network device : Audio device: Peripheral device : Imaging device: OthersDevice nameThe name of Bluetooth device is displayed.When no name is detected by search, the Bluetooth address is displayed.Connecting status: Being connected : Not connected: Not detected : Not registeredProtectDisplayed when the registered contents are protected.Profile stateDevice listMark FontcolorBackgroundcolorFramecolor StatusBlue Gray None Not connected (unregistered)Blue Gray Blue Not connected (registered)White Green None Being connectedGreen White Green Standby for connectionWhite Light green None Preferred deviceGray Gray None Not supportedInformationpWhen the Bluetooth device is turned off or when the Bluetooth device does not respond while a connection is being established or being disconnected, it takes maximum about 110 seconds for processing.pWhen your FOMA terminal is connected using the Headset service, Hands-free service, Audio service, or Dial-up Communication service, and is disconnected from the Bluetooth device, the FOMA terminal is placed on standby for connection. Also, your FOMA terminal is placed on standby for connection the next time the power is turned on after the FOMA terminal is turned off while it is connected or is on standby for connection.Function Menu of the Device ListRegister devices Go to step 3 on page 415.Preferred device You can set a Bluetooth device to be connected taking priority over other devices when a call comes in. You can set this for the Headset service compatible Bluetooth device only.pWhen you already set another Bluetooth device for “Preferred device”, that setting is canceled, and the selected Bluetooth device is set for the priority device.pTo release it, perform the same operation.Protect/release You can protect the registered Bluetooth device so that it is not deleted or overwritten. You can protect up to five devices.pTo release it, perform the same operation.Change device name You can change the name of the registered Bluetooth device.Enter a device name.pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch characters.Delete You can delete the registered Bluetooth device.YESDescription You can display the device name, Bluetooth address, device class, and supported profile.Set desktop/ keyAdd desktop icon See page 31.long press set. See page 404.Information<Register devices>pWhen you select a registered Bluetooth device, the registered profile is updated. (When the device name has been changed, it returns to the original device name.) When you select a profile that is different from the registered one, the profile is additionally registered.
417Convenient FunctionsYou can place the connecting state of all the registered Bluetooth devices on standby for connection.1mLifeKitBluetoothAccept registeredPut a check mark for the services to be placed on standbyl()pTo release, remove the check mark and press l().pDuring standby, “ (blue)” lights.You can suspend all the services that are connected or on standby for connection, and suspend off the Bluetooth function of the FOMA terminal.1mLifeKitBluetoothBluetooth power OFFYESpYou can activate the standby for connection for the previously-connected Bluetooth device by mLifeKitBluetoothActivate Bluetooth.You can talk or communicate by connecting the FOMA terminal wirelessly with a Bluetooth communication compatible personal computer or car navigation system and others. For details, refer to “Preparing Bluetooth Communication” on the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”.<Preferred device>pEven when Preferred Device is set, you cannot connect that device unless the Headset service is placed on standby for connection. When other Bluetooth device is connected with the Headset service, the Bluetooth device that is being connected has priority.<Delete>pYou cannot delete when the status of Bluetooth device is during connection or on standby for connection.Accept RegisteredInformationBluetooth Power OFFAccept Dialup DevicesYou can make a call wirelessly when the FOMA terminal is connected to a Bluetooth device using Headset service or Hands-free service.1Connect a Bluetooth device using Headset service or Hands-free service.pSee page 415 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.2Make/Receive a call via the Bluetooth device.“ ” is displayed during a call via the Bluetooth device.pFor operations from a Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the Bluetooth device.Press and hold d for at least one second during a call.pYou can switch also by pressing i( ) and selecting “Talk on BT/Phone”.pDuring a call with the FOMA terminal while connecting using Headset service, you can switch only from the Bluetooth device.pFor operations from the Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the Bluetooth device you use.pEven if you switch to the Bluetooth device, you cannot talk over a Bluetooth device while USB Hands-free compatible device, earphone/microphone (option), or Flat-plug AV Output Cable (option) is connected.pYou cannot switch to a Bluetooth device while Remote Monitoring is activated.Make a CallSelecting whether to talk over the FOMA terminal or a Bluetooth deviceInformationpDuring Lock All or Omakase Lock, you cannot answer calls via the Bluetooth device.pWhen a call comes in while the Bluetooth device is connected using Headset service or Hands-free service, the ring tone sounds from the Bluetooth device even if Manner Mode is activated or “Ring volume” is set to “Silent” on the FOMA terminal.pDuring a call on the Bluetooth device, you cannot adjust the sound volume of the Bluetooth device by adjusting that on your FOMA terminal.pDuring a call on the Bluetooth device, the call state does not change by closing the FOMA terminal regardless of the setting of “Setting when closed”.
418Convenient FunctionsWhen you connect your FOMA terminal to a Bluetooth device using Audio service, you can output the audio of 1Seg programs from the Bluetooth device.1Connect a Bluetooth device using Audio service.pSee page 415 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.2Watch a 1Seg program.The sound is output from the Bluetooth device.pOnce you connect the FOMA terminal to the Bluetooth device using Audio service, a connection history is stored. When the connection history is found, the FOMA terminal tries to connect to the Bluetooth device automatically for watching a 1Seg program even if it is not connected using Audio service. When the connection is successfully completed, the audio is output from the Bluetooth device. When the connection fails, the confirmation display appears asking whether to output audio from the FOMA terminal.The connection history is overwritten each time the Bluetooth device is connected using Audio service.pFor operations from a Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the Bluetooth device.pWhen the Bluetooth communication is disconnected during a call on the Bluetooth device, the call state follows the setting of “Disconnection settings”.Play Back Audio of 1Seg ProgramsInformationInformationpYou can output the audio of 1Seg programs only on an A2DP compatible Bluetooth device that supports copyrighting by the SCMS-T.pWhile the audio of a 1Seg program is output from a Bluetooth device, you cannot adjust the sound volume of the Bluetooth device by adjusting that on your FOMA terminal.pYou cannot output the audio from the Bluetooth device when an earphone/microphone (option) is connected.When you connect your FOMA terminal to a Bluetooth device using Audio service, you can output the sound of i-motion files, movie files and videos, and music via MUSIC Player, etc., from the Bluetooth device.1Connect a Bluetooth device using Audio service.pSee page 415 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.pIf you connect using Audio service from the Bluetooth device while placing an Audio service on standby for connection, MUSIC Player starts automatically. However, it does not automatically start when “MUSIC Player autostart” is set to “OFF”. Further, it might not automatically start when a display other than the Stand-by display is shown or another function is activated.pIf the audio from a 1Seg program stops while it is output on the Bluetooth device, check your FOMA terminal as the possible causes are as follows:･When the Bluetooth device is disconnected･When a location provision request of GPS comes in･When a mail message or Message R/F comes in･When a PushTalk call comes in･When the low battery alarm sounds･When an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording” soundsIn these cases, the Audio service might be disconnected depending on the Bluetooth device. To resume playback on the Bluetooth device, you need to re-connect the Audio service.Play Back Music, Sound of i-motion, Movie, Video Files, etc.Information
419Convenient Functions2Play back an i-motion file, movie file, video or music.The sound is output from the Bluetooth device.pWhen the confirmation display appears asking whether to start output to the Bluetooth device, select “YES”.pOnce you connect the FOMA terminal to the Bluetooth device using Audio service, a connection history is stored. When the connection history is found, the FOMA terminal automatically tries to connect to the Bluetooth device for playing back a file even if you do not connect using Audio service. When a connection is successfully completed, the sound is output from the Bluetooth device. When the connection fails, the confirmation display appears asking whether to output the sound from the FOMA terminal. However, it cannot automatically connect for playing back an i-motion file.The connection history is overwritten each time the Bluetooth device is connected using Audio service.pFor operations from the Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the Bluetooth device you use.InformationpYou can output the audio of video file only on an A2DP compatible Bluetooth device that supports copyrighting by the SCMS-T.pWhile playing back the sound of an i-motion file, movie file, video, or music from a Bluetooth device, you cannot change the sound volume by adjusting from the FOMA terminal.pEven when you are using Play Background for MUSIC Player or Music&Video Channel, the remote-control operation for Bluetooth device is available.pYou cannot output the audio from the Bluetooth device when an earphone/microphone (option) is connected.pIf the sound of an i-motion file, movie file, video, or music stops while it is played back from the Bluetooth device, check your FOMA terminal as the possible causes are as follows:･When the Bluetooth device is disconnected･When a location provision request of GPS comes in･When a mail message or Message R/F comes in･When a PushTalk call comes in･When the low battery alarm sounds･When an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording” soundsIn these cases, the Audio service might be disconnected depending on the Bluetooth device. To resume playback on the Bluetooth device, you need to re-connect the Audio service.1mLifeKitBluetoothBluetooth settingsDo the following operations.pYou cannot operate during a call or data communication.pWhen you activate MUSIC Player with a Bluetooth device connected and the Bluetooth device is disconnected from the FOMA terminal which is closed, MUSIC Player ends. However, it does not end when “MUSIC Player autostart” is set to “OFF”.Bluetooth SettingsInformationSet authentications You can set whether to set authentication when sending a Phonebook entry via a Bluetooth device. If you set to “ON”, set whether to encrypt the data.ON or OFFON or OFFSession number settingYou can set whether to enter the password for sending all Phonebook entries.ON or OFFTime-out to search You can set the time for searching for Bluetooth communication compatible devices around the FOMA terminal.Enter a device search time (seconds).pEnter two-digit numerals as in “05” through “20”.Forward ring tone You can set whether to send a ring tone for the voice call and videophone call to the connected Headset or Hands-free device. When the device is specified as “Preferred device”, connection is made to send the ring tone even if the device is on standby.ON or OFFDisconnection settingsYou can select whether to end talking or continue talking on the FOMA terminal when Bluetooth communication is disconnected while talking through the Headset or Hands-free device.End the call or Continue on the phone
420Convenient FunctionsDial from headset You can set whether to make a call by pressing the switch on the Headset.Valid or InvalidMUSIC Player autostartYou can set whether to automatically start/end MUSIC Player when you use the Audio service to connect to/disconnect from a Bluetooth device from the Stand-by display.ON or OFFBluetooth info You can display the device name, Bluetooth address, device class, and supported profiles of Bluetooth function mounted on the FOMA terminal. You can change the device name.pTo change the device name, press l( ), enter the device name. You can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch characters.Information<Set authentications>pWhile a Bluetooth device to which Phonebook entries are sent is connected using a service other than Object Push, the Phonebook entries are sent with authentication and with encryption regardless of this setting. pYou cannot set this function while a Bluetooth device is connected or on standby for connection.<Forward ring tone>pYou cannot set this function while a Bluetooth device using the Headset service or Hands-free service is connected or on standby.<Bluetooth info>pIf you select a pictogram for the device name, it might not be correctly displayed depending on the destination Bluetooth device.You can check the setting contents of the following functions:1mSet./ServiceOther settingsCheck settingspThe items changed from the setting at purchase are indicated by “★”.<Check Settings>Checking the Setting of Various Functions・Backlight・View Blind・Image Quality・Auto Power ON・Auto Power OFF・Volume・Shikkari Talk・Noise Reduction・3G/GSM SettingInformationpWhen the UIM is not inserted, “★- - -” is displayed for the setting contents of “3G/GSM setting”.
421Character EntryEntering Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Character Entry> 422Entering Characters in Mode 1 (5-touch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Mode 1 (5-touch)> 422Using Common Phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Common Phrases> 427Cutting/Copying/Pasting Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428Storing Words in Own Dictionary. . . . . . . . . <Own Dictionary> 428Using Learned Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429Using Downloaded Dictionary . . . . . . <Download Dictionary> 429Entering Characters in Mode 2 (2-touch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Mode 2 (2-touch)> 430Entering Characters in Mode 3 (NIKO-touch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)> 430For details on “Kuten Code List”, refer to the PDF version of “Kuten Code List” on the provided CD-ROM or DOCOMO website.To see the PDF version of “Kuten Code List”, you need to have Adobe® Reader®. If it is not installed in your personal computer, install Adobe® Reader® from the provided CD-ROM to see it.For details such as how to use it, refer to “Adobe Reader Help”.
422Character EntryThe FOMA terminal is provided with many functions that require to enter characters such as creating the Phonebook or composing mail messages.On the Character Entry (Edit) display, the information of character input method, input mode, and the remaining number of characters and others are displayed.Character input method：Mode 2 (2-touch)：Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)pNot displayed in Mode 1 (5-touch).Input modeabc：Alphabet input mode123：Numeral input mode漢：Kanji/Hiragana input modeカナ：Katakana input modeFull/Half-pitch1/1：Full-pitch input mode1/2：Half-pitch input modeRemaining/Maximum bytes that can be enteredp“Number of entered characters” might be displayed depending on the function.pOne half-pitch character is counted as one byte and one full-pitch character as two bytes.pHalf-pitch character “ﾞ” and “ﾟ” are counted as one character.<Character Entry>Entering CharactersCharacter Entry (Edit) Display Three types of character input methods are available as shown below:Mode 1 (5-touch) . . . . . . . . . See page 422Multiple characters are assigned to a single key. Each time you press the key, characters switch.Mode 2 (2-touch) . . . . . . . . . See page 430Enter characters by pairs of numerals.Mode 3 (NIKO-touch) . . . . . . See page 430Enter characters by pairs of numerals.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsCharacter input methodInput modePut a check mark for modes to be usedl()pSelect at least two modes.2Select a priority mode.pSelect a mode you use preferentially from modes selected in step 1.Press and hold l( ) for at least one second, or select “Character input” and then select “Change input mode” from the Function menu.In the step for entering characters, press l( ) to switch input modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on the function you enter.You can enter characters by using Prediction Conversion which converts a few entered words into the predicted ones and by using Context Forecast which displays the next conversion candidates inferred from the relation between paragraphs.pThe FOMA terminal increases prediction conversion candidates and context forecast candidates by learning characters.+m-3-5Select Character Input MethodSwitching modes on the Character Entry (Edit) display<Mode 1 (5-touch)>Entering Characters in Mode 1 (5-touch)Enter Characters
423Character Entry<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.The Character Entry (Edit) display appears in prediction conversion mode when “Predict” is set to “ON”, and appears in ordinary conversion mode when set to “OFF”.2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.た→ Press 4 once and Vo once.だ→ Press 4 once and a once.の→ Press 5 five times.か→ Press 2 once.し→ Press 3 twice.pYou can enter up to 24 characters at a time. However, when “Predict” is set to “ON”, if you enter 6 or more characters, the conversion mode is automatically switched to the ordinary conversion mode.pWhen a character on the same key comes after a character, press Vo to move the cursor, and enter the next character.If you set “Character set time”, you can omit the operation to move the cursor.pYou can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” and “゜” by pressing a after you enter a character.pEach time you press d, characters are displayed in reverse order.pIf you set “Predict” to “ON”, each time you press l, ordinary conversion mode and prediction conversion mode switch.pYou can press i( ) to display the candidate list of alphanumeric or katakana characters. Depending on the entered character, the conversion candidates for date/time are displayed.pWhen “ ” is displayed while editing the i-mode mail text, you can press m( ) to display the candidate list of Deco-mail pictograms.pTo fix a character as it is without conversion, press Oo().3Use Co to move the cursor onto “の”.pThe conversion mode is automatically switched to the ordinary conversion mode.4Use Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate listUse Mo to highlight “タダの” and press Oo().pBy pressing m()/c( ), you can scroll the candidate list page by page.pWhen you press r while you are selecting a conversion candidate, the Character Entry (Edit) display returns.pPress c( ) to fix the whole paragraph.5Use Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate listUse Mo to highlight “菓子” and pressOo().The selected characters are fixed.pWhen the character strings that are assumed to be the context forecast candidates are found after fixing the characters, that context forecast candidates are displayed. Press Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate list to enter the context forecast candidates.pWhen you press r while you are selecting the context forecast candidates, the Character Entry (Edit) display returns.InformationpThe learning function stores up to 1,000 words, and the character of a high conversion rate goes up in the character order list.pThe candidate character strings are displayed from characters converted as usual and from a dictionary downloaded from sites.・Only a small number of character strings are registered by default so candidate characters might not be displayed in some cases. By doing the character conversion as usual, the converted characters are added to the candidate characters.・You can download a dictionary from sites and add candidate characters from the dictionary. However, when you delete the downloaded dictionary, the added candidate characters are also deleted from the existing candidate characters. (See page 204 and page 429)pIn the candidate list of Deco-mail pictograms, only the pre-installed Deco-mail pictograms are displayed and the downloaded ones are not displayed. If you delete the pre-installed Deco-mail pictograms and re-download them, they are not displayed in the candidate list.pYou can use Prediction Conversion and Context Forecast with 2-touch and NIKO-touch in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.pThe number of kanji characters that you can convert to is limited so you might not be able to convert to some kanji characters. You can use Kuten Code to enter kanji characters that you cannot convert to. The number of characters you can enter is 6355 in the JIS level-1 and level-2 kanji sets.pComplicated kanji characters are partly deformed or simplified.
424Character Entry1Move the cursor to the left of the character you want to correctrThe character at the right of the cursor is deleted. Press and hold r for at least one second to delete all characters on and after the cursor.pWhen no character is found to the right side of the cursor, the character to the left side of the cursor is deleted. Press and hold r for at least one second to delete all characters.2Enter a correct character.The character is entered in the position of the cursor.Other Entry FunctionsItem Operation/ExplanationKatakana input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Katakana input modePress keys to enter characters.Alphabet input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Alphabet input modePress keys to enter characters.pWhen you press c( ) in half-pitch Alphabet input mode, you can show the list of phrases frequently used for entering URLs and others.Numeral input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Numeral input mode Press keys to enter numerals.pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding 0 for at least one second in Numeral input mode.Line feed Press a.pWhen the cursor is at the end of text and characters are fixed, you can press Xo to break a line. Information<Line feed>pA line feed is counted as one full-pitch character.pYou cannot break a line depending on the function such as editing in the text box for i-mode.pYou can enter “＊” by pressing -a in Numeral input mode.Correct CharactersWhen the battery alarm soundsThe data you have been editing is automatically fixed and saved. Charge the battery or replace it with a new charged battery to resume editing. However, you cannot save the unfixed data being converted.When you press hThe confirmation display appears asking whether to discard the data you are editing.When a call or mail comes inThe Multitask function works, so the data you are editing is retained, and you can answer the call or receive the mail.You can return to the data edit display by switching menu, by pressing and holding x for at least one second. You can return to the data edit display also by ending the call or mail function.You can set whether to display the prediction conversion/context forecast candidates in the candidate list.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsCharacter input methodPredictON or OFFYou can set whether to store the characters converted in Secret Mode or Secret Data Only as learned words.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsCharacter input methodInt.with secretEnter your Terminal Security CodeON or OFFData you are editing+m-3-5Predict+m-3-5Intelligent with SecretFunction Menu while Entering (Editing) CharactersDecorate mail[Message Entry display only]See page 146.Template
425Character EntryLoad template[Message Entry display only]See page 144.Save template[Message Entry display only]See page 144.Full pitch/Half pitch You can switch between full pitch and half pitch.Copy See page 428.Cut See page 428.Paste See page 428.Undo You can undo the fixed, deleted, or pasted text, etc.pYou can undo the operation also by pressing and holding d for at least one second.pYou can undo the operations up to 10 times, except on the Message Entry display. However, you can undo fixing characters only once.pOn the Message Entry display, you can undo the operations up to twice. You can also undo the decoration as well.Pictograms/symbolsPictogramsYou can enter pictograms while showing them on the display.Select a pictogram.The selected pictogram is entered and the Character Entry (Edit) display returns.pHighlight a pictogram and press l( ), then you can enter a pictogram in succession. Press r to return to the Character Entry (Edit) display.pYou can display the Pictogram list also by pressing m().pPress c to switch the Pictogram lists in order of “Pictograms 1” → “Pictograms 2” → “Deco-mail pictograms” [お気に入り (Favorite) through 文字 (Characters)]. However, you can enter “Deco-mail pictograms” [お気に入り (Favorite) through 文字 (Characters)] only while editing the i-mode mail text. Press m to switch them in the reverse order.pPress i( ) to display the Symbol list.pPress d to switch between the full display of Pictogram list and ordinary input display.Symbols You can enter symbols while showing them on the display.Select a symbol.The selected symbol is entered and the Character Entry (Edit) display returns.pHighlight a symbol and press l(), you can enter a symbol in succession. Press r to return to the Character Entry (Edit) display.pYou can display the Symbol list also by pressing and holding s for at least one second.pPress c to switch the symbol lists in order of Half-pitch symbols → Full-pitch symbols. Press m to switch them in the reverse order.pPress i( ) to display the Pictogram list.pPress d to switch between the list of all symbols and ordinary input display.Smiley Select a smiley.pYou can select smiley also by pressing c() or entering “かお” and converting it.Space You can enter a full-pitch space in full-pitch input mode, and a half-pitch space in half-pitch input mode.pWhen the cursor is at the end of text, you can enter a space also by pressing Vo.Phrase/quoteCommon phrases Select a folderSelect a common phrase.pIn mode other than numeral input mode, you can show the folder list for common phrases also by pressing and holding a for at least one second.Kuten code You can enter characters, numerals, and symbols on the Kuten Code list (see the PDF version of “Kuten Code List” on the provided CD-ROM).You can operate in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.Enter a four-digit Kuten code.A character that matches the entered Kuten code is displayed, and the former input mode returns.pWhen a character that matches the entered Kuten code is not found, a space is inserted.
426Character EntryInput time Select a format for entering the date/timeEnter the date/time.pYou can enter the date/time using the numeric keys.pYou can enter years 1800 through 2099.Quote phonebook You can access and quote Phonebook entries. The following are the items you can quote:<Inside FOMA terminal>Name, reading, phone number, mail address, postal address, birthday, memorandumsPostal address, URL, memorandums obtained from i-concier<Inside UIM>Name, reading, phone number, mail addressSearch the PhonebookSelect a Phonebook entryPut a check mark for items to be quotedl()Quote own data You can access and quote your personal information. The following are the items you can quote: Name, reading, phone number, mail address, postal address, birthday, memorandumsEnter your Terminal Security CodePut a check mark for items to be quotedl()Paste loc. infoBy position loc.[Message Entry display only]You can obtain the location information by measuring the current location (see page 322), convert that information into the URL, and then paste it to the i-mode mail text.Oo()YESFrom loc. history[Message Entry display only]You can convert the location information from Location History (see page 326) into the URL, and paste it to the i-mode mail text.Select a location recordOo()YESFrom phonebook[Message Entry display only]You can convert the location information stored in the Phonebook into the URL, and paste it to the i-mode mail text.Select a Phonebook entryOo()YESFrom own number[Message Entry display only]You can convert the location information stored in “Own number” into the URL, and paste it to the i-mode mail text.Enter your Terminal Security CodeOo()YESBar code reader You can start Bar Code Reader. (See page 241)Character inputOwn dictionary See page 428.Learned words See page 429.Change input mode You can switch the character input methods.Select an input mode.pYou cannot select the input mode that is not selected in “Input mode” of “Character input method” (see page 422).Predict See page 424.Candidate displayYou can set whether to display context forecast candidates.ON or OFFCharacter set time You can select whether to automatically fix the entered characters while you are entering characters in Mode 1 (5-touch). In addition, you can specify the time until characters are fixed. You can omit the operation of pressing Vo to move the cursor for the entry of characters on the same key.Fast, Normal, Slow, or OFF2/NIKO-touch guide You can select whether to list input candidates at the lower part of the display when you press the first-digit key while you are entering characters in Mode 2 (2-touch) or Mode 3 (NIKO-touch).ON or OFFHelp You can check the operating procedures for entering characters.Select an item.JUMP You can move the cursor to the top or end of text.To beginning or To endpWhen the Character Entry (Edit) display ranges over multiple pages, the cursor moves to the beginning or end of the page.Preview[Message Entry display only]You can check the contents of the text before sending.pYou can preview also by pressing p.Information<Full pitch/Half pitch>pWhen you switch to half-pitch mode in Kanji/Hiragana input mode of NIKO-touch, the input mode switches to half-pitch Katakana input mode.
427Character Entry<Undo>pOnce you use “Undo” to return to the former state, you cannot cancel this by using “Undo” again.pIf you close the Character Entry (Edit) display, you cannot return to the former state by using “Undo”.<Pictograms>pYou might not be able to enter pictograms depending on the Character Entry (Edit) display.pOnce you have entered pictograms, the history of entered pictograms appears first.pYou can enter up to 20 Deco-mail pictograms. When you insert other images, however, the number of Deco-mail pictograms that can be entered is reduced by the number of inserted images.<Symbols>pYou might not be able to enter some symbols depending on the Character Entry (Edit) display.pOnce you have entered symbols, the history of entered symbols appears first.<Common phrases>pYou might not be able to enter common phrases depending on the Character Entry (Edit) display.pIn Japanese Mode, the called-up contents of common phrases pre-installed in the FOMA terminal differ depending on the input mode.<Quote phonebook>pWhen you quote a postal address, you cannot quote “〒” or “-” of the postal code.<Quote own data>pWhen you quote a postal address, you cannot quote “〒” or “-” of the postal code.pThe personal data of Number A is quoted in A Mode of 2in1, the personal data of Number B is quoted in B Mode, and the personal data of both Number A and Number B is quoted in Dual Mode.<Paste loc. info>pYou can paste up to 512 half-pitch characters, and the pasted URL is counted as the number of characters in the mail text.p“ ” is inserted before the pasted URL. However, you can delete it while editing.<Character set time>pYou might not be able to enter characters as you like depending on this setting and your speed of operating keys.InformationYou can call up and enter, on the Character Entry (Edit) display, the common phrases pre-installed in the FOMA terminal, or your own created common phrases.The common phrases are sorted into 5 folders and each folder contains 10 of them. You can edit the pre-installed common phrases to save as your own common phrases.1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.Common phrasesSelect a folder.2Select a common phrase.+m-3-8<Common Phrases>Using Common PhrasesDisplay Common PhrasesCommon Phrase Folder listCommon Phrase list Common Phrase displayInformationpDo not use half-pitch katakana characters and pictograms for your own common phrases used for composing mail. They might not be correctly displayed. (Pictograms can be used between i-mode mail messages.)pThe Japanese common phrases pre-installed in the “あいさつ (Greeting)” and “ビジネス (Business)” folders are called up in kanji/hiragana in Kanji/Hiragana input mode and called up in half-pitch katakana in other input modes. Function Menu of the Common Phrase Folder ListEdit folder name Enter a folder name.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.pWhen you delete all the characters entered as a folder name, the folder name is reset to the default.
428Character EntryYou can cut or copy up to 5,000 full-pitch/10,000 half-pitch characters.1Character Entry (Edit) displayi()Cut or CopySelect a start point.pYou can press i( ) to select all characters.2Select an end point.Reset name You can reset the folder name to the default.YESFunction Menu of the Common Phrase List/Common Phrase DisplayEdit Enter a common phrase.pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128 half-pitch characters.pWhen you delete all the characters in a common phrase, the common phrase is reset to the default.pYou can edit a common phrase by pressing l().Reset this You can reset the common phrase to the default.YESReset all You can reset all the common phrases in the folder to the default.Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESCutting/Copying/Pasting TextCut/CopyInformationpIf you copy/cut the Deco-mail text during creating and paste it, the information about the decoration is pasted as well.pYou might not be able to cut/copy the Deco-mail text, etc., because the memory space runs short depending on the data volume.You can paste cut or copied characters.1Character Entry (Edit) displayMove the cursor to a start position for pastingi()PasteIn Own Dictionary, you can store up to 100 frequently used words with your favorite reading.1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.Own dictionary<New>Enter a word.pSelect a stored Own dictionary to check the stored contents.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters. However, you cannot enter line feeds.2Enter a reading.pYou can enter up to 10 hiragana characters. Also, you cannot store symbols other than “Long vowel (ー)”.pEven if you enter a space, the word is stored with the space automatically deleted.Paste+m-3-8<Own Dictionary>Storing Words in Own DictionaryFunction Menu while Own Dictionary is DisplayedNew Go to step 1 of “Storing Words in Own Dictionary” on page 428.Edit Go to step 1 of “Storing Words in Own Dictionary” on page 428.pYou can edit also by pressing l().Delete this YESDelete selected Put a check mark for own dictionaries to be deletedl()YESDelete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
429Character EntryThe character strings once you entered are automatically stored and displayed as the conversion candidates of learned words.1Function menu while entering (editing) charactersCharacter inputLearned wordsSelect a columnSelect a record.pTo delete learned words, press i( ) to select “Delete this” or “Delete all”, and select “YES”. If you select “Delete all”, you need to enter your Terminal Security Code.You can newly create learned words from the subjects and titles of sent i-mode mail messages stored in your FOMA terminal. The learned words preceding creation are all deleted.1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.Create learned wd listOKEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESOKYou can reset the learned words.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsCharacter input methodReset learned wordsEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESInformation<Delete this> <Delete all>pWhen you display Own Dictionary from the Function menu of the Character Entry (Edit) display, select “Delete” from the Function menu, then select “Delete this” or “Delete all”.<Delete selected>p“Delete selected” does not appear when you display Own Dictionary from the Function menu of the Character Entry (Edit) display.Using Learned WordsChecking Learned Words+m-3-8Create Learned Word List+m-3-5Reset Learned WordsYou can make dictionaries downloaded (see page 204) from sites valid. 1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.Download dictionarySelect a downloaded dictionary.The downloaded dictionary you have selected is validated and indicated by “★”.pTo invalidate a downloaded dictionary, perform the same operation.pYou can delete the pre-installed dictionaries. You can re-download them from the “P-SQUARE” site (see page 205). When you use a UIM other than the one used for downloading, the UIM security function (see page 38) is set for them.+m-3-8<Download Dictionary>Using Downloaded DictionaryFunction Menu while Downloaded Dictionary is DisplayedEdit title Edit the title.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.Set dictionary You can set the dictionary valid/invalid. Each time you operate, valid and invalid switch.Dictionary info You can display the dictionary title and version.Delete this YESDelete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESInformation<Edit title>pIf you delete all the characters entered as a title, the title is reset to the default.
430Character EntryWhen you press two numeric keys to enter two-digit numerals, a character (symbol) that corresponds to the numerals is entered. Press the first key to list candidate characters (symbols) at the lower part of the display. To list candidate characters, you need to set “2/NIKO-touch guide” to “ON” in advance.pSee page 489 for how characters are assigned to the numeric keys (2-touch).pSee page 422 for switching to “2-touch”.Press l( ) from the Character Entry (Edit) display to switch input modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on the function you enter.<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.The Character Entry (Edit) display appears.2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.た→41だ→41, aの→55か→21し→32pYou can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” and “゜” by pressing a after you enter a character.pPress 80 to switch between uppercase and lowercase.After entering hiragana characters, go to step 3 on page 423.<Mode 2 (2-touch)>Entering Characters in Mode 2 (2-touch)Switch Input Modes (2-touch)Enter CharactersWhen you press two numeric keys to enter two-digit numerals, a character (symbol) that corresponds to the numerals is entered. Press the first key to list candidate characters (symbols) at the lower part of the display. To list candidate characters, you need to set “2/NIKO-touch guide” to “ON” in advance.pSee page 490 for how characters are assigned to the numeric keys (NIKO-touch).pSee page 422 for switching to “NIKO-touch”.Press l( ) from the Character Entry (Edit) display to switch input modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on the function you enter.<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.The Character Entry (Edit) display appears.2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.た→41だ→41, aの→55か→21し→32pYou can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” and “゜” by pressing a after you enter a character.After entering hiragana characters, go to step 3 on page 423.<Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)>Entering Characters in Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)Switch Input Modes (NIKO-touch)Enter Characters
431Network ServicesChecking New Voice Mail Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Check New Messages> 432Using Voice Mail Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Voice Mail> 432Using Call Waiting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Waiting> 434Using Call Forwarding Service . . . . . . . . . . <Call Forwarding> 436Using Nuisance Call Blocking Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Nuisance Call Blocking> 437Using Caller ID Display Request Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Caller ID Request> 438Using Dual Network Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Dual Network> 438Switching Guidance Language between Japanese and English. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <English Guidance> 439Using Service Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Service Numbers> 439Selecting Actions for an Incoming Call during a Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Arrival Call Act> 439Setting Remote Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Remote Control> 440Setting Additional Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multi Number> 440Using 2in1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <2in1> 442Using OFFICEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <OFFICEED> 447Saving and Using Services . . . . . . . . . . . <Additional Service> 448■ Available Network ServicesThe following are the DOCOMO network services available from the FOMA terminal.For the outline and usage method of each service, see the reference page in the table below.pThe network services are not available when you are out of the service area or out of reach of radio waves.pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.pFor subscriptions and inquiries, contact “docomo Information Center” on the back page of this manual.p“OFFICEED” is a pay service which is available on a subscription basis. For details, visit the DOCOMO-enterprise-oriented website (in Japanese only). http://www.docomo.biz/d/212/p“Deactivate” does not mean that the contract for Voice Mail Service, Call Forwarding Service or other services is canceled.pYou can store new network services in the menu when they are provided by DOCOMO. (See page 448)pIn this manual, a brief outline for each network service is described following the procedure using the menus of the FOMA terminal.Service Application Monthly fee ReferenceVoice Mail Service Required Charged 432Call Waiting Service Required Charged 434Call Forwarding Service Required Free 436Nuisance Call Blocking Service Not required Free 437Caller ID Notification Service Not required Free 46Caller ID Display Request Service Not required Free 438Dual Network Service Required Charged 438English Guidance Not required Free 439Multi Number Required Charged 4402in1 Required Charged 442Public mode (Drive mode) Not required Free 68Public mode (Power off) Not required Free 68OFFICEED Required Charged 447Melody Call Required Charged 104Service Application Monthly fee Reference
432Network ServicesYou can check whether any message is held at the Voice Mail Service Center.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesVoice mailCheck new messagesOKpIf any voice mail message is held, the “Voice mail” icon ( ) and another Voice Mail icon (such as “ ”) appear to inform you of the held message.pTo erase the Voice Mail icon (such as “ ”), dial at the Voice Mail Service Center for saving or erasing the voice mail message or follow the operations of “Erase icon”.pThe Voice Mail icons switch among , , , etc., and (6 or more messages) according to the number of the messages held at the Voice Mail Service Center. The displayed number is the number of messages informed by the guidance when you play back new messages. Saved messages are not included.pIf you set “Message notification”, the ring tone sounds each time a message is added.pSee page 433 for how to play back voice mail messages.You cannot check voice mail messages. Move to a place where “ ” is cleared.<Check New Messages>Checking New Voice Mail MessagesAbout checked resultsWhen “ ” appearsThis service provides an answer message for incoming voice calls/videophone calls and then holds voice mail messages on behalf of you when you are in a place where radio waves do not reach, the power is turned off, or you cannot answer calls.pWhen Record Message (see page 69) is simultaneously activated and you want to give Voice Mail Service priority, set its ring time shorter than that for Record Message.pWhen you do not answer an incoming voice call or videophone call while Voice Mail Service is set to “Activate”, the call is recorded as a missed call in “Received calls”, and the “Missed call” desktop icon appears on the Stand-by display.pVoice Mail Service is valid for voice calls and videophone calls.pA voice mail message can be recorded for up to three minutes. Twenty messages can be recorded respectively for voice calls and videophone calls and held at the Center for up to 72 hours.pWhen a voice mail message of a videophone call is retained at the Voice Mail Service Center, you are notified by an SMS message.pWhen a Chara-den call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center, DTMF operation is not available. Switch to “Send DTMF tone” from the Function menu. (See page 74)pWhen a call comes in while Voice Mail Service is set to “Activate”, the ring tone (specified by “Select ring tone”) will sound. (You can change the ring time for incoming calls. See page 433.) If you answer the call within the specified time, you can start talking. If you do not answer, the call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center.pYou can just press keys to connect an incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center. Also, you can connect the call that comes in during a call to the Center.Step 1: Set the service to “Activate”.Step 2: The caller records a voice/video message.※Step 3: Play back the message.※If the caller wants to skip playback of the answer message and record a message such as when in a hurry, he/she can immediately switch to the recording mode by pressing “#” while the answer message is played back.<Voice Mail>Using Voice Mail ServiceBasic Flow of Voice Mail Service
433Network Services1mSet./ServiceNW servicesVoice mailDo the following operations.Use Voice Mail ServicePlay messages You can play back messages recorded for the Voice Mail.Play (voice call) or Play (videophone)YESOperate following the voice guidance.pThe display for selecting “Play (voice call)” or “Play (videophone)” does not appear when only one type of message is recorded.Activate YESYESEnter a ring time (seconds).pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.Deactivate YESSet ring time You can set the ring time until the call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center.Enter a ring time (seconds).pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.Check setting You can check the setting contents of Voice Mail Service.Setting You can switch the setting contents of Voice Mail Service.Setting (voice call) or Setting (videophone)YESOperate following the voice guidance.Check new messagesSee page 432.Message notificationYou can set the ring tone to sound when a new message is recorded. The ring tone set for “Mail” of “Select ring tone” sounds for about five seconds.YES or NOErase icon You can erase the Voice Mail icons (such as ) from the Stand-by display.YESActivate notice call By SMS messages, you can be notified of the information (date/time of receiving and caller ID) of missed calls which came in while you were out of the service area or the power was turned off.Select an itemYESAll calls . . . . . . . . . . . .Informs you of all received calls.Calls w/ caller ID . . . . Informs you of only the calls that notified the phone number.Deactivate notice callYESNotice call status You can check the setting contents of notice call.Voice mail set for VPYou can set whether to use Voice Mail Service for when a videophone call comes in.ON or OFFpEven if “ON” is set, you cannot use the function unless Voice Mail Service is set to “Activate”.Information<Play messages> <Setting>pYou cannot operate during a call.pIf you press -0 through -9, -a, or -s following the voice guidance, you may not be able to end the call by pressing -h. In this case, press -h again.<Set ring time>pIf “Set ring time” is set to 0 seconds, the calls are not recorded in Received Calls.<Erase icon>pEven if you erase the Voice Mail icons, the messages held at the Voice Mail Service Center are not erased.<Activate notice call>pEven when you set to reject all SMS messages, you are informed by SMS message of the received call records.
434Network ServicesYou can connect an incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center just by a simple key operation. Even if you do not set Voice Mail Service to “Activate”, the service will be available using this function.1During ringingi()Voice mailpYou can connect the incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center also by pressing i( ), and pressing s.You can automatically connect the calls coming from the phone numbers stored in the Phonebook to the Voice Mail Service Center regardless of the Activate/Deactivate setting for the Service.You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.This setting is valid only when the caller notifies his/her phone number. It is advisable to activate “Caller ID request” at the same time.1Detailed Phonebook displayi()RestrictionsEnter your Terminal Security CodeVoice mail“Voice mail” is indicated by “★”.pTo release “Voice mail”, perform the same operation.Forward an Incoming Call to Voice Mail Service Center during RingingForward Specified Calls to Voice Mail CenterInformationpWhen a call comes in from the phone number set with this function, the ring tone sounds for about one second and then the call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center. You will be notified of the call by the icons on the desktop (see page 29 and page 69) and “Received calls”.pEven if you set this function, all incoming calls are not connected to the Voice Mail Service Center when you set “Personal data lock” while Voice Mail Service is deactivated.However, when you set “Phonebook available” to “Accept” for “Customize” of Personal Data Lock, calls from the specified phone numbers are connected to the Voice Mail Service Center even during Personal Data Lock.When a call comes in during a call, this service notifies you of it by the ring tone in call, and enables you to place the current call on hold to answer the new call.Further, you can make a call to another person putting the current call on hold.pTo use Call Waiting Service, set “Arrival call act” (see page 439) to “Answer” in advance. When another option is set, you cannot answer a voice call during a voice call even if you set “Call waiting” to “Activate”.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesCall waitingDo the following operations.1Another call comes in during a calldThe current call is automatically put on hold so that you can receive another call.p“Multi calling” is displayed when there is the party on hold.pEach time you press d, you can switch the parties you can talk with.<Call Waiting>Using Call Waiting ServiceUse Call Waiting ServiceActivate YESDeactivate YESCheck setting You can check the setting contents of Call Waiting Service.Answer an Incoming Call during a Call
435Network Services1Another call comes in during a callhThe ring tone sounds. You can answer the new call.1Another call comes in during a calli()Do the following operations.InformationpFor an incoming call or communication that is not supported by Call Waiting, press -d from the Call Receiving display to show the confirmation display telling that you can answer a new call if you end the current call. Press -h to end the current call, and then the Call Receiving display appears. When you select “OK”, the Call Receiving display during a call returns.pIf a call comes in during a videophone call, the FOMA terminal operates as follows:・The i-motion file or Flash movie set as the image for incoming calls is not displayed.・A “Pre-installed” substitute image is sent to the other party of the current call.・The vibrator does not work.pWhen a voice call comes in while dialing 117, you hear an in-call ring tone but cannot answer that call. The call is recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.End a Call to Answer Another CallContinue the Current CallCall rejection You can reject a new incoming call and resume the current call.Call forwarding You can forward a new incoming call to the forwarding destination and resume the current call.Voice mail You can connect a new incoming call to the Voice Mail Center and resume the current call.InformationpIncoming calls are rejected during a videophone call, Remote Monitoring or answer-hold (On Hold), or while Record Message is working. The “Missed call” icon appears when the current call ends, and the call is recorded in Received Calls. (The “Missed call” icon might not appear and the received call record might not be recorded depending on the contracts and setting for Voice Mail, Call Waiting, and Call Forwarding Services.)1Enter another party’s phone number during a calldYou can talk with the party you have dialed.The call with the first party is automatically put on hold.p“Multi calling” is displayed when there is the party on hold.pEach time you press d, you can switch the parties you can talk with.1During Multi callinghThe ring tone sounds.2Press d or Oo().pWhen the other party you have been talking with ends the call, press d to talk with the party on hold.1During Multi callingi()End held callHold a Call to Make a New CallEnd a Call to Answer the Held CallEnd a Held CallInformationpWhen another call comes in while the current call is put on hold, the held call is released.pWhen another call comes in during Multi-calling, the Call Receiving display appears. Press +i( ) and select “End held call” to end the held call. If you select “End talk”, you can end the current call.
436Network ServicesThis service forwards incoming voice calls/videophone calls when you are in a place where radio waves do not reach, the power is turned off, or you do not answer calls within a specified time.pWhen Record Message (see page 69) or Remote Monitoring (see page 77) is simultaneously activated and you want to give Call Forwarding Service priority, set its ring time shorter than that for “Record message setting” or “Remote monitoring”.pWhen you do not answer an incoming voice call or videophone call while Call Forwarding Service is set to “Activate”, the call is stored as a missed call in “Received calls”, and the “Missed call” desktop icon appears on the Stand-by display.pWhen a call comes in while Call Forwarding Service is set to “Activate”, the ring tone (specified by “Select ring tone”) will sound. (You can change the ring time for incoming calls. See page 436.) If you answer the call within the specified time, you can start talking.pYou can just press keys to forward incoming calls. Also, you can forward the call that comes in during a call.Step 1: Store the phone number of forwarding destination.Step 2: Set Call Forwarding Service to “Activate”.Step 3: A call comes into your FOMA terminal.Step 4: The call is automatically forwarded to the specified destination if you do not answer.<Call Forwarding>Using Call Forwarding ServiceBasic Flow of Call Forwarding Service1mSet./ServiceNW servicesCall forwardingDo the following operations.Use Call Forwarding ServiceActivate Register fwd numberEnter the phone number of forwarding destination.pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search Phonebook display. (See page 93)Set ring timeEnter a ring time (seconds).pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.ActivateYESDeactivate YESRegister number Enter the phone number of forwarding destinationSelect an item.Change No.. . . . Select this when Call Forwarding Service is activated.Change No. +Activate. . . . Select this while Call Forwarding Service is deactivated and you want to activate the Service as soon as the forwarding destination is changed.pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search Phonebook display. (See page 93)If FWD number busyYou can set an incoming call to be connected to the Voice Mail Service Center when the forwarding destination is busy.YESCheck setting You can check the phone number and ring time of forwarding destination.InformationpIf you are out of reach of radio waves or the power is turned off, the ring tone does not sound and the call is automatically forwarded. The call fee from the forwarder to the forwarding destination is charged for the forwarder who has subscribed for the service.pIf the ring time for Call Forwarding Service is set to 0 seconds, the calls are not recorded in Received Calls.
437Network Services11429dOperate following the voice guidance.You can forward an incoming call to the phone number you specified as a “Forwarding number” by a simple key operation. Even if you do not set Call Forwarding Service to “Activate”, the service will be available using this function.1During ringingi()Call forwardingYou can automatically forward the calls from the specified phone numbers stored in the Phonebook after the ring tone sounds for about one second, regardless of the Activate/Deactivate setting for Call Forwarding Service.You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.This setting is valid only when the caller notifies his/her phone number. It is advisable to activate “Caller ID request” at the same time.1Detailed Phonebook displayi()RestrictionsEnter your Terminal Security CodeCall forwarding“Call forwarding” is indicated by “★”.pTo release “Call forwarding”, perform the same operation.Set On/Off of Forwarding GuidanceForward an Incoming Call during RingingForward Specified Calls to Specified DestinationInformationpEven if you set this function, all incoming calls are not forwarded when you set “Personal data lock” while Call Forwarding Service is deactivated.However, when you set “Phonebook available” to “Accept” for “Customize” of Personal Data Lock, calls from the specified phone numbers are forwarded even during Personal Data Lock.pIf you have not signed up for Call Forwarding Service or have not set the forwarding destination, the call will be a missed call.You can register so as not to receive “nuisance calls” such as crank calls. Once you register a phone number for rejection, calls from that phone number is automatically rejected and the guidance answers the caller.pWhen a call comes in from the phone number stored for rejection, the ring tone does not sound. The call is not recorded in Received Calls, either.■Relation between each Service and incoming calls while Nuisance Call Blocking Service is activated1mSet./ServiceNW servicesNuis. call blockingDo the following operations.<Nuisance Call Blocking>Using Nuisance Call Blocking ServiceServiceHandling of incoming calls from the caller rejected as Register CallerVoice Mail Service Call Rejection guidance is played back. (Message is not held.)Call Forwarding ServiceCall Rejection guidance is played back. (Not forwarded to forwarding destination.)Call Waiting ServiceCall Rejection guidance is played back.Caller ID Display Request ServiceCall Rejection guidance is played back.Public mode (Drive mode)Call Rejection guidance is played back. [Public mode (Drive mode) guidance is not played back.]Register caller You can register the phone number of the call that arrived last for rejection.YESOKRegister selected No.You can register the specified phone number for rejection so that the call from that phone number does not come in.Enter a phone numberYESpPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search Phonebook display, and press Vo to select from the Dialed Call list, and press Co to select from the Received Call list.
438Network ServicesThis service provides the guidance asking the caller ID notification against incoming voice calls/videophone calls without caller IDs, and then automatically disconnects the call.pThe call rejected by Caller ID Display Request Service is not stored in “Received calls”, and the “Missed call” desktop icon does not appear.■Relation between each Service and incoming calls while Caller ID Display Request Service is activated1mSet./ServiceNW servicesCaller ID requestDo the following operations.Delete last entry You can delete the phone number registered last. Repeat the same procedures to delete phone numbers one by one from the one registered last.YESOKDelete all entries YESOKCheck No. of entries You can check the number of phone numbers registered for rejection.<Caller ID Request>Using Caller ID Display Request ServiceServiceHandling incoming call from the caller who does not notify a caller IDVoice Mail Service Caller ID Request guidance is played back. (Message is not held.)Call Forwarding ServiceCaller ID Request guidance is played back. (Not forwarded to the forwarding destination.)Call Waiting ServiceCaller ID Request guidance is played back.Nuisance Call Blocking ServiceFor the call from the number registered to be rejected, the Call Rejection guidance is played back.Public mode (Drive mode)Caller ID Request guidance is played back. [Public mode (Drive mode) guidance is not played back.]Activate YESOKDeactivate YESOKCheck setting You can check the setting contents of Caller ID Display Request Service.You can use a mova terminal with the phone number for your FOMA terminal. You can use either your FOMA terminal or mova terminal depending on the service area.pYou cannot use your FOMA terminal and mova terminal at the same time.pYou need to operate Dual Network Switching from the phone which is not using the service.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesDual networkDo the following operations.InformationpIf you activate this service while “Call setting w/o ID” is set to “Reject”, this service has priority.pWhen you receive a PushTalk call, “Turn on Caller ID Notification.” is displayed on the caller’s display and the call is automatically cut off. When you receive a group call, “ID Request” is displayed.pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from land-line phones, public phones, and other mobile phones.<Dual Network>Using Dual Network ServiceDual network switchingYou can switch to the FOMA terminal so that you can use it. Operate when the FOMA is in the FOMA service area.YESEnter your Network Security Code.pSee page 122 for the Network Security Code.Check setting You can check the setting contents of Dual Network Service.
439Network ServicesYou can set the guidance for network services such as “Voice mail” or the voice guidance such as for the out-of-service area, to be played back in English.■Outgoing (Guidance to yourself)■Incoming (Guidance to the caller)1mSet./ServiceNW servicesEnglish guidanceDo the following operations.<English Guidance>Switching Guidance Language between Japanese and EnglishLanguage DescriptionJapanese Plays back the guidance in Japanese.English Plays back the guidance in English.Language DescriptionJapanese Plays back the guidance in Japanese.Japanese+English Plays back the guidance first in Japanese and then in English.English+Japanese Plays back the guidance first in English and then in Japanese.Guidance setting Select an item.Outgoing+Incoming . . . Sets the guidance for outgoing and incoming calls at a time.Outgoing call . . . . . . . . . Sets the guidance for outgoing calls.Incoming call . . . . . . . . . Sets the guidance for incoming calls.Select a guidance language to be setYESpIf you select “Outgoing+Incoming”, set the guidance for outgoing calls, and then set the guidance for incoming calls.Check setting You can check the setting contents of the English guidance.InformationpYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from land-line phones, public phones, and other mobile phones. You can make calls to the docomo Information Center or DOCOMO repair counter.pDepending on the UIM you use, the displayed items might differ or no items are displayed.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesService numbersDo the following operations.You can set how to manage a voice call/videophone call or 64K data communication that comes in during a call when you have signed up for “Voice mail”, “Call forwarding” or “Call waiting”.pWhen you have not signed up for “Voice mail”, “Call forwarding”, or “Call waiting”, you cannot answer calls that come in during a call.pTo use “Arrival call act”, you need to set “Set in-call arrival act” to “Activate”. When “Call waiting” is set to “Activate”, you do not need to set “Set in-call arrival act” to “Activate”.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesArrival call actDo the following operations.<Service Numbers>Using Service Numbersドコモ故障問合せ (DOCOMO repair counter)You can make a call to the repair counter.Oo()ドコモ総合案内・受付 (docomo Information Center)You can make a call to the Information Center.Oo()<Arrival Call Act>Selecting Actions for an Incoming Call during a CallVoice mail You can connect voice calls or videophone calls that come in during a call to the Voice Mail Service Center.
440Network ServicesYou can activate/deactivate the functions you selected in Arrival Call Act and can check the setting contents.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesSet in-call arrival actDo the following operations.Call forwarding You can forward voice calls or videophone calls that come in during a call to the forwarding destination.Call rejection You can reject voice calls, videophone calls, or 64K data communication that come in during a call.Answer If you have set “Call waiting” to “Activate” and receive a voice call during a voice call, you can use “Call waiting”. Any of the following operations is available during a voice call (when “Call waiting” is set to “Deactivate”), during a videophone call, or during 64K data communication.pYou can answer incoming voice calls, videophone calls, or 64K data communication after finishing the current voice call, videophone call or 64K data communication.pFrom the Function menu, you can manually operate voice calls, videophone calls, or 64K data communication that come in during a call.pWhen “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” is set to “Activate”, your FOMA terminal follows that setting.Set In-call Arrival ActActivate YESDeactivate YESCheck setting You can check the setting contents of In-call Arrival Act.InformationpYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from land-line phones, public phones, and other mobile phones.You can set “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” to be operated from touch-tone land-line phones, public phones, DOCOMO mobile phones, or others.pTo use “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” overseas, you need to set “Remote control” to “Activate” in advance.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesRemote controlDo the following operations.You can add and use the additional number 1 and 2 at maximum as the phone numbers of your FOMA terminal besides the basic number.pWhen you remove or replace the UIM, the multi number settings (name, phone number, etc.) stored in the FOMA terminal might be erased. In this case, store them again.pThe name that corresponds to each multi number (Basic Number/Additional Number1/Additional Number2) appears on the dialing display/Call Receiving display.pWhen you try to make a call from Redial, Dialed Calls, or Received Calls, the multi number you dialed/received at that time appears and the call is made by this number.<Remote Control>Setting Remote ControlActivate YESDeactivate YESCheck setting You can check the setting contents of Remote Control.InformationpYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from land-line phones, public phones, and other mobile phones.<Multi Number>Setting Additional Number
441Network ServicesYou can register additional numbers, and edit the registration names for them.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti numberNumber settingSelect an additional number.pYou can register/edit also by pressing i( ) and selecting “Edit” or by pressing l().pSelect the registered additional number to check the registration name and phone number.pTo delete the registered additional number, press i( ) and select “Delete this” or “Delete all”, then select “YES”.2Enter a registration nameEnter a phone number.pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters for a registration name.By switching this setting, you can make all calls from a specified phone number.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti numberSet multi numberSelect a phone number.Basic Number . . . . . . . . . . Dials by the contracted phone number.Additional Number1/2. . . . Dials by an additional number. pWhen the registration name is changed, each registration name is displayed. However, the registration name is not displayed during Personal Data Lock.2YESNumber SettingSet Multi NumberBefore making a call, you can select a phone number to be notified to the other party from the Function menu, and then make a call.1Enter a phone numberor call up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call record, or received call record.2i()Multi numberSelect a phone number.pTo cancel the additional number, select “Cancel prefix”.You can check a phone number set for “Set multi number”.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti numberCheck settingYou can set a ring tone for calls that come in to the additional number.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti numberSelect ring toneSelect an additional number.Go to step 2 on page 102.When the ring tone is set to “Same as ring tone”, the ring tone will be the one set for “Phone” or “Videophone” of “Select ring tone”.Set Own Phone Number when Making a CallInformationpIf you select “Basic Number” or “Additional Number1/2”, “:590＃”, “:591＃”, or “:592＃” is added after the phone numbers.Check SettingSelect Ring Tone
442Network ServicesYou can use two phone numbers/mail addresses on your single FOMA terminal. By using respective modes, you can operate your FOMA terminal as if you are using two sets of them. The following three modes are available with 2in1:A ModeYou can use your phone number (Number A) to make calls and your i-mode mail address (Address A) to send/receive mail messages, and can browse their related data.B ModeYou can use your 2in1 phone number (Number B) to make calls and your i-mode mail address (Address B) to send/receive mail messages, and can browse their related data.Dual ModeThis mode has the functions of both A Mode and B Mode.pFor details on 2in1, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [2in1]”.pYou can use packet communication even in B Mode if you subscribe to i-mode.pYou can subscribe to either 2in1 or Multi Number.pWhen you replace a UIM with another one while using 2in1, 2in1 Setting is deactivated. For using 2in1, activate 2in1 Setting.pSee page 445 for how this service works for each mode.1mSet./ServiceNW services2in1 settingEnter your Terminal Security CodeYESWhen you activate 2in1, the 2in1 Setting Menu display appears.pThis display appears also by pressing and holding < for at least one second from the Stand-by display with the FOMA terminal opened, and entering your Terminal Security Code.<2in1>Using 2in1Activate 2in12in1 Setting Menu display12in1 Setting Menu displayDo the following operations.Configure 2in1 SettingMode switching You can switch to the mode you use.Select a mode.pWhen 2in1 is activated, the display for selecting a mode appears also by pressing and holding < for at least one second from the Stand-by display with the FOMA terminal opened, and entering your Terminal Security Code.pWhen “Mode link setting” is activated, the confirmation display appears telling that the setting for “Receive avoidance set.” is also changed.Phonebook 2in1 settingYou can change Phonebook 2in1 Setting for the Phonebook entry stored in the FOMA terminal.Select an item.Set to A . . . . . . . . . . Sets as the Phonebook entry for A. You can use it in A Mode and Dual Mode.Set to B . . . . . . . . . . Sets as the Phonebook entry for B. You can use it in B Mode and Dual Mode.Set to Common . . . Sets as the common Phonebook entry for A and B. You can use it in all modes.Select a setting method.Set one . . . . . Sets a Phonebook entry you call up.Set some. . . . Select multiple Phonebook entries from the Phonebook list you call up, then press l().Set group . . . Sets a Phonebook group you call up.
443Network ServicesStand-by display You can set the Stand-by display that appears in Dual Mode or B Mode. Select a modeSet the Stand-by display.pSee page 109 for how to set the Stand-by display. However, “iαppli display” is not displayed.pIf you select “Release”, the setting returns to the default.Clock setting You can set the clock that appears on the Stand-by display in Dual Mode or B Mode.Select a modeSet a clock.pSee page 118 for how to set the clock.Set call/receive No.Disp. call/receive No.For Number A and Number B, you can set the respective character font and color for the names stored in the Phonebook and phone numbers shown on the display.Number A or Number BSet a font and color.pSee page 117 for how to set the font and color.Ring tone set. for No. BYou can set a ring tone for Number B and a mail ring tone for Address B.Select an item.Phone . . . . . . . . . Sets a ring tone for voice calls.Videophone . . . . Sets a ring tone for videophone calls.Mail . . . . . . . . . . . Sets a ring tone for i-mode mail messages and SMS messages.Select a type of ring tone.Go to step 3 on page 102.pIf you select “Release”, the setting returns to the default.2in1 function OFF You can deactivate 2in1.YESReceive avoidance set.Change recv. avoid. You can set Receive Avoidance Set. manually for Number A and Number B.Number A or Number BSelect an item.Unchange . . . Does not change Receive Avoidance Set.Receive . . . . . Receives the calls to the selected phone number.Avoid . . . . . . . Avoids the calls to the selected phone number.l()YESpWhen “Mode link setting” is activated, the confirmation display appears telling that it is necessary to deactivate it.Check recv. avoidanceYou can check Receive Avoidance Set.Mode link setting You can activate/deactivate Mode Link. When you activate it, Receive Avoidance Set. automatically changes by linking to switching of the mode of 2in1; You can receive a call only to Number A when in A Mode, only to Number B when in B Mode, and to both Number A and B when in Dual Mode.YESRecv. avoid. (abroad)You can operate Receive Avoidance Set. from overseas.YESOperate following the voice guidance.pWhen “Mode link setting” is activated, the confirmation display appears telling that it is necessary to deactivate it.Information<Stand-by display>pSee “Set Stand-by Display” on page 109 to set the Stand-by display in A Mode.<Clock setting>pSee “Setting Clock Display” on page 118 to set the clock in A Mode.<Ring tone set. for No. B>pSee “Select Ring Tone” on page 102 to set a ring tone for Number A and a mail ring tone for Address A.pIf a call comes in to Number B without notifying his/her caller ID, the ring tone set by “Call setting w/o ID” sounds.
444Network ServicesIn Dual Mode, Number A dialing is the default setting when you make a call from the Phonebook entry of A/common setting or the dialed/received call record of Number A, and Number B dialing is the default setting when you make a call from the Phonebook entry of B setting or the dialed/received call record of Number B. Further, you can select a phone number to be notified to the other party before making a call by the following operations.1Enter a phone numberd or Oo()2Number A or Number BpTo cancel, select “Cancel”.1Call up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call record, received call record, Sent Address, or Received Address.2i()2in1 dialNumber A or Number BpWhen you operate from Sent Address or Received Address, press i() and select “Dialing” to select a dialing type, and then select “2in1 setting”.pTo cancel, select “2in1 dial OFF”.<Mode link setting>pWhen “Mode link setting” is activated, you cannot switch the mode of 2in1 out of the service area.Make a Call in Dual ModeWhen Entering a Phone Number to Make a CallInformationWhen Selecting Your Caller ID from Phonebook or Call RecordsWhen you compose an i-mode mail message in Dual Mode, you can select a sender’s address from “Address A” or “Address B”.pIn the following cases, the default sender’s address is automatically set according to the 2in1 setting of a Phonebook entry, phone number used for making/receiving a call, or mail address used for sending/receiving a mail message.・When you set a mail address stored in the Phonebook as a destination address (For a Phonebook entry set as common setting, Address A is a default. When there are multiple destination addresses, the sender’s address follows the 2in1 setting of the last destination address.)・When you compose i-mode mail message from Redial, Dialed Calls, Received Calls, Sent Address, or Received Address・When you operate Reply, Reply with Quote, Forward, or Re-edit of i-mode mail messages1Message Composition displayi()ChangeFromAddr A/BAddress A or Address BGo to step 2 on page 142.Send an i-mode Mail Message in Dual Mode
445Network Services■Services available to each modepThe items whose operations differ depending on the mode are listed. (Items that work the same way as with A Mode are omitted.)Item A Mode B Mode Dual ModeVoice callVideophone callDialing Number A Number B Selectable when dialing※1Receiving Receiving all calls※2Phonebook※3Displaying Phonebook entries with A setting/common settingPhonebook entries with B setting/common settingAll Phonebook entriesChanging to name※4Phonebook entries with A setting/common settingPhonebook entries with B setting/common settingAll Phonebook entries2in1 setting when newly storing Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A settingReceiving all entries using infrared rays/iC or from microSD card Copying sender’s 2in1 setting※5Receiving one entry using infrared rays/iC or from microSD cardPhonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A setting“Copy to UIM” At the time of “Copy to UIM”, 2in1 setting becomes common“Copy to phone” Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A settingRedialDialed callsReceived callsReceived address recordsDetailed sent Chaku-moji messageDisplaying Records for Number A/Address A Records for Number B/Address B All recordsi-mode mail Displaying※6Sent/Received i-mode mail messages for Address ASent/Received i-mode mail messages for Address BAll i-mode mail messagesSending i-mode mail messages from Address Ai-mode mail messages from Address BSelectable when sending※7Receiving i-mode mail messages to Address A (with ring tone/vibration)i-mode mail messages to Address B (without ring tone/vibration)i-mode mail messages to Address A (without ring tone/vibration)i-mode mail messages to Address B (with ring tone/vibration)All i-mode mail messages (with ring tone/vibration) Receiving all messages using infrared rays/iC or from microSD card Copying sender’s state※5Receiving one message using infrared rays/iC or from microSD card i-mode mail messages for Address A
446Network Services※1 The Phonebook entry with A setting or common setting is dialed by Number A and the Phonebook entry with B setting is dialed by Number B by default.※2 When you set “Call acceptance”, you can receive calls only from the specified phone numbers regardless of the current mode.When you set “Call rejection”, you can reject calls only from the specified phone numbers regardless of the current mode.※3 When you set a Phonebook entry as secret data, secret mode has priority.※4 This function checks the phone number/mail address with the Phonebook, and changes it to the name of the Phonebook entry for displaying when the caller’s phone number, receiver’s phone number, sender’s phone number, sender’s mail address, or receiver’s mail address is stored in the Phonebook.※5 When the sender’s model does not support 2in1, all data files are set with A setting.※6 In B Mode, mail messages and SMS messages on the microSD card are not displayed if they do not have B Mode attribute information.※7 When you compose an i-mode mail message from a Phonebook entry with A setting or common setting, the message is sent from Address A, and when you compose an i-mode mail message from a Phonebook entry with B setting, the message is sent from Address B by default.※8 Except message application programs and the i-αppli Stand-by display.※9 Except the i-αppli Stand-by display.※10 Up to 40 voice mail messages for Number A and Number B (20 for voice calls + 20 for videophone calls) can be recorded respectively.The icon such as “ ” appears when the voice mail messages for Number A are recorded, and the icon such as “ ” appears when the voice mail messages for Number B are recorded.※11 You can activate/deactivate the service and make other settings for Number A and Number B respectively.※12 When you execute “Check setting” of “Voice mail”, the confirmation display appears asking which number you use for dialing, Number A or Number B.※13 When you execute “Check setting” of “Call forwarding”, the confirmation display appears asking which number you use for dialing, Number A or Number B.SMS Displaying※6Sent/Received SMS messages for Number AReceived SMS messages for Number BAll SMS messagesSending SMS messages from Number A Unusable SMS messages from Number AReceiving SMS messages to Number A (with ring tone/vibration)SMS messages to Number B (without ring tone/vibration)SMS messages to Number A (without ring tone/vibration)SMS messages to Number B (with ring tone/vibration)All SMS messages (with ring tone/vibration)Receiving all messages using infrared rays/iC or from microSD card Copying sender’s state※5Receiving one message using infrared rays/iC or from microSD card SMS messages for Number A“Copy to UIM” SMS messages for Number A“Copy from UIM” SMS messages for Number A Undisplayable SMS messages for Number APushTalk Dialing Number A Unusable Number AReceiving Number A※2PushTalk Phonebook Displayable Undisplayable Displayablei-αppli All usable Usable※8Usable※9Own number Number A Number B Number A/Number BVoice mail Recording voice mail messages Recording all voice mail messages※10Connection number for the service※11 Number A Number B※12 Selectable when dialingCall forwardingForwarding to the forwarding destinationForwarding all callsConnection number for the service※11 Number ANumber B※13 Selectable when dialingItem A Mode B Mode Dual Mode
447Network ServicesInformationpWhen you delete an image or melody set for a Phonebook entry of B setting or move it to the microSD card in A Mode (or a Phonebook entry of A setting in B Mode), or when you delete an image or move it to the microSD card set for the Stand-by display in the mode other than the current mode of 2in1, the message telling that the file is set to another function does not appear.pIn B Mode, you cannot use the following mail functions:・Composing SMS messages ・Forwarding SMS messages・Replying SMS messages ・Chat mail・i-αppli To function from i-mode mail textpIn Dual Mode, you cannot compose SMS messages and make a PushTalk call from a redial item/dialed call record for Number B and received call record for Number B.pIn Dual Mode, you cannot execute “Reply” from an SMS message received to Number B.pRegardless of the current mode, emergency calls to 110/119/118 notify of Number A.pWhen you make a call/AT command call from an external device, the call is made from Number A in A Mode and Dual Mode, and from Number B in B Mode.pRegardless of the current mode, you can save up to 2,500 i-mode mail messages including SMS messages in the Inbox, up to 1,000 i-mode mail messages including SMS messages in the Outbox, and up to 20 i-mode mail messages including SMS messages in the Draft.pThe SMS messages received to Number B cannot be replied to, however, they are not saved to the folder set to “Reply impossible”.p“DEL all read mails”, “DEL all recv. mails”, “Delete read mails”, “Delete all SMS-R”, “DEL all frm folder”, and “Delete all” apply to all the i-mode mail/SMS messages.pRegardless of the current mode, “Delete all” of the Phonebook applies to all the Phonebook entries.“OFFICEED” is an in-group fixed bill service that applies to the specified IMCS (In-building Mobile Communication System). The separate subscription is required for use. For details, check the DOCOMO-enterprise-oriented website (in Japanese only). http://www.docomo.biz/d/212/You can use the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding function to forward OFFICEED calls to out-of-OFFICEED area.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesOFFICEEDDo the following operations.<OFFICEED>Using OFFICEEDUse OFFICEED Out-of-Area Forwarding FunctionArea display setting You can set whether to display “ ” while you are in the OFFICEED area.ON or OFFpIf you select “ON”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to set Area Display Setting to “ON”.Activate forwarding You can activate the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding function.YESDeactivate forwardingYou can deactivate the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding function.YESCheck FWD setting You can check the setting of the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding function.
448Network ServicesWhen a new network service is provided by DOCOMO, you can register that service in the menu to use it.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesAdditional serviceAdditional serviceHighlight <Not stored> and press i()Add new servicepYou can change the setting for the registered service by pressing i() and selecting “Edit”.pTo delete the registered service, press i( ) and select “Delete this” or “Delete all”, then select “YES” → “OK”.pYou can register up to 10 network services.2Enter a service nameEnter number or Enter USSD numberSelect either “Enter number” or “Enter USSD number” according to the service contents you add.pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.3Enter either a special number or a service code (USSD number)YES<Additional Service>Saving and Using ServicesAdd New ServiceInformationpYou need to check and enter “Special number” or “Service code” supplied by DOCOMO for using the services.Special number . . . Number for connecting the Service Center.Service code (USSD number) . . . With the FOMA terminal, enter it as USSD. The code is for notifying to the Service Center.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesAdditional serviceAdditional serviceSelect a serviceOo()Dialing to the Service Center starts.For when you execute the additional services, you can register up to 10 additional guidance items which correspond to the codes (USSD) that are returned from the Service Center. The additional guidance name is displayed when the registered command is returned as a reply.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesAdditional serviceAdditional guidanceHighlight <Not stored> and pressi()Add new guidancepYou can check the setting by selecting the registered guidance.pYou can change the setting of the registered guidance by pressing i() and selecting “Edit”.pTo delete the registered guidance, press i( ) and select “Delete this” or “Delete all”, then select “YES” → “OK”.2Enter a command.pEnter the code (USSD) provided by DOCOMO.3Enter an additional guidance nameYESpYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.Use Registered ServiceRegister Additional Guidance
449Overseas UseOutline of International Roaming (WORLD WING) . . . . . . . . . . 450Available Services Overseas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450Confirmation for Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451Making a Call at the Country You Stay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453Receiving a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454Setting a Network to Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <3G/GSM Setting> 455Setting a Search Method of Telecommunication Carrier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Network Search Mode> 455Setting a Telecommunication Carrier to Preferentially Connect to. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<PLMN Setting> 456Displaying a Carrier Name on the Stand-by Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Display Operator Name> 456Confirming a Communication System. . .<Status in the Area> 456Setting Guidance during Roaming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Set Roaming Guidance> 457Notifying Received Calls during Roaming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Missed Roaming Notice> 457Setting Incoming Calls to be Rejected during Roaming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Barring> 457Using Network Services during Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
450Overseas UseInternational Roaming (WORLD WING) is a service that enables you, using local carrier’s networks, to make calls or to communicate even in the foreign countries which are out of the service area of the FOMA network. pThere are following three major communication systems for network services overseas:3G NetworkThird generation mobile communications system that conforms to the world standard specifications, 3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project※).※This is the regional standards organization for developing common technical specifications for third-generation mobile telecommunication systems (IMT-2000).GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) NetworkThe most widespread 2G digital mobile standard system available worldwide.GPRS (General Packet Radio Service) NetworkA 2.5G mobile standard system enabling high-speed packet communications by GPRS using GSM communication system.pThis service is available within the service area of 3G network and GSM/GPRS network, and in the countries/regions supporting 3G 850MHz.pAt the time of purchase, the FOMA terminal is set to automatically switch networks in foreign countries. (See page 455)pRefer to the following before you use your FOMA terminal overseas:・“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]”・“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”・DOCOMO Global Service website・PDF file “海外ご利用ガイド (Guide for Overseas Use)” pre-installed in “My documents” in Data BoxOutline of International Roaming (WORLD WING)InformationpQuick Manual “For Overseas Use” is attached to the end of this manual. Refer to it when you use the FOMA terminal overseas.pFor the country/area codes, international call access codes, and international prefix numbers for the universal number, see page 452 and page 453.pOverseas use fee is added to your monthly bill. You might be requested, however, to pay the fee with the bill for the following month or later depending on the overseas carrier. Note that the usage amount to be paid for a month might not be charged in the same month.○: Available —: Not available※1 In B Mode or Dual Mode of 2in1, you cannot make calls from Number B.※2 You need to make overseas usage settings. (See page 451)※3 You need to make i-Channel settings. You are charged a packet communication fee each time you receive i-Channel messages (including the basic channel).※4 You need to make overseas usage settings for i-concier (see page 224). You are charged a packet communication fee each time you receive information.※5 You need to make i-Widget roaming settings (see page 307). When you show an i-Widget display, multiple Widget Appli programs might start. In this case, you are charged a packet communication fee for each communication.Available Services OverseasCommunication Service 3G GSM GPRSVoice call※1○○○Videophone call※1○——SMS ○○○i-mode※2○—○i-mode mail ○—○i-Channel※2※3○—○i-concier※4○—○i-Widget※5○—○Packet communication by connecting with a personal computer ○—○InformationpThe GPS functions and 64K data communication are not available overseas.pYou cannot dial from an additional number even if you are the user of Multi Number.pSome services are not available depending on the carrier or network. For connectable countries, regions, and carriers, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]” or the DOCOMO Global Service website.pThe packet communication fee for the overseas use differs from the one for the use in Japan.
451Overseas UseConfirm below in Japan before you use the FOMA terminal overseas.■About contractpYou do not need to subscribe to WORLD WING if you have subscribed to the FOMA service after September 1, 2005. If you offered that you do not need WORLD WING at the time you signed up for the FOMA service, or when you have canceled WORLD WING midway, you are required to newly subscribe to WORLD WING.pIf you have signed up for the FOMA service before August 31, 2005, and have not yet subscribed to WORLD WING, you are required to subscribe to it.pConfirm whether your UIM supports “WORLD WING”. (The green/white UIMs support it.) (See page 39)pThis service is not available with some billing plans.■About charging batteriespSee page 18 for cautions for handling AC adapter (option).pSee page 40 and page 41 for charging batteries using AC adapter (option).■About the setting of i-modeTo perform overseas usage settings in Japan, do the following setting:iEnglishOptionsInternational Settingsi-mode services SettingsSelect “Yes”Enter your i-mode passwordSelect■About the setting of network serviceWhen you have signed up for network services, you can release/make the settings (except some) of the network services also from overseas.pYou need to set “Remote control” in advance. (See page 440)pEven with the network services that you can operate to activate/deactivate, you might not be able to use the services depending on the overseas carrier. Also, some network services are available only in Japan. ■About SMSEven during international roaming, you can send/receive SMS messages to and from the other party who uses the FOMA terminal in Japan or overseas or who uses overseas carriers.pWhen you enter the destination address for sending an SMS message to the other party who is using an overseas carrier, add “+” and a country/area code to the head of the destination phone number. When the destination phone number begins with “0”, enter the phone number except for the “0”. However, include “0” when making a call to some countries or regions such as Italy.Confirmation for UsingConfirmation before Departure pWhen the text of an SMS message sent to the other party who is using an overseas carrier contains characters that do not support those on the destination phone, the characters might not be correctly displayed.When you turn on the power to the FOMA terminal after arriving at a country overseas, an available carrier is automatically set.pThe network system you are currently using appears at the upper side of the display.：3G network that supports packet communication：3G network that does not support packet communication：GSM network：GPRS networkpWhen “Display operator name” is set to “Display ON”, the name of the connected carrier appears on the Stand-by display.pTo perform overseas usage settings overseas, do the following setting:iiMenu SearchEnglishOptionsInternational Settingsi-mode services SettingsSelect “Yes”Enter your i-mode passwordSelectpWhen “Network search mode” is set to “Auto”, and you move out of the service area of the network you are connected to, the available network of another carrier is automatically searched for and you are re-connected to it.pWhen “Set time” is set to “Auto time adjust ON”, and you receive the information of the time/time difference from the network of the connected overseas carrier, the time/time difference of the FOMA terminal is corrected. The correction timing differs depending on the overseas carrier.pDepending on the overseas carrier, the time difference might not be correctly adjusted. In such a case, set a time zone manually. (See page 45)Check Required at the Country You Stay■About inquiriesFor lost, stolen, and cost settlement, or malfunction of your FOMA terminal overseas, refer to “Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas” or “Failures encountered overseas” on the back page of this manual. Note that you are still charged the call and communication fees incurred after you lose it or have it stolen.pYou need to add the “international call access code” of the country you stay or “international prefix number for the universal number” to the head of each phone number for inquiries.
452Overseas Use■Country/Area codes for major countriesUse the following country/area codes when you make international calls or when you set Int’l Dial Assist.pFor the code for other countries or for details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]” or the DOCOMO Global Service website.Service area Code Service area CodeAustralia 61 Monaco 377Belgium 32 Netherlands 31Brazil 55 New Zealand 64Canada 1 Norway 47China 86 Philippines 63Czech Republic 420 Poland 48Denmark 45 Portugal 351Finland 358 Russia 7France 33 Singapore 65Germany 49 South Korea 82Greece 30 Spain 34Hong Kong 852 Sweden 46Hungary 36 Switzerland 41India 91 Taiwan 886Indonesia 62 Thailand 66Ireland 353 Turkey 90Italy 39 United Arab Emirates 971Luxembourg 352 United Kingdom 44Macau 853 United States of America 1Malaysia 60 Vietnam 84■International call access codes for major countries (Table 1)The international call access codes for major countries are listed below.Service area Access code Service area Access codeAustralia 0011 Monaco 00Belgium 00 Netherlands 00Brazil 0021/0014 New Zealand 00Canada 011 Norway 00China 00 Philippines 00Czech Republic 00 Poland 00Denmark 00 Portugal 00Finland 00 Russia 810France 00 Singapore 001Germany 00 South Korea 001Greece 00 Spain 00Hong Kong 001 Sweden 00Hungary 00 Switzerland 00India 00 Taiwan 002Indonesia 001 Thailand 001Ireland 00 Turkey 00Italy 00 United Arab Emirates 00Luxembourg 00 United Kingdom 00Macau 00 United States of America 011Malaysia 00 Vietnam 00
453Overseas Use■International prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2)The international prefix numbers for the universal number for major countries are listed below.pThe numbers are not available in some areas.pYou can use the universal numbers only in countries listed in the table above.pWhen making a call from a hotel, you may be separately charged the phone usage fee from the hotel (You are responsible for the fee.). You should check with the hotel before making a call.pNote that, in many cases, the universal number may not be used from a mobile phone, public phone, or hotel phone, etc.Service area International prefix number Service area International prefix numberArgentina 00 Luxembourg 00Australia 0011 Malaysia 00Austria 00 Netherlands 00Belgium 00 New Zealand 00Brazil 0021 Norway 00Bulgaria 00 Peru 00Canada 011 Philippines 00China 00 Portugal 00Colombia 009 Singapore 001Denmark 00 South Africa 09Finland 990 South Korea 001France 00 Spain 00Germany 00 Sweden 00Hong Kong 001 Switzerland 00Hungary 00 Taiwan 00Ireland 00 Thailand 001Israel 014 United Kingdom 00Italy 00 United States of America 011After you return to Japan, the FOMA network is automatically searched and connected.pWhen the FOMA network is not connected, set “3G/GSM setting” to “Auto” and set “Network search mode” to “Auto”.You can make voice calls or videophone calls from overseas using international roaming service.When you make an international call from the country you stay to a land-line phone or mobile phone in Japan, you can operate from the Phonebook easily.pThis is available only when the phone number stored in the Phonebook begins with “0”. You need to set “Auto assist setting” of “Int’l dial assist” on page 59 to “ON” and to “Japan (81)” in advance. (Setting at purchase)1Detailed Phonebook displayd or Oo()Dial“0” at the head of the phone number is replaced with “+81” when dialed.pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.pWhen you select “Dial with orig. No.”, the phone number is dialed as stored in the Phonebook.Check Required after HomecomingMaking a Call at the Country You StayMake a Call to Outside the Country You Stay (Including Japan)Use Phonebook to Make an International Call to JapanInformationpFrom a redial item or dialed call record, or by entering a phone number directly, you can make an international call by the same operation.
454Overseas UsePress and hold 0 for at least one second, then you can enter “+” when dialing. By using “+”, you can make international calls from the country you stay to the countries such as Japan. 10(for at least one second)Enter numbers in order of country/area code→area code (city code)→destination phone numberd or Oo()pEnter “81” as a country/area code when you make an international call to Japan. pWhen the area code (city code) begins with “0”, enter it except for the “0”. However, include “0” when making a call to some countries or regions such as Italy.pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.If you have stored a country/area code by Country/Area Code (see page 59), you can make international calls from the country you stay to the country such as Japan.pThe caller ID might not be notified, or might not be displayed correctly depending on the carrier. In this case, you cannot make a call by using Received Calls.1Enter a phone number or call up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call record, or received call record.2i()Int’l dial assistSelect a country/area named or Oo()pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.Use “+” to Make an International CallInternational DialIn the same way as you do in Japan, you can make a voice call or videophone call by entering the destination’s phone number.1Enter a destination phone numberd or Oo()pPress l( ) to make a videophone call.pTo make a call in the country you stay using the Phonebook, select “Dial with orig. No.” on page 453.When you make a call to a person who is also internationally roaming, make the call in the same way as to make international calls to Japan even if he/she is in the country you stay.In the same operation as you do in Japan, you can answer voice calls and videophone calls overseas. (See page 62)■Having calls to your FOMA terminal made from JapanYou can receive international calls from Japan by just having your phone number entered in the same way as the callers usually do in Japan.Making a call entering “090 (or 080) -XXXX-XXXX”■Having calls to your FOMA terminal made from countries other than JapanRegardless of the country you stay, you receive calls via Japan; therefore, have the caller enter “international call access code of his/her country” and “81” (country/area code of Japan) in the same way as the caller makes a call to Japan and then enter your phone number whose “0” is excluded from the head.Making a call entering “international call access code of the country of the caller-81-90 (or 80) -XXXX-XXXX”Making a Call to a Person in the Country You StayMake a Call to a Person who is Staying Overseas and Using WORLD WINGReceiving a CallInformationpEven if the other party makes a call with the setting to notify you of his/her caller ID, the caller ID might not be notified depending on the overseas carrier. Also, a number different from the other party’s caller ID might be notified depending on the caller’s network.
455Overseas Use1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming3G/GSM settingSelect a network type.Auto. . . . . . . . . For using 3G, GSM, or GPRS network. (3G network has priority.)3G . . . . . . . . . . For using 3G network.GSM/GPRS . . . For using GSM or GPRS network. When you switch to “GSM/GPRS” from “Auto” or “3G”, the confirmation display appears to tell your phone will be out of service area in Japan.pWhile you use the FOMA terminal overseas, “Call setting w/o ID”, “Reject unknown”, and “Restrictions (except Restrict Dialing)” might not work. In addition, it might work as “Answer” regardless of the setting of “Arrival call act”.pWhen a call comes in during international roaming, the call is forwarded from Japan. The caller is charged a call fee to Japan and the receiver is charged a receiving fee.<3G/GSM Setting>Setting a Network to UseInformationInformationpIf you set to “Auto” or “3G”, FOMA network is used in Japan. If you set to “GSM/GPRS”, you cannot connect to FOMA network, the FOMA terminal is placed in out-of-service-area state.You can set whether to automatically search a network and connect to another carrier when you move out of the service area.1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roamingNetwork search modeSelect an item.Auto . . . . . . Automatically re-connects to another carrier. The setting is completed.Manual. . . . Connect manually to a carrier on the list.“×” is displayed for unavailable carriers.Network re-search . . . . . . . . . . When set to “Auto”, automatically switches to an available carrier. The setting is completed. When set to “Manual”, displays the list of carriers.2Select a carrier.pThe displayed carrier varies depending on the setting of “3G/GSM setting”.pPress l( ) to display the list of carriers again.<Network Search Mode>Setting a Search Method of Telecommunication CarrierInformationpYou cannot set this function if the UIM is not inserted.pWhen you move out of the service area while this function is set to “Manual”, “ ” appears.pWhen you have set this function to “Manual” and turn off and on the FOMA terminal out of the service area, select a carrier again in the service area.pIf you set this function to “Manual” and connect to the network overseas, you need to set it to “Auto” after homecoming.
456Overseas UseYou can specify the priority order of carriers you are connected to for when “Network search mode” is set to “Auto”. You can store up to 20 carriers.1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roamingPLMN settingpYou can select the stored carrier to check the stored contents. 2i()PLMN list selectpTo search for a carrier by a name of country/area, press l( ) and select a country/area name. You can search also by pressing l( ) again from the Country/Area list and entering a country/area name. 3Select a carrierOo()Select a network typel()YES<PLMN Setting>Setting a Telecommunication Carrier to Preferentially Connect toFunction Menu while PLMN Setting is DisplayedSet VPLMN to UPLMNYou can store the carrier you are currently connected to.l()YESPLMN list select See “Setting a Telecommunication Carrier to Preferentially Connect to” on page 456.PLMN manual selectYou can store a carrier by entering a country/area code and operator code. You can store carriers not found in the list.Enter a country/area code (3 digits) and operator code (2 to 3 digits)Select a network typel()YESChange priority Select a number to change tol()YESDelete this YESl()YESDelete all YESl()YESYou can select whether to display, on the Stand-by display, the name of the carrier you are currently connected to.1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roamingDisplay operator nameDisplay ON or Display OFFThe carrier’s name is displayed on the Stand-by display. However, when you use the “DOCOMO” network, the carrier is not displayed.You can display whether the carrier you are currently connecting to supports the circuit switching (CS)※1 and packet switching (PS)※2.※1 The communication system used for voice calls, videophone calls, SMS, etc.※2 The communication system used for i-mode, i-mode mail, etc.1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingStatus in the areaInformationpWhen the “DOCOMO” network is available, you are preferentially connected to it regardless of this setting.pThis setting is stored on the UIM.pYou cannot set this function if the UIM is not inserted.<Display Operator Name>Displaying a Carrier Name on the Stand-by DisplayWhen you set to “Display ON”<Status in the Area>Confirming a Communication SystemCarrier’s name
457Overseas UseFor an incoming voice call or videophone call during international roaming, you can have the voice guidance played back to the caller to that effect.pEven when you activate Roaming Guidance, the caller may hear the guidance in a foreign language depending on the overseas carrier.pEven when you deactivate Roaming Guidance, the caller hears a ringback tone set by the overseas carrier.pYou need to set this function in Japan.1mSet./ServiceNW servicesSet Roaming guidanceDo the following operations.By SMS messages, you can be notified of the information (date/time of receiving and caller ID) of missed calls which came in while you were out of the service area or the power was turned off during international roaming.1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roamingMissed roaming noticeDo the following operations.<Set Roaming Guidance>Setting Guidance during RoamingActivate YESDeactivate YESCheck setting You can check the setting contents of “Set Roaming guidance”.<Missed Roaming Notice>Notifying Received Calls during RoamingActivate YESDeactivate YESCheck setting You can check the setting contents of “Missed roaming notice”.pThis setting might not be available depending on the overseas carrier.1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roamingCall barringDo the following operations.Missed call NTC (Int.)You can set “Missed roaming notice” during international roaming.YESOperate following the voice guidance.<Call Barring>Setting Incoming Calls to be Rejected during RoamingActivate Select an item.Bar all incoming. . . . . . .Bars all calls including voice calls and videophone calls.Bar VP call/data ex. . . . .Bars only videophone calls.YESEnter your Network Security Code.pSee page 122 for the Network Security Code.Deactivate YESEnter your Network Security Code.pSee page 122 for the Network Security Code.Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Call barring”.
458Overseas UseYou can use some network services such as Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service from overseas. You can set Roaming Guidance as well.pSee page 443 for “Receive avoidance set.” of 2in1.pThis setting might not be available depending on the overseas carrier.1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roamingVoice mail (Int.)Select an itemYESOperate following the voice guidance.1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roamingCall forwarding (Int.)Select an itemYESOperate following the voice guidance.1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roamingRoaming guidance (Int.)YESOperate following the voice guidance.1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roamingRemote control (Int.)YESOperate following the voice guidance.Using Network Services during RoamingOperate Voice Mail Service at the Country You StayOperate Call Forwarding Service at the Country You StayOperate Roaming Guidance at the Country You StayOperate Remote Control at the Country You Stay1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roamingCaller ID req. (Int.)YESOperate following the voice guidance.Operate Caller ID Request Service at the Country You StayInformationpWhen you use those services from overseas, you are charged an international call fee of the country you stay.pYou need to set “Remote control” in advance. (See page 440)
459PC ConnectionData Communication Available from FOMA Terminal . . . . . . . 460Before Using Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461Setup Flow for Data Transfer (OBEX™ Communication). . . . . 462Setup Flow for Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463AT Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463Using CD-ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463Introduction of DOCOMO Keitai Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463For details on data communication, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection” on the provided CD-ROM or DOCOMO website.To see the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”, you need to have Adobe® Reader®. If it is not installed in your personal computer, install Adobe® Reader® from the provided CD-ROM to see it.For details such as how to use it, refer to “Adobe Reader Help”.
460PC ConnectionThe data communication services you can use by connecting the FOMA terminal to a personal computer are categorized into data transfer (OBEX™ communication), and packet communication/64K data communication.The FOMA terminal is equipped with the adapter function for packet communication.pYou might not be able to activate or operate other functions during data communication. See “Multiaccess Combinations” on page 496 for details.pThe 64K data communication is not available overseas.pTo perform the packet communication overseas, perform it via the IP connection.(You cannot perform the packet communication via the PPP connection.)You can exchange data files such as images, music files, Phonebook entries and mail messages with another FOMA terminal or a personal computer.Data Communication Available from FOMA TerminalData Transfer (OBEX™ Communication)Infrared communication (See page 374)iC communication (See page 379)Bluetooth communication(See page 412)P-08AFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02microSD card (See page 360)DOCOMO keitai datalink (See page 463)P-08AThis communication system requires a communication fee according to the amount of data you sent and received. (Best effort system with 7.2 Mbps of maximum download speed and 384 kbps of maximum upload speed)※ It uses an access point which supports FOMA packet communication such as DOCOMO Internet access service “mopera U”.Packet communication is available by configuring settings after connecting the FOMA terminal to a personal computer via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or Bluetooth communication, and is suitable for using applications through the high-speed communication. ※The maximum speed is based on the technical specification. The actual communication speed varies depending on the network congestion state and the communication environment. The communication speed might be lowered when you connect the FOMA terminal to an access point which does not support HIGH-SPEED or the terminal is outside the FOMA High-Speed Area, or when you use the device which does not support High-Speed such as DOCOMO’s PDA “sigmarion III” or “musea”.pThe packet communication is charged according to the amount of data you sent and received. Note that you are charged a high communication fee for the massive data communication such as browsing Internet websites having many images or downloading data files.This communication system requires a communication fee according to the duration of connection. By connecting the FOMA terminal to a personal computer via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or Bluetooth communication, you can execute communication.To use this service, connect to an access point which supports FOMA 64K data communication such as DOCOMO Internet access service “mopera U”, or an ISDN-synchronous 64K access point.pThe 64K data communication is charged according to the duration of connection. Note that a communication fee becomes expensive if you use this service for a long time.Packet Communication64K Data CommunicationInformationpThe FOMA terminal does not support Remote Wakeup.pThe FOMA terminal does not support the FAX communication.pYou can perform data communication by connecting the FOMA terminal with DOCOMO’s PDA “sigmarion lll” or “musea”. To use “musea”, the update is required. For details such as how to update them, refer to the DOCOMO website.
461PC ConnectionTo use the Internet, you need to pay the charge for the Internet service provider you use. Besides the FOMA service fee, you need to directly pay this charge to the Internet service provider. For details on the charge, contact the Internet service provider you use.You can use the DOCOMO Internet access service, “mopera U”.To use “mopera U”, subscription (charged) is required.The access points for the packet communication and 64K data communication differ. To use the packet communication, connect to an access point which supports packet communication. To use the 64K data communication, connect to an access point which supports FOMA 64K data communication or ISDN-synchronous 64K.pYou cannot connect to the DoPa access point.pFor the service contents and connection method of “mopera”, refer to the “mopera” website (in Japanese only):http://www.mopera.net/mopera/index.htmlTo carry out the communication by using the FOMA terminal in Japan, the following conditions are required:pThe personal computer to be used can use the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option).pWhen connecting using Bluetooth communication, the personal computer should support Dial-up Networking Profile of Bluetooth Specification Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, or Ver. 2.0+EDR.pThe PDA to be used should support FOMA packet communication and 64K data communication.pWithin the FOMA service areapFor packet communication, the access point should support packet communication of the FOMA.pFor 64K data communication, the access point should support the FOMA 64K data communication or ISDN-synchronous 64K.Even when these conditions are satisfied, if the base station is congested or the radio wave conditions are bad, you may not carry out the communication.Before Using Data CommunicationCharge of Internet service providerSetting access point (Internet service provider, etc.)Conditions of packet communication and 64K data communicationFor the data communication, the following operating environment is required for your personal computer:■PC main unitPC/AT compatible modelWhen using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option): USB port (Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev1.1/2.0※ compliant)※This FOMA terminal does not support “USB2.0 High-Speed”.When using Bluetooth communication: Bluetooth Specification Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, or Ver. 2.0+EDR compliant (Dial-up Networking Profile)Display resolution 800 x 600 dots, High Color 16 bits or more recommended.■OS※Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista (Japanese version in each)※Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 or later, Widows XP Service Pack 2 or later, for “DOCOMO Connection Manager”(For details of operating environment, refer to the DOCOMO website.)■Memory requirementsWindows 2000: 64 Mbytes or moreWindows XP: 128 Mbytes or more Windows Vista: 512 Mbytes or more■Hard disk space size※Unused memory space of 5 Mbytes or more※Unused memory space of 15 Mbytes or more for “DOCOMO Connection Manager”pThe operation on the upgraded OS is not guaranteed.pThe memory requirements and hard disk space size may vary depending on the system environment.The following hardware and software programs are required besides the FOMA terminal and personal computer:pFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or FOMA USB Cable (option)※pProvided “P-08A CD-ROM”※For USB connectionOperating EnvironmentNecessary Devices
462PC ConnectionThe following three ways are available for connecting the FOMA terminal to another device:Connect the FOMA terminal to a personal computer provided with the USB port using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option).This way of connection applies to all communication systems such as packet communication, 64K data communication, and data transfer.pSet “USB mode setting” to “Communication mode”. (See page 369)pYou need to install the “FOMA communication configuration file” (driver) before use.Connect a Bluetooth communication compatible personal computer wirelessly to the FOMA terminal. This way of connection applies to packet communication and 64K data communication.pWhen you perform data communication by using Bluetooth function, the high speed communication is applied to the FOMA terminal. However, you may not be able to communicate at the maximum speed because of the limit of communication speed of Bluetooth function.pUse a Bluetooth linked standard modem or a Bluetooth modem provided by the Bluetooth device maker. Contact the maker of your personal computer or Bluetooth device maker for how to install and to set up.By using infrared rays, you can send/receive data between your FOMA terminal and another FOMA terminal, mobile phone, or personal computer provided with the infrared communication function. (See page 374)This applies only to data transfer.InformationpUse a dedicated “FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02” or “FOMA USB Cable”. The USB cable for personal computers cannot be used because the shape of the connector differs.pIf you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.Connect FOMA Terminal to Other DevicesUse FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02Use Bluetooth communicationUse Infrared communicationWhen you use the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option), install the “FOMA communication configuration file” (driver).Setup Flow for Data Transfer(OBEX™ Communication)Download and install the “FOMA communication configuration file” (driver).pInstall the FOMA communication configuration file from the provided CD-ROM or download them from the DOCOMO website and install.Data transfer
463PC ConnectionThe following outline shows a setup flow for packet communication or 64K data communication:For details, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”.Setup Flow for Data CommunicationFor USB connection For Bluetooth connectionConnect a personal computer to the FOMA terminal using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option).Connect a personal computer wirelessly to the FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication.Download and install the “FOMA communication configuration file” (driver).pInstall the FOMA communication configuration file from the provided CD-ROM or download it from the DOCOMO website and install.Check the setting after installation. Check the modem.Install “DOCOMO Connection Manager”.Carry out the setting manually without using “DOCOMO Connection Manager”. Connect.AT commands are used to specify and modify the functions of the FOMA terminal through the personal computer.pFor details on AT commands, refer to the “Manual for PC Connection” on the provided CD-ROM.The provided CD-ROM contains the software programs for using data communication on your FOMA terminal, “Manual for PC Connection” and “Kuten Code List” (PDF file). For details, refer to the provided CD-ROM.When you set the CD-ROM on your personal computer, an alert message might appear on the display. This alert message appears depending on the security settings of Internet Explorer, you can proceed without problems. Click “はい (YES)”.“DOCOMO keitai datalink” is the software program that enables you to back up your Phonebook entries, i-mode mail messages and others to your personal computer and edit them. The software program is distributed from the DOCOMO website. For details and how to download, refer to the website below. You can access the following website (in Japanese only) from the provided CD-ROM as well. http://datalink.nttdocomo.co.jp/pFor details on how to download, transferable data, operating environments such as compatible OS, installation method, operating method, and restrictions, refer to the website above. For operations after installation, refer to Help contained in the software program. To use the DOCOMO keitai datalink, you need to separately have the USB Cable (option).AT CommandUsing CD-ROMWhen a warning message appearsIntroduction of DOCOMO Keitai Datalink
464
465Appendix/TroubleshootingFunction List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466Simple Menu Function List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486List of Characters Assigned to Keys (5-touch Input Method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488List of Characters Assigned to Keys (2-touch Input Method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489List of Characters Assigned to Keys (NIKO-touch Input Method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490Symbol List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491Pictogram List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494Multiaccess Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496Multitask Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497Services Available for FOMA Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499Introduction of Options and Related Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500Interfacing to External DevicesIntroduction of Moving Picture Playing Software . . . . . . . . . . . . 500Links with AV Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500TroubleshootingTroubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501If Error Messages Appear as Mentioned Below. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504Warranty and After-sales Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514Updating Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Software Update> 515Protecting FOMA Terminal from Harmful Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Scanning Function> 520Main Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522Number of Savable/Registerable/Protectable Items in FOMA Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . 527Export Administration Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528Intellectual Property Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
466Appendix/TroubleshootingExecute “Reset settings” on page 138 for the items indicated by , and “Reset TV settings” on page 263 for the items indicated by ※, to return to the respective defaults. If you execute “Initialize” on page 139, all items return to the defaults.pEven if you execute “Initialize”, the pre-installed i-αppli programs you have deleted are not restored.Function ListMain menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReferenceMail Inbox Pre-installed data only (except inside the UIM)User created folder: None i-αppli mail folder: None158Outbox No mail messages (except inside the UIM)User created folder: None i-αppli mail folder: None159Draft No mail messages (except inside the UIM) 160Compose message Confirmation display at attaching bulky size file: Displays confirmation display 153Create new Decome-Anime —148Template Deco-mail Pre-installed data only 150Decome-Anime Pre-installed data only 151Check new messages —155Compose SMS —185Check new SMS —187Chat mail Chat member: Not recorded (except “Own”) 181Receive option —155Mail settings Scroll 1 line 174Font size setting Standard 118Mail list display List display: Date+sender/receiver subject Message/Name in phonebook: Checked 174Message display Standard 174Mail security All unchecked 134Secret mail display ON 133Auto color label Not stored 174Pred. conv. at reply ON 174Header/signature Header: Blank Insert: Checked 175Signature: Blank Insert: Checked 175Quotation marks: 〉176Set check new messages All checked 174Auto-display MessageR preferred 177Receiving display Alarm preferred 175Receive option setting OFF 155Attachment preference All checked 175
467Appendix/TroubleshootingMail Mail settings Auto-start attachment ON 175Feel＊Mail All ON 176Chat setting Sound setting: Alarm 1 184Chat image: ON 184User settingName: Own Image: Apple184Check settings —175SMS settings SMS report request OFF 187SMS validity period —187SMS input character Japanese (70char.) 188SMS center setting —188Area mail settings Receive setting Yes 180Beep time 10 seconds 180Manner/Public mode set Ring 180Check ring tone —180Other menu Receive entry: Quake Early Warning, Disaster/Evacuation 180i-mode iMenu Search Confirmation display at changing key operations: Displays confirmation display 194Confirmation display at SSL/TLS communication: Displays confirmation display 191Bookmark Not storedUser created folder: None200Screen memo i-mode Browser Not storedUser created folder: None201Full Browser Not storedUser created folder: None201Last URL No URL 199Enter URL No URL histories 199i-Channel Channel list —221Ticker ON/OFF ON 222Ticker font size set. Standard 222Ticker color set. Pattern 1 222Ticker scroll speed Normal 222Reset i-Channel —222Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
468Appendix/Troubleshootingi-mode i-mode settings i-mode Browser set. Font size setting: Standard 118Image display setting※: ON 209Sound setting: Level 4 209Movie auto play set.: Valid 220Movie in page DL set.: Confirm always 209Script setting: Valid 209Pointer/scrollDisplay pointer: OFF Speed: Low speed209Phone info use setting: Valid 209Cookie setting: Valid (No cookies) 212Referer setting: Valid 212Window auto-open set.: ON 209Full Browser set. Display mode setting: PC layout mode 193Full display setting: OFF 210Zoom: 100% 210Image display setting: ON 209Sound setting: Level 4 209Movie auto play set.: Valid 220Movie in page DL set.: Confirm always 209Script setting: Valid 209Pointer/scrollDisplay pointer: ON Speed: Medium speed Focus while scroll: OFF209Phone info use setting: Valid 209Cookie setting: Valid (No cookies) 212Referer setting: Valid 212Window auto-open set.: ON 209Full Browser Home set.: Home URL http://www.google.co.jp 210FB permission display: Display always 210FB usage setting: No 210Common settings Certificate setting: All Valid 213Secure trans. serv.Center host setting: DOCOMO215Access point setting (+m81): i-mode 211i-mode arrival act: PushTalk preferred 86i-mode button setting: Display iMenu/Search 211Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
469Appendix/Troubleshootingi-mode i-mode settings Check settings —211Full Browser Home —192i-αppli Software list(phone) Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 287Display: Icon display 287Auto start time: All unchecked 302iαppli(microSD) Software list —287iαppli data —305iαppli call logs No logs 303iαppli info End stand-by info No information 305End Widget appli inf No information 308Security error history No histories 289Auto start info No information 302Trace info No information 289iαppli settings Auto start setting OFF 302Disp. software info Not display 287i-Widget roaming set. OFF 307i-Widget sound effect ON 307iαppli call settings iαppli call DL set.: Not reject 304iαppli call soundSelect ring tone: Pattern 3 Ring time setting: 5 secondsSelect vibrator: OFF Select illumination: Color 2304Preferred tone MUSIC/1Seg 301αBacklight Depend on system 301αVibrator Depend on system 301Check settings —301About iαppli —288Set./Service Sound Select ring tone (m13) Phone/PushTalk/Videophone: Pattern 1 Mail/Chat mail: Pattern 2MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: Pattern 3102Ring volume (m50) All Level 4 66Keypad sound (m30) ON 105Speed selector sound Pattern 1 105Melody effect (m64) Stereo&3DSound: ON 103Position to play: Play all 103Headset usage setting (m51)Headset and speaker 106Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
470Appendix/TroubleshootingSet./Service Sound Mail/Msg. ring time (m68) All ONRing time: All 5 seconds106Charge sound ON 105Display Display setting (m56) Stand-by display“Story” for body color “Ivory White”“Digital Clock” for body color “Mat Black”“Animals” for body color “Mint Choco”“Record” for body color “Magenta”109ClockStand-by clockPosition: Icon clockPattern“Pattern 1” for body color “Ivory White”/“Mat Black”/“Magenta”“Pattern 6” for body color “Mint Choco”Display size: SmallIcon clock“Pattern 4” for body color “Ivory White”“Pattern 5” for body color “Mat Black”/“Magenta”“Pattern 6” for body color “Mint Choco”118Dialing, Incoming call, Videophone dialing, Videophone incoming, Mail sending, Mail receiving, Check new messages, Mail/msg. rcpt result“Pattern 2” for body color “Ivory White”“Pattern 1” for body color “Mat Black”/“Magenta”“Pattern 3” for body color “Mint Choco”110Icon color: Color 111Battery: Icon“Pattern 2” for body color “Ivory White”/“Magenta”“Pattern 1” for body color “Mat Black”“Pattern 3” for body color “Mint Choco”111Antenna icon“Pattern 2” for body color “Ivory White”/“Magenta”“Pattern 1” for body color “Mat Black”“Pattern 3” for body color “Mint Choco”111Wake-up display: Wake up 110Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
471Appendix/TroubleshootingSet./Service Display Backlight (m70) Lighting: ONPower saver mode: ON (Power saver mode)Light time: 60 seconds112Charging: Standard 112Area: LCD+Keys 112Brightness: Auto setting 112Soft light: ON 112View blind OFFContrast: Level 1 (when “View blind” is set to “ON”)113Color theme setting (m86) “White” for body color “Ivory White”/“Mint Choco”“Black” for body color “Mat Black”/“Magenta”113Machi-chara Set to Machi-chara: ひつじのしつじくん (Sheep of concierge) 115Menu icon setting (m57) “Story” for body color “Ivory White”“Turntable” for body color “Mat Black”/“Magenta”“Animals” for body color “Mint Choco”114Private menu setting (m52) Own number, Ring volume, Machi-chara, Map/GPS, Alarm, Kisekae Tool, Vibrator, Schedule, Font size setting, Movie403Change BG image: Standard 404Desktop icon (m63) Guide (使いかたナビ), Bluetooth, i-concier 29Key guidance ON 25Font (m66) Font 1 117Font size setting All Standard 118Select language (m15) Japanese (日本語)44Recv.mail/call at open OFF 111Image quality Dynamic 113LCD AI ON 113Icons (m36) — 32Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
472Appendix/TroubleshootingSet./Service Illumination All illum. setting —115Incoming illumination (m89) Select colorFor body color “Ivory White”/“Mint Choco”Phone/Videophone: D-Signal PushTalk: D-WaveMail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: D-RhythmFor body color “Mat Black”Phone/Videophone: B-Signal PushTalk: B-WaveMail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: B-RhythmFor body color “Magenta”Phone/Videophone: C-Signal PushTalk: C-WaveMail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: C-Rhythm117Set pattern: Standard 117Color setting: All default 117Illumination in talk OFF 116Missed/unread illum. OFF after 24hours 116Music&Video Ch illum. OFF 116Slide illumination Slide open“Slide-04” for body color “Ivory White”/“Mint Choco”“Slide-02” for body color “Mat Black”“Slide-03” for body color “Magenta”116Slide close“Slide-08” for body color “Ivory White”/“Mint Choco”“Slide-06” for body color “Mat Black”“Slide-07” for body color “Magenta”116Hourly illumination OFF 116MUSIC illumination ON 116Bluetooth illumination ON 116IC card illumination ON 116PushTalk illumination ON 116Speed selector illum. “Rotation-10” for body color “Ivory White”/“Mint Choco”“Rotation-04” for body color “Mat Black”“Rotation-07” for body color “Magenta”116Check settings —116Kisekae Same as “Kisekae Tool” in “Data box” 479i-concier Information disp. set. YES 224Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
473Appendix/TroubleshootingSet./Service Lock/Security Self mode Released 126Lock all Released 124Personal data lock Activate/Deactivate: Deactivate 127Customize: All Not accept 127IC card lock Released 312Key lock OFF 132Secret mode (m40) Released 133Secret data only (m41) Released 133Keypad dial lock Released 131Reject unknown Accept 136Call setting w/o ID (m10) All AcceptSelect ring tone: All Same as ring tone135Change security code (m29) 0000 123UIM setting —123Scanning function Set scan: All Valid 520Lock setting Timer lock ON at close: All OFF 128Lock OFF at open: All OFF 128PIM/IC security mode: Security code 128IC lock (power-off): Setting before OFF 312Key lock setting: Unlock when slide open 132Face reader setting: Not stored 129Face reader security: NormalChange security code: 0000Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
474Appendix/TroubleshootingSet./Service Call time/cost Call data (m61) Last call duration/Total calls duration: 0 seconds Last call cost: ¥＊＊Calls reset/Cost reset: --/-- --:--407Reset total cost&dura. (m60)—407Notice call cost OFFMax cost: ¥0 (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)Method to alert: Icon (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)Auto reset setting: OFF (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)408CLR max cost icon —408Clock Set time (m31) Auto time adjust ON 45World time watch OFF 46Summer time OFF 46Auto power ON/OFF All OFF 394Alarm setting Alarm preferred 403Incoming call Vibrator (m54) All OFF 104Manner mode set (m20) Manner mode 107When “Original” is setRecord msg.: OFF Vibrator: ON Phone vol.: SilentMail vol.: Silent Alarm vol.: Silent Memo tone: ONKeypad sound: OFF Selector sound: OFF Mic sensitiv.: UpLV alarm tone: OFFAnswer setting (m58) Any key answer 64Setting when opened All Keep ringing 65Record display set All ON 132Disp. PH-book image ON 111Disp. call/receive No. Font of dial number: Pattern 1 117Font color“Black” for body color “Ivory White”/”Mint Choco”“White” for body color “Mat Black”/”Magenta”117Ring time (m90) Ring start time: OFFStart time: 1 second (when “Ring start time” is set to “ON”)136Missed calls display: Display 136V.phone while packet V.phone priority 76Auto call/answer set. Headset switch to call: OFF 412Auto answer setting: OFFRing time: 6 seconds (when “Auto answer setting” is set to “ON”)412Melody Call setting —104Talk Volume Level 4 66Setting when closed (m18) Phone/Videophone: Continue 65PushTalk: Speaker call 65Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
475Appendix/TroubleshootingSet./Service Talk Hold tone setting On hold tone: Tone 1 Holding tone: RHAPSODY ON A THEME OF 67Shikkari Talk ON 61Noise reduction (m76) ON 61Quality alarm (m75) No tone 105Reconnect signal (m77) No tone 60PushTalk Auto answer setting OFF 86Ring time setting 30 seconds 86Hands-free w/ PushTalk ON 86PushTalk arrival act Answer 86Sound setting Quick 86Vibration setting OFF 86Videophone Visual preference Normal 75Select image On hold: Pre-installed Holding: Pre-installedSubstitute image: Chara-den [カンガルー (Kangaroo)]Record message: Pre-installed Preparing: Pre-installedMovie memo: Pre-installed75Hands-free w/ V. phone ON 75Voice call auto redial OFF 76Remote monitoring Other ID: Not recorded 77Ring time: 5 seconds 77Set: OFF 77Notify switchable mode —76Network setting Prefix setting WORLD CALL (009130010) 60Int’l roaming Network search mode: Auto 455Display operator name: Display ON 4563G/GSM setting: Auto 455Int’l dial assist Auto assist setting: ON 59Country/Area Code: Japan (81) 59IDD prefix setting: WORLD CALL (009130010) 59Status in the area —456NW services Caller ID notification (m17) — 46Voice mail Message notification: YES 433Call waiting —434Call forwarding —436Nuis. call blocking —437Caller ID request —438Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
476Appendix/TroubleshootingSet./Service NW services 2in1 setting Deactivated 442Mode switching: Dual mode 442Stand-by displayDual mode“Bench” for body color “Ivory White”/“Magenta”“Bouquet” for body color “Mat Black”“Submarine” for body color “Mint Choco”B mode“Bouquet” for body color “Ivory White”/“Magenta”“Bench” for body color “Mat Black”“Bird’s-eye” for body color “Mint Choco”443Clock settingDual mode clockStand-by clockPosition: Pattern 10 Pattern: Pattern 6Display size: LargeIcon clock“Pattern 4” for body color “Ivory White”“Pattern 5” for body color “Mat Black”/“Magenta”“Pattern 6” for body color “Mint Choco”B mode clockStand-by clockPosition: Pattern 12 Pattern: Pattern 3Display size: LargeIcon clock“Pattern 4” for body color “Ivory White”“Pattern 5” for body color “Mat Black”/“Magenta”“Pattern 6” for body color “Mint Choco”443Set call/receive No.Disp. call/receive No.Number AFont of dial number: Pattern 1Font color“Black” for body color “Ivory White”/”Mint Choco”“White” for body color “Mat Black”/”Magenta”Number BFont of dial number: Pattern 2Font color“Dark blue” for body color “Ivory White”/”Mint Choco”“Yellowish green” for body color “Mat Black”/”Magenta”Ringtone set. for No. BPhone/Videophone: Pattern 4 Mail: Pattern 5443Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
477Appendix/TroubleshootingSet./Service NW services 2in1 setting Receive avoidance set.Mode link setting: Deactivated443Multi number Number setting: Not stored 441Select ring tone: All Same as ring tone 441Arrival call act Answer 439Set in-call arrival act —440Remote control —440Dual network —438English guidance —439Set Roaming guidance —457Additional service Additional service: Not stored 448Additional guidance: Not stored 448Service numbers —439OFFICEED —447Chaku-moji Create message: Not stored 55Message disp. settings: Calls with callerID 56Sent messages: No records 55Prefer Chaku-moji: OFF 56Other settings Speed selector setting ON 25long press set. Picture folder jump 404Character input method(m35)Input mode: All checkedPriority input method: Mode 1 (5-touch)422Predict: ON 424Int.with secret: ON 424Battery —43Pause dial (m84) Not stored 57Sub-address setting ON 60Headset mic. setting Headset microphone 411Voice settings Auto voice dial: OFF 100Voice headset dial: OFF 100Read aloud settings: OFF 392Read aloud volume: Level 4 393Read aloud speed: Normal 393Read aloud output: Speaker 393Read aloud valid set.: Normal 393USB mode setting Communication mode 369Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
478Appendix/TroubleshootingSet./Service Other settings Check settings —420Reset settings (m23) — 138Initialize —139Software update Set auto-update: Auto-updateDate: Default Time: 3:00516Data box My picture (m46) Pre-installed data onlyUser created folder: None334Original animation: Not stored 341Folder security: All released 373Edit pictureCharacter stampFont color: 16 Color, Black Font: Font 1 Font size: Standard size340Set displayStand-by display“Story” for body color “Ivory White”“Digital Clock” for body color “Mat Black”“Animals” for body color “Mint Choco”“Record” for body color “Magenta”Wake-up display: Wake up335Positioning: Center 336Sort: By date↑337Picture/Title name: Picture 337Display size: Normal 338MUSIC No dataUser created folder: None276Display: Title + Image 276Volume: Level 12 277Sound effectRemaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal282Music&Video Channel No data 268Information of previously played program: None 268Display: Title + Image 268Volume: Level 12 269Play mode setting: Normal 270Sound effectRemaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal271Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
479Appendix/TroubleshootingData box imotion/Movie Pre-installed data onlyUser created folder: None342Playlist: Not stored 347Position memory: All not stored 344Played history: No histories 344Volumei-motion: Level 4 Movie: Level 12342Folder security: All released 373Set imotion: All released 344Sort: By date↑337Listing: Title + Image 345Sound effectRemaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal346Display sizei-motion: Fit in display Movie: Actual size347Change to full: Vertical display playback 347Melody (m16) Pre-installed data onlyUser created folder: None356Playlist: Not stored 373Set as ring tone: All released 357Sort: By date↑358My documents Pre-installed data only 381Sort: By date↑337Listing: Image 382Kisekae Tool Pre-installed data only 359Sort: By date↑337Listing: Image 359Machi-chara Pre-installed data only 355Sort: By date↑337Listing: Image 356Chara-den Pre-installed data only 353Substitute image: カンガルー (Kangaroo) 72Rec. Chara-denCamera mode: Photo mode Recording size: QCIF (176 x 144)Recording type: Video + voice Recording quality: Normal355Display size: Fit in display 354Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
480Appendix/TroubleshootingData box 1Seg Image No data 335Sort: By date↑337Picture/Title name: Picture 337Display size: Normal 338Video Volume: Level 12 350Listing: Title + image 351Position memory All not stored 351Document viewer —384SD other files —368LifeKit Bar code reader Scan code —241Saved data Not stored 243Receive Ir data (m79) Receive —377Receive all —378microSD Refer microSD data —361Backup/Restore —367Camera Photo mode/Movie modeInside camera/Outside camera: Outside camera 236Photo modePhoto mode: intelligent AutoContinuous mode/Movie mode: Normal237Image sizePhoto mode: Stand-by (480 x 854) Continuous mode: VGA (480 x 640)Movie mode: QVGA (320 x 240)237File size setting: Mail restrict’n (L) 237Image quality: Fine 237Camera settingsImg. stabilizer: Auto Shutter sound: Sound 1Flicker correction: Auto237Storage settingStore in: Phone Auto save set: OFF File restriction: File unrestricted238Flash setting: Auto 236Cont. shooting set.Continuous mode: AutoShot interval: 0.5 secondShot numberVGA (480 x 640): 4 shots (Fixed)QVGA (240 x 320)/QCIF (144 x 176)/Sub-QCIF (96 x 128): 5 shots238Display size: Actual size 238Icon: ON 238Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
481Appendix/TroubleshootingLifeKit Camera View photos Same as “My picture” in “Data box” 478View movies Same as “imotion/Movie” in “Data box” 479Bluetooth Device list Not stored 415Preferred device: Not set 416Register New Devices —415Activate Bluetooth/Bluetooth power OFF—417Accept registered —417Accept dialup devices —417Bluetooth settings Set authentications: OFF 419Session number setting: OFF 419Time-out to search: 5 seconds 419Forward ring tone: ON 419Disconnection settings: End the call 419Dial from headset: Valid 420MUSIC Player autostart: ON 420Bluetooth infoDevice name: P08A420Map/GPS Map —323Position location —322Notify of location —325Location history No histories 326Map/GPS αppil Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 323GPS settings Map settingSelect map: 地図アプリ (Map Application)326Map activate setting: Start after locatingGPS button setting: Read map 327Posit. tone/illum.Position locationSelect posit. ring tone: OFF Ring time setting: 3 secondsSelect vibrator: OFF Select illumination: OFFNotify of locationSelect posit. ring tone: Pattern 1 Ring time setting: 3 secondsSelect vibrator: OFF Select illumination: Color 5Location req.Select posit. ring tone: Pattern 2 Ring time setting: 20 secondsSelect vibrator: OFF Select illumination: Color 5327Positioning mode: All Standard mode 327Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
482Appendix/TroubleshootingLifeKit Map/GPS GPS settings Reg. LCS client: Not stored 328Location request set.: OFF 328Host selection: Default 330Rec. msg/voice memo(m55)Play/Erase msg. Not recorded 71Play/Erase VP msg. Not recorded 71Record message setting OFFAnswer message: Japanese 1 (when “Record message setting” is set to “ON”)Ring time: 13 seconds (when “Record message setting” is set to “ON”)69Voice memo Not recorded 406Voice announce Not recorded 104Voice recorder File size setting: Mail restrict’n(L) 380Storage settingStore in: Phone Auto save set: OFF File restriction: File unrestricted380Data Security Service Connect to Center —138Exchanging history No histories 138PB image sending OFF 138i-concier —223Phonebook Add to phonebook Phone Not stored 88UIM —88Search phonebook All? —93Reading? —93Group? —93Memory No.? —93Name? Sort: Reading order 95Phone number? Sort: Reading order 95Mail address? Sort: Reading order 952-touch dial? —93UIM operation Copy —409Delete —409PushTalk phonebook Not stored 83Dialed/recv. calls (m24)Dialed calls No records 52Sent address: No records 169Received calls No records 53Received address: No records 169Own number (m0) Not stored (except “Own number” for Number A) 405Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
483Appendix/TroubleshootingPhonebook Group setting Edit groupGroup name: Group 01 to 19 (except inside the UIM)Settings: None92Restrictions Restrict dialing All released 135Call rejection All released 135Call acceptance All released 135Call forwarding All released 135Voice mail All released 135Phonebook settings(m26)Font size setting All Standard 118Voice dial setting Not stored 99Mail group Not stored 173Edit group name: Mail group 1 to 20 173Chat group Not stored 184Edit group name: Group 1 to 5 185Forwarding image ON 378No. of phonebook —98Stationery Alarm (m44) Not stored 394Alarm: All OFF 394Schedule (m45) Not stored 397SettingsKisekae setting: Pattern 1Customize holidaySunday: Red Monday to Friday: Default Saturday: Blue399ToDo (m95) Not stored 401Category display: All 402Sort/Filter: By entered time 402Text memo (m42) Not recorded 408Calculator (m85) —408Guide —37Common phrase/dic.(m38)Common phrases All default 427Own dictionary Not stored 428Download dictionary Pre-installed data only 429Set dictionary: All valid 429Create learned wd list —429Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
484Appendix/TroubleshootingMUSIC MUSIC Player No data 275Playlist: Not stored 283Information of previously played music file: None 275Display: Title + Image 275Volume: Level 12 277Play mode setting: Normal 279Sound effectRemaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal282Music&Video Channel Same as “Music&Video Channel” in “Data box” 4781Seg Activate 1Seg Confirmation display at start※: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display 246Confirmation display for the data broadcasting※: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display263Broadcasting storage area: Not stored 246Volume: Level 12 251Program guide —254TV timer list Not stored 257Timer recording list Not stored 258Confirmation display at timer recording: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display 259Recording result Not stored 262TVlink Not stored 255Channel list Not stored 249Channel setting Select area —248Auto channel setting —248User settings Display※Caption: ON 262Caption posit. in w-scr: Lower 262Icon: ON 262Mail ticker display: Receipt notification 262Video※Mobile W-Speed: ON 262Image quality: Dynamic 262Display light※Constant light 262Sound effect※Auto volume: ON 262Remaster: OFF 262Listening: OFF 263Equalizer: Normal 263Recording※Rec. when low battery: ON 263Rec. program when call: OFF 263Main menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
485Appendix/Troubleshooting1Seg User settings Data broadcasting※Image display setting: ON 263Sound setting: ON 263ECO mode※Released 263Reset channel setting —263Reset storage area —263Reset TV settings —263Check TV settings —263Osaifu-Keitai IC card content Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 311DCMX —295ToruCa No dataUser created folder: None314Search/sortSort: By date↑317IC card lock set. IC card lock Released 312IC lock (power-off) Setting before OFF 312Settings Receive ToruCa Accept 319Auto reading ToruCa Accept 319Recv. ToruCa display ON 319ToruCa from dataBC Auto receive ON 319Check same ToruCa ON 319Check IC owner —312Change IC owner —312Search by i-mode —205Others Redial No records 52Public mode (Drive mode) Released 68Manner mode Released 106Videophone Backlight: Constant light 74Character input Character inputLearned words: Not stored426Candidate display: ONCharacter set time: OFF2/NIKO-touch guide: ONMain menu itemSub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchaseReference
486Appendix/TroubleshootingSimple Menu Function ListMain menu item Sub-menu item/Lower sub-menu item ReferencePhone Add to phonebook 88Search phonebook 93Dialed/recv. calls Dialed calls 52Received calls 53Record message Play/Erase msg. 71Play/Erase VP msg. 71Record message setting 69Voice memo 406Voice announce 104Own number 46Mail Received mail 158Sent mail 159Draft mail 160Compose message 142Check new mail 155i-mode iMenu Search 190Bookmark 200Screen memo i-mode Browser 201Full Browser 201Last URL 199Enter URL 199Full Browser Home 192Camera Take photo 230Record movie 233View photos 334View movies 3421Seg Activate 1Seg 249Timer recording 258Channel setting Select area 248Auto channel setting 248Data box Photo/Image 334Movie 342Data box Music/Melody MUSIC 276Melody 3561Seg Image 335Video 350Position memory 351Music&Video Channel 268Kisekae Tool 359Machi-chara 355Other data My documents 381Document viewer 384Chara-den 353SD other files 368Tools Schedule 397Alarm 394Calculator 408Text memo 408Receive Ir data Receive 377Receive all 377Guide 37Settings Ring tone/Volume Select ring tone 102Ring volume 66Keypad sound 105Speed selector sound 105Melody effect 103Headset usage setting 106Mail/Msg. ring time 106Charge sound 105Display/Font Display setting 109Backlight 112View blind 113Color theme setting 113Machi-chara 115Menu icon setting 114Main menu item Sub-menu item/Lower sub-menu item Reference
487Appendix/TroubleshootingSettings Display/Font Private menu setting 403Desktop icon 29Key guidance 25Font 117Font size setting 118Select language 44Recv.mail/call at open 111Image quality 113LCD AI 113Icons 32Security Self mode 126Lock all 124Personal data lock 126IC card lock 312Key lock 132Secret mode 133Secret data only 133Keypad dial lock 131Reject unknown 136Call setting w/o ID 135Change security code 123UIM setting 123Scanning function 520Lock setting 128Kisekae 114Call cost Call data 407Reset total cost&dura.407Notice call cost 408CLR max cost icon 408Set time Set time 45World time watch 46Summer time 46Auto power ON/OFF 394Alarm setting 403Incoming call Vibrator 104Manner mode set 107Answer setting 64Main menu item Sub-menu item/Lower sub-menu item ReferenceSettings Incoming call Setting when opened 65Record display set 132Disp. PH-book image 111Disp. call/receive No. 117Ring time 136V.phone while packet 76Auto call/answer set. 412Melody Call setting 104NW services Caller ID notification 46Voice mail 432Call waiting 434Call forwarding 436Nuis.call blocking 437Caller ID request 4382in1 setting 442Multi number 440Arrival call act 439Set in-call arrival act 440Remote control 440Dual network 438English guidance 439Set Roaming guidance 457Additional service 448Service numbers 439OFFICEED 447Chaku-moji 54Main menu item Sub-menu item/Lower sub-menu item Reference
488Appendix/Troubleshooting※1: Displayed when entering the character in full pitch.※2: Displayed when entering the character in half pitch.※3: You can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” or “゜” by pressing a after you enter a character.pIf you press d after entering a character, characters can be scrolled in the reverse order.pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding 0 for at least one second in Numeral input mode.pWhen you successively enter characters after entering an uppercase character in Alphabet input mode, they are displayed in order of “uppercase” → “lowercase”. Depending on the function, they are also displayed in order of “uppercase” → “lowercase”.List of Characters Assigned to Keys (5-touch Input Method)DisplayKey abc 123 漢カナ-1. / @ - : ※2 ※1 _ 1 1 あいうえおぁぃぅぇぉ アイウエオァィゥェォ 1-2a b c A B C 2 2 かきくけこ カキクケコ 2-3d e f D E F 3 3 さしすせそ サシスセソ 3-4g h i G H I 4 4 たちつてとっ タチツテトッ 4-5j k l J K L 5 5 なにぬねの ナニヌネノ 5-6m n o M N O 6 6 はひふへほ ハヒフヘホ 6-7p q r s P Q R S 7 7 まみむめも マミムメモ 7-8t u v T U V 8 8 やゆよゃゅょ ヤユヨャュョ 8-9w x y z W X Y Z 9 9 らりるれろ ラリルレロ 9-00 0 わをんゎ ワヲン ※1 0-aLine feed※3＊Line feed※3Line feed※3-s， ．？！’−＆（）￥□ (space)＃、。？！・□ (space)、。？！・□ (space)~∼ヮ
489Appendix/TroubleshootingList of Characters Assigned to Keys (2-touch Input Method)Kanji/Hiragana input mode <Uppercase input mode>Second digit12345678901あいうえおＡＢＣＤＥ2かきくけこＦＧＨＩＪ3さしすせそＫＬＭＮＯ4たちつてとＰＱＲＳＴ5なにぬねのＵＶＷＸＹ6はひふへほＺ？！ ／7まみむめも￥＆8や（ ゆ ）よ＊＃9らりるれろ１２３４５0わをん゛゜６７８９０First digit<Lowercase input mode>Second digit12345678901ぁぃぅぇぉ abcde2fghij3klmno4っpq r s t5uvwxy6z78ゃゅょ90ゎ、。First digitKatakana input mode <Uppercase input mode>Second digit12345678901アイウエオＡＢＣＤＥ2カキクケコＦＧＨＩＪ3サシスセソＫＬＭＮＯ4タチツテトＰＱＲＳＴ5ナニヌネノＵＶＷＸＹ6ハヒフヘホＺ？！−／7マミムメモ￥＆8ヤ(ユ)ヨ＊＃9ラリルレロ１２３４５0ワヲンﾞﾟ６７８９０First digit<Lowercase input mode>Second digit12345678901ァィゥェォａｂｃｄｅ2ｆｇｈｉｊ3ｋｌｍｎｏ4ッ ｐｑｒｓｔ5ｕｖｗｘｙ6ｚ78ャュョ90ヮ※1，．First digitAlphabet input mode Second digit1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 01"＄ ％ ’＋ａｂｃｄｅ2，． ： ；＜ｆｇｈｉｊ3＝＞ ＠ ［ ］ｋｌｍｎｏ4＾＿‘※1`※2｛ ｜ｐｑｒｓｔ5｝∼※1~※2ｕｖｗｘｙ6ｚ？！−／7￥＆8（）＊＃9１２３４５0６７８９０First digit: Switches between uppercase input mode and lowercase input mode.※1: Displayed when entering characters in full pitch.※2: Displayed when entering characters in half pitch.InformationpA space is entered if you press keys that correspond to a blank where no character is assigned.pYou can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” or “゜” by pressing -a after you enter a character.pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one second in Numeral input mode.
490Appendix/TroubleshootingList of Characters Assigned to Keys (NIKO-touch Input Method)Kanji/Hiragana input modeSecond digit12345678901あいうえお ．−＠＿１2かきくけこ abc２3さしすせそ de f３4たちつてとっ gh i４5なにぬねの jkl５6はひふへほ mn o６7まみむめも pq r s７8やゆよゃゅょ tuv８9らりるれろwxyz９0わをん 、。 ・ !?０First digitKatakana input modeSecond digit12345678901アイウエオ ．−＠＿１2カキクケコ ａｂｃ２3サシスセソ ｄｅｆ３4タチツテトッｇｈｉ４5ナニヌネノ ｊｋｌ５6ハヒフヘホ ｍｎｏ６7マミムメモｐｑｒｓ７8ヤユヨャュョｔｕｖ８9ラリルレロｗｘｙｚ９0ワヲン､｡ー・！？０First digitInformationpA space is entered if you press keys that correspond to a blank where no character is assigned.pYou can switch between uppercase and lowercase or enter “゛” or “゜” by pressing -a after you enter a character. Also, you can switch to “ヵ” or “ヶ” by pressing -a after you enter “か” or “け”.pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one second in Numeral input mode.
491Appendix/TroubleshootingWhen “Read aloud settings” is set to “ON”, symbols are read aloud. Symbol ListSymbolVoice guidance、—。—，コンマ※1．ドット※1・テン：コロン； セミコロン？ギモンフ※1！ カンタンフ※1゛ダクテン゜ ハンダクテン´—｀—¨ ウムラウト＾ ヤマガタキゴウ※1￣ オーバーライン＿ アンダーラインヽ—ヾ—⇅—⇆—〃—仝ドウ々—⅞シメ〇ゼロチョーオン※2―ダッシュ‐ハイフン／ スラッシュ＼ バックスラッシュ∼カラ※3‖—｜ タテセン※1… テンテンテン‥ テンテン‘—’ アポストロフィ※1“—” インヨウフ※1（カッコ） トジカッコ〔カッコ〕 トジカッコ［カッコ］ トジカッコ｛カッコ｝ トジカッコ〈カッコ〉 トジカッコ《カッコ》 トジカッコ「 カギカッコ」 トジカギカッコ『 カギカッコ』 トジカギカッコ【カッコ】 トジカッコ＋プラス− マイナス※4± プラスマイナス×カケル÷ワル＝ イコールSymbolVoice guidance≠ ノットイコール＜ ショーナリ＞ダイナリ≦ ショーナリイコール≧ ダイナリイコール∞ ムゲンダイ∴ユエニ♂オス♀メス°ド′フン″ビョー℃ドシー￥エン＄ドル￠セント￡ポンド％ パーセント＃イゲタ＆アンド＊ アスタリスク＠ アットマーク§ セクション☆ホシ★クロホシ○マル●クロマル◎ ニジューマル◇ヒシガタ◆ クロヒシガタ□シカク■ クロシカクSymbolVoice guidance△サンカク▲ クロサンカク▽ ギャクサンカク▼ クロギャクサンカク※ コメジルシ〒 ユービンバンゴー→ ミギヤジルシ← ヒダリヤジルシ↑ ウエヤジルシ↓ シタヤジルシ〓 ゲタキゴー∈ゾクスル∋フクム⊆ ブブンシューゴー⊇ ブブンシューゴーフクム⊂ シンブブンシューゴー⊃ シンブブンシューゴーフクム∪ガッペー∩ キョーツー∧オヨビ∨マタワ￢ヒテー⇒ナラバ⇔ドーチ∀スベテノ∃アル∠カク⊥ スイチョク͡コ∂ ラウンドディーSymbolVoice guidance∇ナブラ≡ゴードー≒ ニアリーイコール≪ ショーナリショーナリ≫ ダイナリダイナリ√ルート∽ソージ∝ヒレー∵ ナゼナラバ∫ インテグラル∬ ダブルインテグラルÅ オングストローム‰パーミル♯シャープ♭フラット♪オンプ†ダガー‡ ダブルダガー¶ ダンラクキゴー⃝マルゐイゑエヰイヱエヴヴヵカヶケΑアルファΒベータΓガンマΔデルタΕ イプシロンSymbolVoice guidance
492Appendix/TroubleshootingSymbolVoice guidanceΖゼータΗイータΘシータΙイオタΚカッパΛラムダΜミューΝニューΞグザイΟ オミクロンΠパイΡローΣシグマΤタウΥ ユプシロンΦファイΧカイΨプサイΩオメガαアルファβベータγガンマδデルタε イプシロンζゼータηイータθシータιイオタκカッパλラムダμミューνニューξグザイο オミクロンπパイρローσシグマτタウυ ユプシロンφファイχカイψプサイωオメガАアーБベーВヴェーГゲーДデーЕイェーЁヨーЖジェーЗゼーИイーЙ イークラトコエКカーЛエリМエムНエヌОオーПペーРエルСエスТテーУウーФエフХハーЦツェーЧチェーШシャーЩ シチャーЪ ツボルディーズナークЫウイSymbolVoice guidanceЬ ミャーフィーズナークЭエーЮユーЯヤーаアーбベーвヴェーгゲーдデーеイェーёヨーжジェーзゼーиイーй イークラトコエкカーлエリмエムнエヌоオーпペーрエルсエスтテーуウーфエフхハーцツェーчチェーшシャーщシチャーъ ツボルディーズナークыウイь ミャーフィーズナークэエーюユーSymbolVoice guidanceяヤー─—│—┌—┐—┘—└—├—┬—┤—┴—┼—━—┃—┏—┓—┛—┗—┣—┳—┫—┻—╋—┠—┯—┨—┷—┿—┝—┰—┥—┸—╂—①マルイチ②マルニ③マルサンSymbolVoice guidance④ マルヨン⑤ マルゴ⑥ マルロク⑦ マルナナ⑧ マルハチ⑨ マルキュー⑩ マルジュー⑪ マルジューイチ⑫ マルジューニ⑬ マルジューサン⑭ マルジューヨン⑮ マルジューゴ⑯ マルジューロク⑰ マルジューナナ⑱ マルジューハチ⑲ マルジューキュー⑳ マルニジューⅠイチⅡニⅢサンⅣヨンⅤゴⅥロクⅦナナⅧハチⅨ キューⅩ ジュー㍉ミリ㌔キロ㌢ センチ㍍ メートル㌘ グラム㌧トン㌃ アール㌶ ヘクタール㍑ リットルSymbolVoice guidance
493Appendix/Troubleshooting※1 Does not read aloud if it is not for a URL or mail address.※2 When it follows a hiragana, katakana, or kanji character, the ending of the character immediately before it is read aloud as a long vowel.※3 When it follows a hiragana or katakana character, the ending of the character immediately before it is read aloud as a long vowel.※4 Reads it aloud “ハイフン (hyphen)” if it is for a URL or mail address.On the Character Entry (Edit) display, enter “きごう” to convert it to show symbol candidates. Further, you can enter characters listed below to convert them into respective symbols.SymbolVoice guidance㍗ワット㌍カロリー㌦ドル㌣セント㌫ パーセント㍊ ミリバール㌻ページ㎜ ミリメートル㎝ センチメートル㎞ キロメートル㎎ ミリグラム㎏ キログラム㏄ シーシー㎡ ヘーホーメートル㍻ ヘーセー〝—〟—№ ナンバーSymbolVoice guidance㏍ケーケー℡デンワ㊤マルウエ㊥マルナカ㊦マルシタ㊧ マルヒダリ㊨マルミギ㈱ カッコカブ㈲ カッコユーSymbolVoice guidance㈹ カッコダイ㍾メージ㍽ タイショー㍼ショーワ≒ ニアリーイコール≡ゴードー∫ インテグラル∮ファイ∑シグマSymbolVoice guidance√ルート⊥ スイチョク∠カク∟ チョッカク⊿ サンカッケー∵ ナゼナラバ∩ キョーツー∪ガッペーSymbolVoice guidanceInformationpSpecial symbols “①” through “∪” might not be correctly displayed if they are sent to mobile phones which do not support i-mode or personal computers. Further, you cannot enter special symbols of into the text of SMS messages, and they are replaced by half-pitch spaces.Symbol Candidate ListInput Conversionおなじ 〃 々から ∼かんま ，こんま ，たてせん ‖｜てんてん … ‥りーだ …しめ ⅞かっこ ‘’ “”（）〔〕［］｛｝〈〉《》「」『』【】たす ＋ひく −ぷらすまいなす±かける ×わる ÷いこーる ＝ふとうごう ＜＞≦≧しょうなり ＜だいなり ＞しょうなりいこーる ≦だいなりいこーる ≧むげんだい ∞おす ♂Input Conversionめす ♀ならば ⇒どうち ⇔にありいこーる≒ちいさい ≪おおきい ≫るーと √ど°℃ふん ′びょう ″どる ＄せんと ￠ぽんど ￡Input Conversionせつ §ほし ＊☆★あっと ＠まる 。○●◎〇しかく ◇◆□■さんかく △▲▽▼こめ ※ゆうびん 〒やじるし →←↑↓うえ ↑した ↓みぎ →Input Conversionひだり ←あすたりすく ＊おんぐすとろーむ Åしゃーぷ ＃ふらっと ♭おんぷ ♪だがー †だぶるだがー ‡だんらく ¶おーむ Ωでんわ ℡Input Conversion
494Appendix/TroubleshootingWhen “Read aloud settings” is set to “ON”, pictograms are read aloud. Pictogram ListPicto-gram Voice guidanceハートマークユレルハートマークシツレンマークフクスーハートマークワーイマークプンプンマークガクーマークモウヤダーマークフラフラマークルンルンマークオンセンマークカワイイマークチュッマークピカピカマークヒラメキマークムカッマークパンチマークバクダンマークムードマークネムイマークビックリマークビックリハテナマークニジュービックリマークドーンマークアセアセマークアセタラーッマークダッシュマークウーマークウーンマークグッドマークバッドマークミギナナメウエヤジルシマークミギナナメシタヤジルシマークヒダリナナメウエヤジルシマークヒダリナナメシタヤジルシマークハレマーククモリマークアメマークユキマークカミナリマークタイフーマークキリマークコサメマークオヒツジザマークオウシザマークフタゴザマークカニザマークシシザマークオトメザマークテンビンザマークPicto-gram Voice guidanceサソリザマークイテザマークヤギザマークミズガメザマークウオザマークスポーツマークヤキューマークゴルフマークテニスマークサッカーマークスキーマークバスケットマークモータースポーツマークページャマークデンシャマークチカテツマークシンカンセンマークセダンマークアールブイマークバスマークフネマークヒコーキマークイエマークビルマークユービンキョクマークビョーインマークPicto-gram Voice guidanceギンコーマークエーティーエムマークホテルマークコンビニマークガソリンスタンドマークチューシャジョーマークシンゴーマークトイレマークレストランマークキッサテンマークバーマークビールマークファーストフードマークブティックマークビヨーインマークカラオケマークエーガマークユーエンチマークオンガクマークアートマークエンゲキマークイベントマークチケットマークキツエンマークPicto-gram Voice guidanceキンエンマークカメラマークカバンマークホンマークリボンマークプレゼントマークバースデーマークデンワマークケータイデンワマークメモマークテレビマークゲームマークシーディーマークハートマークスペードマークダイヤマーククラブマークメマークミミマークグーマークチョキマークパーマークアシマーククツマークメガネマーククルマイスマークPicto-gram Voice guidance
495Appendix/TroubleshootingPicto-gram Voice guidanceシンゲツマークカケヅキマークハンゲツマークミカヅキマークマンゲツマークイヌマークネコマークリゾートマーククリスマスマークカチンコマークフクロマークペンマークヒトカゲマークイスマークヨルマークスーンマークオンマークエンドマークトケーマークデンワヘマークメールヘマークファックスヘマークアイモードマークアイモードマークメールマークドコモテーキョーマークドコモポイントマークユーリョーマークムリョーマークアイディーマークパスワードマークツギアリマーククリアマークサーチマークニューマークイチジョーホーマークフリーダイヤルマークシャープダイヤルマークモバキューマークシカクイチシカクニシカクサンシカクヨンシカクゴシカクロクシカクナナシカクハチシカクキューシカクゼロPicto-gram Voice guidanceケッテーマークアイアプリマークアイアプリマークティーシャツマークガマグチサイフマークケショーマークジーンズマークスノボマークチャペルマークドアマークドルブクロマークパソコンマークラブレターマークレンチマークエンピツマークオーカンマークユビワマークスナドケーマークジテンシャマークユノミマークウデドケーマークムムマークホッマークヒヤアセマークヒヤアセマークプクッマークPicto-gram Voice guidanceボケーッマークラブラブマークオーケーマークアッカンベーマークウィンクマークウレシイマークガマンマークネコマークナキマークナミダマークエヌジーマーククリップマークコピーライトマークトレードマークハシルヒトマークマルヒマークリサイクルマークレジストレッドマークキケンマークキンシマーククーシツマークゴーカクマークマンシツマークサユーマークジョーゲマークガッコーマークPicto-gram Voice guidanceナミマークフジサンマーククローバーマークサクランボマークチューリップマークバナナマークリンゴマークワカバマークモミジマークサクラマークオニギリマークショートケーキマークトックリマークドンブリマークパンマークカタツムリマークヒヨコマークペンギンマークサカナマークウマイマークウッシッシマークウママークブタマークワイングラスマークゲッソリマークPicto-gram Voice guidanceInformationpPictograms are all counted as full-pitch characters.pPictograms are not correctly displayed if they are sent to mobile phones which do not support i-mode or to personal computers. Further, the pictograms from “ ” through “ ” are correctly displayed only when sent to i-mode phones which support those pictograms.
496Appendix/Troubleshooting○: Can start.△: Can start by condition.—: Cannot start simultaneously. The current communication continues (the started communication is rejected).※1: This includes i-concier information and i-αppli calls.※2: If you have signed up for “Call waiting”, you can make another call with the current voice call put on hold.※3: In the condition of the maximum number of voice line+1, you can activate Voice Mail, Call Waiting, or Call Forwarding. (See page 432, page 434, and page 436)※4: If you have signed up for “Call waiting”, “Voice mail”, or “Call forwarding”, you can answer an incoming call after finishing a call or communication. (See page 440)※5: The call is recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.※6: “ (pink)”, “ ”, “ ” and others appear to notify you of incoming mail.※7: The FOMA terminal works in accordance with the setting of “PushTalk arrival act”. ※8: Only when you are the caller, you can make calls to add members.※9: i-mode communication is cut off, and you can make a call.※10: The FOMA terminal works in accordance with the setting of “V.phone while packet”.※11: The FOMA terminal works in accordance with the setting of “i-mode arrival act”.※12: For i-mode mail and SMS, you can use a single line each at a time.※13: This is the case for when you are upgrading or downloading an i-αppli program.Multiaccess CombinationsCommunication eventCommunication statusVoice call Videophone call PushTalk i-mode i-mode mail SMS※1i-αpplii-αpplisoftwarerunningPacket communication(Data communication)64K data communicationOutgoing Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing IncomingConnectingSendingReceivingSendingReceivingOutgoing OutgoingSendingReceivingSendingReceivingVoice call △※2△※3——※4——※5○○△※6○△※6——○△※6——※4Videophone call — —※4——※4——————△※6——————※4PushTalk — △※7——※5—※8—※5————△※6——————i-mode ○○△※9△※10△※9△※11 —○○○○——————i-mode mail ○○△※9△※10△※9△※11 ○———△※6※12——————SMS※1○○○○○○○—△※6※12—△※6○○○△※6○△※6i-αppli※13 —○—△※10—△※11 ——△※6—△※6——————i-αppli software running ○○△※9△※10△※9△※11 —○△※6○△※6——————Packet communication (Data communication)○○——※5—————○○————※4——64K data communication ——※4——※4——————○——————※4
497Appendix/TroubleshootingWhen the functions in the same group ( part in the table) conflict, the display for switching active functions appears. However, it might not appear depending on the operation.○: Can be activated simultaneously. —: Cannot be activated simultaneously.※1: While a PDF file is displayed, the i-mode group is in use. However, 1Seg programs or “1Seg” in Data Box cannot be activated simultaneously.※2: You cannot use it depending on the function.※3: You cannot use Multitask to start up “Receive Ir data” and “microSD”.※4: You cannot use Multitask to start up “UIM operation”. You cannot start up “Restrictions” while another function is in use, either.※5: The functions not belonging to the Tool group are included.※6: LifeKit functions you can start up during a call are limited to saved data of “Bar code reader”, still image shooting of “Camera”, “Bluetooth”, “Map/GPS”, and “Data Security Service”.※7: Stationery functions you can start up during a call are limited to “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Text memo”, “Calculator”, and “使いかたナビ (Guide)”.※8: During a call, you can receive a GPS location provision request. When each service setting is set to other than “拒否 (Reject)”, you can provide your location information.※9: For some i-αppli programs, MUSIC or 1Seg cannot be simultaneously activated, and Play Background is not available.Multitask CombinationsStartedfunctionFunction in operationVoicecallVideophonecallPushTalk Maili-mode group Set./Service※2Tool group Privatemenu※2i-mode※1i-αppli i-concier Data box※1LifeKit※3Phonebook※4StationeryMUSIC※51Seg※5Osaifu-Keitai※5Voice call — — — ○○—○○—○※6○○※7——○○Videophone call ——————————※8——————PushTalk ——————————※8——————Mail ○○○—○○○○○○○○○○○○i-mode※1○○○○— — — ○○○○○○○○○i-αppli ○○○○— — — ○○○○○○※9○※9○○i-concier ○○○○— — — ○○○○○○○○○Set./Service※2○○○○○○○—○○○○○○○○Data box※1※10 ○○○○○○○○— — — — — — — ○LifeKit※3○※11 ○※11 ○※11 ○※12 ○○○○— —※13 — — — — — ○Phonebook※4○○○○○○○○— —※13 ——○— — ○Stationery ○○○○○○○○— —※13 — — ○※15 — — ○MUSIC※5○※16 ○※16 ○※16 ○※17 ○○※9○○○※16※18 —※14 ○○※15 ——○○1Seg※5○※16 ○※16 ○※16 ○○○※9○○— — — — — — — ○Osaifu-Keitai※5○○○○○○○○— — — — ○— — ○
498Appendix/Troubleshooting※10: If you use Multitask to switch functions while you are using the Picture viewer (microSD card), i-motion player, Video player, Chara-den player, or Melody player, or while playing back a demo from “MUSIC” in Data Box, display or playback ends. You cannot switch functions while you are editing an i-motion file.※11: Playback/Recording stops when a call comes in while you are playing back “Record message”, “Videophone record message”, “Voice memo”, or “Movie memo”, or while recording “Voice memo”. When a call comes in while you are scanning data using “Bar code reader”, the data being scanned is discarded.※12: If you set “Receiving display” to “Alarm preferred” and a mail message comes in while you are scanning data using “Bar code reader”, the data being scanned is discarded.※13: You can receive a GPS location provision request. When each service setting is set to other than “拒否 (Reject)”, you can provide your location information.※14: You can simultaneously start it with “Bar code reader”, “Camera”, “Map/GPS”, or “Voice recorder”. However, Play Background is not available for these functions other than “Map/GPS”.※15: You cannot simultaneously start MUSIC with “使いかたナビ (Guide)”.※16: Play Background is not available.※17: If you set “Receiving display” to “Alarm preferred” and a mail message comes in, the playback is suspended.※18: You cannot simultaneously start “MUSIC Player”, “MUSIC”, “Music&Video Channel”, and “Movie”.
499Appendix/TroubleshootingServices Available for FOMA TerminalAvailable services Phone numberDirectory assistance service (Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)※Listed phone numbers only can be given.(No prefix) 104Telegrams (Telegram charges apply) (No prefix) 115Time check (Charges apply) (No prefix) 117Weather forecast (Charges apply) City code of the desired area + 177Emergency calls to police (No prefix) 110Emergency calls to fire station and ambulance (No prefix) 119Emergency calls for accidents at sea (No prefix) 118Disaster messaging service (Charges apply) (No prefix) 171Collect calls (Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee) (No prefix) 106InformationpWhen using the collect call (106), the recipient is charged a call fee and handling fee ¥90 (¥94.5 with tax) for each call. (As of April 2009)pWhen using the directory assistance service (104), you are charged a guidance fee ¥100 (¥105 with tax) plus a call fee. For whom having weak eyesight or handicapped arms, the guidance is available charge free. For more details, dial 116 (NTT inquiry counter) from land-line phones. (As of April 2009)pIf you use “Call Forwarding Service” for the land-line phone and specify a mobile phone as the forwarding destination, callers may hear ringback tone even when the mobile phone is busy, out of the service area, or the power is turned off depending on the settings of the land-line phone/mobile phone.pNote that the FOMA terminal is not available to 116 (NTT inquiry counter), Dial Q2, Message Dial, and credit call services. (You can use auto credit call to the FOMA terminal from land-line phones or public phones.)pThis FOMA terminal supports “Emergency Location Report”.When you make an emergency call such as at 110/118/119, information about the place where you are dialing from (location information) is automatically notified to emergency-response agencies such as police stations. It might happen that your correct location is not detected by emergency-response agencies depending on the location you dialed or radio wave conditions.When your location information is notified, the name of emergency-response agency is displayed on the Stand-by display.When you do not notify your phone number by call such as by adding “184”, your location information and phone number are not notified. However, when an emergency-response agency has judged that the location information and phone number should be detected because of emergency priority such as protection of human life, they might be notified regardless of your setting.The region and timing “Emergency Location Report” is introduced vary depending on the preparation of respective emergency-response agencies.pWhen you make a call at 110/119/118 from the FOMA terminal, tell an operator that you are calling from a mobile phone and then precisely notify your phone number and actual location. Further, remain still while talking to prevent your call from being disconnected. Do not turn off the power immediately after the call, but instead make sure that your phone can receive calls for at least 10 minutes.pYou might not be connected to regional police/fire station depending on the area from where you call. If this happens, use public phones nearby or land-line phones.Information
500Appendix/TroubleshootingCombining various options with the FOMA terminal, you can realize more versatile use from personal purpose to business purposes. Some products may not be dealt in depending on the area. For details, consult a handling counter such as a docomo shop. For details on options, refer to the user’s manuals of respective options and related devices.・Battery Pack P19・Back Cover P36・FOMA AC Adapter 01/02※1・FOMA AC Adapter 01 for Global use※1・FOMA DC Adapter 01/02・FOMA Portable Charging Adapter 01・FOMA Dry Battery Adapter 01・Desktop Holder P33・FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02※2・FOMA USB Cable※2・FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna※3・FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna (Stand Type)※3・Carry Case L 01・In-Car Holder 01・Flat-plug AV Output Cable P01※4・Earphone/Microphone 01・Stereo Earphone Set 01・Earphone/Microphone with Switch P001/P002※5・Stereo Earphone Set P001※5・Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch P01/P02※4・Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set P01※4・Earphone Plug Adapter P001※4・Earphone Plug Adapter for External connector terminal 01・Earphone Plug Adapter 01・Flat-plug Connector/Stereo Mini-jack Conversion Adapter P01※4・Bluetooth Headset F01※6・AC Adapter for Bluetooth Headset F01・Wireless Earphone Set P01/02・Bone conduction microphone/receiver 01※4/02・In-Car Hands-Free Kit 01※7・FOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01※1 See page 40 and page 41 for charging batteries using AC adapter.Introduction of Options and Related Devices※2 If you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.※3 Use it in Japan only.※4 Earphone Plug Adapter for External connector terminal 01 is required.※5 Earphone Plug Adapter P001 and Earphone Plug Adapter for External connector terminal 01 are required.※6 AC Adapter for Bluetooth Headset F01 is required.※7 To charge the P-08A, FOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01 is required.To play back moving pictures (MP4 format file) using a personal computer, you need to have QuickTimePlayer (free) ver. 6.4 or higher (or ver. 6.3 + 3GPP) of Apple Computer Inc.You can download QuickTime from the following website (in Japanese only): http://www.apple.com/jp/quicktime/download/On the FOMA terminal, you may be able to play back some moving pictures in ASF format, which are saved from another AV equipment to the microSD card. Also, you may be able to play back some moving pictures recorded with the FOMA terminal on another AV equipment. For information about links with compatible AV equipment, refer to the following (in Japanese only):http://panasonic.jp/mobile/Introduction of Moving Picture Playing SoftwareInformationpFor download, a personal computer connected to the Internet is required. You are charged a communication fee to download.pFor details such as operating environments, how to download, and how to operate, refer to the website above. Links with AV EquipmentInquiry Center for Links with Compatible AV Equipment■Panasonic Mobile Communications Customer Service CenterFrom land-line phones: 0120-15-8729From mobile phones or PHSs: 045-938-4023Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.(Excluding Saturdays, Sundays, national holidays, and specified holidays)pMake sure that you dial the correct number.
501Appendix/TroubleshootingpFirst of all, check to see if you need to update the software program and then update it if necessary. See page 515 for how to update software programs.pWhen the symptom persists even after you check the countermeasures for the problem you suffer, feel free to contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual or a repair counter specified by DOCOMO.TroubleshootingProblem CountermeasuresReferenceThe FOMA terminal does not turn on.pMake sure the battery pack is attached to the FOMA terminal correctly.pMake sure the battery is fully charged.3940Cannot charge.(Example: The Call/Charging indicator of the FOMA terminal does not light, or it flickers.)pMake sure the battery pack is attached to the FOMA terminal correctly.pMake sure the power plug of the adapter is securely inserted into the outlet or cigarette lighter socket.pMake sure the adapter and the FOMA terminal are connected correctly.pWhen you use an AC adapter (option), make sure its connector is firmly connected to the FOMA terminal or the desktop holder (option).pWhen you use the desktop holder, make sure the connector terminal of the FOMA terminal is not stained. If it is stained, wipe the terminal part with a dry cotton swab, etc.pIf you talk on the phone, execute communications, or operate other functions for a long time during battery charge, the temperature of the FOMA terminal may rise to flicker the Call/Charging indicator. In this case, charge the battery after the FOMA terminal cools down.39—4141—40While you operate the FOMA terminal or charge the battery, they get hot.pDuring operation or battery charge, or when you talk on the videophone, operate i-αppli programs, or watch 1Seg programs for a long time during battery charge, the FOMA terminal, battery pack, or adapter may become warm, but this is not a safety hazard, so you can continue to use them.—The usable time of the battery is short.pMake sure not to leave the FOMA terminal in the out-of-service-area state for a long time. In the out-of-service-area state, the FOMA terminal searches for radio waves to enable communications and consumes more electricity.pThe usable time of the battery pack varies depending on the usage environment or its remaining life.pBattery packs are consumables. The usable time slightly shortens each time you charge the battery. If the usable time becomes extremely short as compared with the default state even if fully charged, purchase a specified battery pack.434040The power of the FOMA terminal shuts down and restarts.pIf the terminal of the battery pack is stained, the connection might deteriorate to shut down the power. Wipe the battery terminal with a dry cotton swab, etc.—Pressing keys is disabled.pMake sure Lock All is deactivated.pMake sure Key Lock is not set to “ON”.124132The display is slow to respond when a key is pressed.pThis may occur when a large volume of data is stored in the FOMA terminal or when you exchange bulky data between the FOMA terminal and the microSD card.—The UIM is not recognized.pMake sure you insert the UIM in the right direction. 37Cannot make a call by pressing numeric keys.pMake sure Keypad Dial Lock is deactivated.pMake sure Restrict Dialing is deactivated.pMake sure Lock All is deactivated.pMake sure Self Mode is deactivated.131134124126The ring tone does not sound.pMake sure Ring Volume is not set to “Silent”.pMake sure Public mode, Manner Mode, and Self Mode are deactivated.pMake sure Call Rejection, Call Acceptance, Call Setting without ID, Ring Time, and Reject Unknown are deactivated.pMake sure the ring time for Voice Mail Service, Call Forwarding Service, Record Message Setting, and Auto Answer Setting are not set to 0 seconds.666810612613413513669412433436Problem CountermeasuresReference
502Appendix/TroubleshootingCannot talk.(Example: “ ” does not disappear even if you move to another place. You cannot make or receive a call, though the radio wave conditions are not bad.)pTurn off and on the FOMA terminal, or remove and attach/insert the battery pack or UIM.pDepending on the radio wave property, you may not be able to make or receive a call even if the FOMA terminal is “within service area” or “ ” is displayed as the radio wave condition. Move to another place and redial.pMake sure the call restrictions such as Call Rejection, Call Acceptance, etc. are deactivated.pDepending on the radio wave congestion state, calls and mail messages may be congested and hard to be connected in crowded places. In this case, the message “Please wait” or “Please wait for a while” is displayed and a busy tone sounds. Move to another place or wait for a while, and then redial.373943—134—The display is dark. pYou might have changed the brightness of Backlight. When “Auto setting” is set, the backlight is adjusted according to the ambient brightness.pMake sure Power Saver Mode is deactivated.pMake sure ECO Mode of 1Seg is deactivated.pMake sure View Blind is not set to “ON”.112112263113The other party’s voice is difficult to hear or too loud during a call.pYou might have changed the earpiece volume.pIf you change the setting of Shikkari Talk or Yuttari Talk, the other party’s voice will be more audible.6661Images or melodies selected in the functions are not played back; they are played back by the default setting.pMake sure you have inserted the UIM that was inserted at the time of obtaining images or melodies.38Mail messages are not received automatically.pMake sure Receive Option Setting of Mail Settings is not set to “ON”.155Cannot access i-mode, i-mode mail, i-αppli, and i-Channel.pMake sure Access Point Setting is set to “i-mode”.pIf you have started using the FOMA terminal before you subscribe to i-mode, turn off and on the FOMA terminal.21143Problem CountermeasuresReferencei-mode mark continues blinking and does not disappear.pi-mode mark continues blinking after you execute Check New Messages or send/receive mail messages, or when i-mode is disconnected midway. The connection is automatically cut off unless you exchange data files. To immediately end the connection, press h.—Still images and moving pictures shot by the camera are blurred.pWhen you shoot a subject in a short distance, set Focus to “Close-up”.pWhen you shoot portraits, set Focus to “Face detection”.pSet Image Stabilizer to “Auto” and then shoot.pMake sure the lens of the camera is not fogged or stained.237237237226Cannot watch 1Seg programs.pYou may be out of the terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service area or weak airwaves are being received.pMake sure Channel Setting is completed.246248Cannot delete Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli programs.pSome i-αppli programs are not deleted unless you delete data files on the IC card. Delete the i-αppli program after deleting data files on the IC card. When you cannot delete it, contact the docomo shop, etc. You cannot delete “iD 設定アプリ (iD appli)”.—Cannot use Osaifu-Keitai function.pIf you remove the battery pack or activate Omakase Lock, the IC card function becomes unavailable regardless of the setting of IC Card Lock.pMake sure IC Card Lock is deactivated.pMake sure you place the f mark of the FOMA terminal over the scanning device.39125312311Problem CountermeasuresReference
503Appendix/Troubleshooting“ ” is displayed, and the international roaming service is not available.pYou may be out of the international roaming service area or weak radio waves are being received.pRefer to the international service guides such as “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]” to check if the area or carrier is available.pSearch for an available carrier by Network Search Mode.pSwitch 3G/GSM Setting to “Auto” or any available network after moving from Japan to overseas. If you have set to “Auto” in Japan, turn off and on the FOMA terminal.——45543455Cannot receive voice calls or videophone calls during overseas use.pMake sure Call Barring is not set to “Activate”.pMake sure Videophone while Packet is set to “V.phone priority”.pYou cannot use videophone calls while using the GSM/GPRS network.45776450Cannot make or receive calls unexpectedly during overseas use.pConfirm your accumulated charges at the docomo Information Center. An approximate limit for service suspension is previously set for “International Roaming Service (WORLD WING)”. When this limit is exceeded, all services are deactivated. If your limit for service suspension is exceeded, pay your accumulated charges to restart the services.pConfirm the setting of 3G/GSM Setting. When “Auto” is set, you may not be able to use the services because some particular network is connected. Switch the setting to the network (3G or GSM/GPRS) available for the country/area you stay.—455Problem CountermeasuresReferenceThe other party’s phone number is not notified./A number different from the other party’s phone number is notified./Functions using caller ID notification or contents in the Phonebook do not work.pEven if the other party makes a call with the setting to notify you of his/her caller ID, the caller ID might not be notified depending on the overseas carrier. Also, a number different from the other party’s caller ID might be notified depending on the caller’s network.—Cannot perform data transfer.pMake sure you do not use a USB hub. If you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.—Cannot display data files saved to the microSD card.pExecute Check microSD. 369“×” appears on a preview image.p“×” may appear when the image file is broken. —Attached files are deleted, so the images cannot be displayed.pConfirm the setting of Attachment Preference.pConfirm the setting of Limit Mail Size. For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.175—Cannot connect with the Bluetooth communication compatible devices./Cannot find them even if you search for.pYou need to register a Bluetooth communication compatible device (commercial item) from the FOMA terminal after you put the device on standby for registration. When you delete a registered device to register it again, you need to delete it from both the Bluetooth communication compatible device and FOMA terminal before re-registration.416Cannot make calls from the FOMA terminal with an external device such as a car navigation system or Hands-free device connected.pIf you make several calls when the other party does not answer or is out of the service area, dialing to that phone number might become unavailable. In this case, turn off and on the FOMA terminal.—Problem CountermeasuresReference
504Appendix/Troubleshootingp“(numerals)” in error messages are the code sent from the i-mode Center for discriminating the error.If Error Messages Appear as Mentioned BelowA“Accept serial port devices” failed…An error occurred during the standby for registering the serial port, so the serial port was not placed on standby for registration.Activating…Receive Option Setting is set to “OFF”. Switch the setting to “ON” and try again. (See page 155)Activating keypad dial lock…Keypad Dial Lock is activated. Release Keypad Dial Lock and try again. (See page 131)Activating mail securityCannot download…Mail Security is activated, so you cannot download. Deactivate Mail Security and try again. (See page 134, page 165)Activating personal data lock…Personal Data Lock is set. Release Personal Data Lock and try again. (See page 126)Activating personal data lock Send pre-installed substitute image…During Personal Data Lock, a “Pre-installed” substitute image is sent.Activating record display OFF…Record Display Set is set to “OFF”. Switch the setting to “ON” and try again. (See page 132)Activating reject unknown…“Reject unknown” is set to “Reject”. Set to “Accept” and try again. (See page 136)Activating ring time…“Ring time” is set to “ON”. Set to “OFF” and try again. (See page 136)Address is not valid (451)…You could not send the mail correctly. Check the address and try again. (See page 142, page 185)All protected Cannot delete…All data items are protected, so cannot be deleted. Release the protection and try again. (See page 166, page 178, page 203)Another function is activeCannot connectAnother function is active Cannot operateAnother function is active Cannot releaseAnother function is active Cannot storeAnother function is activeCannot switch…The function is not available simultaneously in Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again. (See page 392)Authentication failed…An authentication error occurred.Authentication type is not supported (401)…Incompatible authentication type, so cannot be connected.Auto time adjust info is not received Unable to play…You have not received the auto time adjust information, so could not play back the file with restrictions on the playable period or playable deadline.CCannot compose because too large data…The size of the shot image is too large to attach to i-mode mail.Cannot dial…An error occurred, so you could not dial.Cannot display…Corresponding software program is running. End the software program and try again. (See page 288)Cannot edit message…The attached file reaches 10,000 bytes, so you cannot enter the text.Cannot execute because of other tasks…The function is not available simultaneously in Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again. (See page 392)Cannot record…An error occurred, so you could not save.Cannot resend Send after edit…The address is invalid or the text exceeds the size that can be entered, so you cannot re-send. Edit the text again and send. (See page 165)Cannot save…The data could not be obtained from a site, so could not be saved.Cannot save some attached files…Full of images, so part of the images could not be stored into the Phonebook.Cannot start any more functions…The maximum number of functions is already running using Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again. (See page 392)Cannot start because use mail folder…Corresponding software program is running. End the software program and try again. (See page 288)Certificate is rejected (tampered)…You received an altered SSL/TLS certificate, so could not connect.Check new message is set all OFF…No check marks are placed to the items for “Set check new messages”. Put a check mark for the items to be checked and try again. (See page 174)Error Message (A - C)
505Appendix/TroubleshootingCheck SMS center setting…The SMS Center is not correctly specified by SMS Center Setting. Specify the SMS Center and try again. (See page 188)Conditional accessCannot watch…Receiving by limited method, so you cannot watch.Connection failed…Failed to connect to the Bluetooth device while switching the voice to it during the call.…Radio waves are weak, so you cannot connect. Move to a place where radio waves are strong enough and try again.…The destination address set by Access Point Setting is wrong, so you cannot connect to it. Check the setting and try again. (See page 211)…You could not connect because of network trouble. Wait a while and try again.Connection failed (403)…You cannot connect to a site or Internet website.Connection failed (503)Connection failed (562)…You could not connect because of network trouble. Wait a while and try again.Connection failed Check the other side device…The Bluetooth device is not compatible with the service supported by the FOMA terminal, so could not be registered.…The service you tried to connect to is invalid for the other end’s Bluetooth device, so you could not connect to it.Connection interrupted…Disconnected from the personal computer during data communication.Connection is not valid…The destination address set by Access Point Setting is not compatible, so you cannot operate. Check the setting and try again. (See page 211)…The user certificate is being operated, so you cannot connect. Complete operating the user certificate and try again.Could not add…An error occurred, so you could not store.Could not be found…No response from the Bluetooth device, so you could not store or connect it.Could not find your blinks…Failed to detect your blinks. Change the direction of your face or the place, and then try again. (See page 131)Current UIM is not registered as IC ownerUnable to deleteCurrent UIM is not registered as IC ownerUnable to downloadCurrent UIM is not registered as IC ownerUnable to moveCurrent UIM is not registered as IC ownerUnable to startCurrent UIM is not registered as IC ownerUnable to upgrade…You cannot move, start up, delete, download or update it, because the inserted UIM is not set for the IC card. Insert the UIM set for the IC card, and try again. (See page 38)DData in IC card is fullUnable to downloadDelete service?…This is displayed when the memory space within the IC card is short for downloading the i-αppli program that supports Osaifu-Keitai. Select “YES” to display the service names of Osaifu-Keitai already registered and the space within the IC card (in bytes). Check the area size for shortage, select the service to delete, start up the i-αppli program, and then delete it.Data is full…The maximum number of Phonebook entries has been stored in the FOMA terminal, so you could not receive a new one. Delete unnecessary Phonebook entries and try again. (See page 98)…The maximum number of schedule events has been stored in the FOMA terminal, so you could not receive a new one. Delete unnecessary schedule events and try again. (See page 399, page 400)…The maximum number of ToDo items has been stored in the FOMA terminal, so you could not receive a new one. Delete unnecessary ToDo items and try again. (See page 402)Data is too long A part is deleted…Characters for one (or plural) of address, subject, and text of the mail exceeded the maximum, so part of them was deleted.Data not applicable…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is discarded.Data size is too big to save…The file exceeded the maximum storable size by setting “File restriction”, so could not be set.Details cannot be saved…The ToruCa detailed data was not supported, so was not saved.Error Message (C - D)
506Appendix/TroubleshootingDevice list is full No device to overwrite…The maximum number of Bluetooth devices is stored, so you cannot store any more. Delete unnecessary Bluetooth devices. (See page 416)Downloaded data existsCannot connect to network…Save the movie file on the movie acquisition completion display, and then close the data acquisition completion display. (See page 220)Downloading interrupted…Another function was running or an error occurred, so you could not download.EEditing now Cannot delete…Being used for another function, so you cannot delete. End the function and try again. (See page 392)Enter zoom size…No magnification is entered. Enter the magnification and try again. (See page 382)Enter “+” in right position…“+” is wrongly positioned. Enter it to the beginning of the phone number. (See page 58)Error…An error occurred, so you could not operate.Error in image Does not work correctly…The Flash movie had an error, so you could not play it back normally.FFailed in transmission…An error occurred, so you could not perform iC transmission.Failed to authenticate…An authentication error occurred.Failed to get license file…Failed to obtain the license information about the movie file, so cannot be played back.Failed to read…An error occurred while reading information from the microSD card.Failed to readQuitting…The file cannot be read because you tried to play back the file in the “Movable contents” folder with a UIM that was not inserted when that file was saved. Insert the UIM that was inserted when the file was saved, and try again. (See page 38)…The microSD card was removed while reading the information from it. Insert the microSD card and try again. (See page 360)Failed to receive channel info…Failed to obtain the i-Channel information because part or all of it could not be obtained.Failed to save…An error occurred, so you could not copy the ToruCa file.…An error occurred, so you could not save.…An error occurred, so you could not store.Failed to send Ir data…An error occurred, so you could not send the data using infrared rays.Failed to set…An error occurred, so you could not set.Format error Insert microSD formatted…The format of the microSD card is incompatible with P-08A. Use P-08A to format it. (See page 368)Iiαppli stand-by display terminated due to security error…i-αppli DX has forcibly been ended. (See page 289)“iαppli To” function is not set…A check mark is not put for “Set iαppli To”, so you cannot start up the i-αppli program. Put a check mark and try again. (See page 289)IC card function inactive Unable to download…IC card has been locked, so you could not download or upgrade. Release IC Card Lock and try again. (See page 312)Image display setting is OFF Cannot download…“Image display setting” is set to “OFF”, so you cannot obtain the image. Set to “ON” and try again. (See page 209)Image in message will be deleted…The output-prohibited image from the FOMA terminal is attached to the mail text, so deleted.i-mode Center is busyPlease try again later (555)…The line facility has trouble or the line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.i-mode mail service is busy Please try again later (553)…The line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.Incomplete data Unable to start…The i-αppli program you tried to start up does not start because partial data only is saved. Download the whole i-αppli program and try again. (See page 286)Input error (205)…The entered contents are wrong. Check the contents and try again.Input too long…Too many entered characters to send. Decrease the number of characters and send again. (See page 196)Error Message (D - I)
507Appendix/TroubleshootingInvalid Cannot resend…The address is invalid or the text exceeds the size that can be entered, so you cannot re-send.Invalid code…The entered USSD is incorrect. Enter the correct one. (See page 448)Invalid data…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is discarded.…You cannot play back the following movie files:・The data files other than Windows Media files or the files with invalid contents・The data file whose image size is larger than 800 dots x 480 dots, image bit rate is higher than 2 Mbps, or voice bit rate is higher than 384 kbps・If the server returns an unidentified response when you try to download a savable data file.・When the streaming server is not supported by the FOMA terminal (The streaming servers supported by the FOMA terminal are Windows Media Services 4.1 and Windows Media Services 9 only.)Invalid data (XXX)…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is discarded. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).Invalid dataData size is not supported (XXX)…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is discarded. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).Invalid func in this UIM…The function cannot be operated from the inserted UIM.Invalid ID…The entered ID is wrong. Enter the correct ID. (See page 328)Invalid UIM Auto-start failed…You cannot start up the i-αppli program because of the UIM security function. Insert the UIM which had been inserted when the i-αppli program was downloaded and try again. (See page 38)Invalid UIM Incorrect display…The screen memo cannot be correctly displayed because of the UIM security function. Insert the UIM that had been inserted when the screen memo was saved, and try again. (See page 38)Invalid UIM Requested service not availableInvalid UIM requested service not available…You cannot operate because of the UIM security function. Insert the UIM which had been inserted when the data or file was obtained and try again. (See page 38)Invalid UIM Requested software failed to start…You cannot start up the i-αppli program because of the UIM security function. Insert the UIM which had been inserted when the data or file was obtained and try again. (See page 38)Invalid URL…The URL is invalid, so you cannot connect to the site or the Internet website.LLinked page is not downloaded…The PDF data file has a link but the linked end has not been downloaded, so the linked page could not be displayed.Location provision failed…An error occurred because the FOMA terminal is out of the service area or by other reasons, so it failed to measure the current location or to provide the location information. Move to a place where radio waves are strong enough and try again.M以下の宛先にはメール送信できませんでした (561)Mails could not be sent to following address. (561)●●@△△△.ne.jp※…You could not send the mail message correctly to the displayed address.※The mail address differs depending on the destination.Max cost icon is not displayed…The Max Cost icon is not displayed, so cannot be deleted.Max cost regulationCannot dial…Total Calls has exceeded the maximum cost. Execute “Reset total cost”. (See page 407)Memory full…There is no usable memory space, so you cannot operate.Memory function active Cannot operate…The microSD card is in use, so you cannot set.Memory No.：XXXCannot overwrite…You cannot store in the same memory number with the Phonebook entry stored as secret data. Store in a different memory number. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX). (See page 90)Error Message (I - M)
508Appendix/TroubleshootingMemory shortageCancel updateMemory shortageEnd document viewerMemory shortage Failed to create font effectMemory shortage Return to ToruCa listメモリ不足ですページを表示できませんMemory shortageUnable to display the page…The memory space is not enough, so processing is suspended.microSD is locked…You cannot write on the microSD card because it is write-protected. Use external devices to unlock the protection and try again.NNetwork is not found…You cannot connect to the specified network. However, the connection is completed if the antenna icon appears afterward.No channel found…No broadcasting station was found that can receive programs currently in the area.No channel info…The channel information cannot be downloaded, so recommended channel mail cannot be composed.No picture…No frames to fit the size are found.No response…No Bluetooth devices were found around the FOMA terminal.…Sending end was not found while using iC communication.No response (408)…No response from the site or Internet website, so you could not connect to it. Try again.No set melody…This is displayed when you try to play back melodies with the playlist unprogrammed. Program the melodies and then play them back. (See page 373)Not registered…An error occurred, so you could not store.Not secret dataCannot call…You have switched to Secret Data Only, so you cannot access. Release Secret Data Only and try again. (See page 133)Notification failed…You failed to notify the current location because you moved out of the service area during the notification or by other reasons. Move to a place where the radio waves are strong enough and try again.OOperation failed…An error occurred, so you could not set.Operation may not be performed…The microSD card is removed while it is in progress or an error occurred, so it might be possible that no operation is done. Check the “Movie” folder for the data. (See page 342)Other function activeCannot operate…The function is not available simultaneously in Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again. (See page 392)Out of service area…Radio waves are not received. Move to a place where the radio waves are strong enough and try again.PPage is not found (404)…The site or Internet website does not exist, or URL is wrong. Check the URL and try again. (See page 199)PIN1 code blockedPIN1 code blocked Enter PUKPIN1 code not recognized…Three times erroneous entry of the PIN1 code blocks the code. Enter the PUK (PIN unblock code). (See page 124)Please set “To type” receiver…No address is in the “To” field. Fill in the “To” field and try again. (See page 142, page 144)Please waitPlease wait for a while…The audio line/packet communication facility has trouble or the audio line network/packet communication network is very congested. Wait a while and try again. You can make calls at 110/119/118. However, calls might not be connected by the situation.Please wait for a while (packet)…The packet communication facility has trouble or the packet communication network is very congested. Wait a while and try again.Positioning failed…An error occurred because the FOMA terminal is out of the service area or by other reasons, so it failed to measure the current location or to provide the location information. Move to a place where radio waves are strong enough and try again.PreparingCannot record…You cannot record just after recording. Wait a while and try again.Error Message (M - P)
509Appendix/TroubleshootingProtected allCannot delete…All data items are protected, so cannot be deleted. Release the protection and try again. (See page 166, page 178, page 203)ProtectedCannot deleteProtected mailCannot deleteProtected memoCannot deleteProtected messageCannot delete…The data is protected, so could not be deleted. Release protection and try again. (See page 166, page 178, page 203)PUK blockedPUK code blockedPUK code not recognized…Ten times erroneous entry of the PUK (PIN unblock code) blocks the code. Contact the handling counter of a docomo shop.RRead error…An error occurred while reading information from the microSD card.Receiver cannot save data…The receiving end blocks data.Receiving failed…The destination address set by Access Point Setting is wrong, so you cannot select and receive. Check the setting and try again. (See page 211)Registration is in progress (554)…You cannot operate because the user is being registered. Wait a while and try again.Replace with a new one or check the disk…The microSD card formatting is abnormal. Execute Check microSD. (See page 369)Replay period has not started yet…Playable date has not come yet, so you cannot play back the file.Retention period has expired (492)…You could not download attached files held at the i-mode Center because the save period had been over.Rewrite failed…Failed to update the software program. Contact a handling counter such as a docomo shop.Root certificate has expiredTerminate SSL/TLS session…Expiration date of SSL/TLS certificate has passed, so the connection is suspended.Root certificate is not valid…The SSL/TLS certificate of that server is set to “Invalid” for “Certificate” setting. Set to “Valid” and try again. (See page 213)Run software and delete data in IC cardThen delete software…Data is left inside the IC card, so you cannot delete the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program. Start up the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program, delete the stored data, and try again.SSecret data…You have not switched to Secret Mode or Secret Data Only, so cannot access.Switch to Secret Mode or Secret Data Only and try again. (See page 133)Server is busy…The line facility has trouble or the line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.…The line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.Service is used by a previous software Unable to download Delete a service?Service is used by a previous software Unable to upgrade Delete a service?…When the software program with the service that uses the same IC card has already been downloaded, you cannot download or upgrade a new service unless you delete the existing service that has already been stored. Select “YES” to display the service to be deleted, and then delete that service already stored.Service unavailable…The function cannot be operated with the inserted UIM.Setting auto assist Cannot deleteSetting auto assist Cannot delete all…The country/area code or international call access code set by Auto Assist Setting cannot be deleted. Change/Cancel the setting and try again. (See page 59)Setting IC card lock…IC Card Lock is set. Release IC Card Lock and try again. (See page 312)Setting receive optionSetting receive option Cannot start…Receive Option Setting is set to “ON”, so you cannot start up. Switch to “OFF” and try again. (See page 155)Size of data is not supported…Data size exceeded the maximum, so you could not download normally.Size of page is not supportedSize of this page is not supported…The size of site or Internet website is large, so obtaining is suspended, and only obtained portion is displayed.Error Message (P - S)
510Appendix/TroubleshootingSoftware already updated…The target software program is not updated, so you cannot execute.Software for this folder deleted Refer to Open folder…The corresponding mail-linked i-αppli program has been deleted.Software for this folder exists Cannot delete…The corresponding mail-linked i-αppli program is contained, so you cannot delete.Software terminated due to security error…i-αppli DX has forcibly been ended. (See page 289)Software update active Cannot operate…You could not start up during updating the software program. After the software update is completed, try again.Software update is abortedPlease retry…The FOMA terminal was turned off during updating the software program. Try updating it again. (See page 515)Some addresses are not valid…Some addresses are incorrect. Enter the addresses correctly and send. (See page 142, page 185)Some data could not be copied…The selected files contained ones that could not be copied, so you could not copy some data.Some data could not be moved…The selected files contained ones that could not be moved, so you could not move some data.Some data could not be saved…The selected files contained ones that could not be copied to the FOMA terminal or microSD card, so you could not save some data.Sort is full Cannot add…The maximum number of settings is already set. Release unnecessary settings and try again. (See page 172)Specified page number is not valid…The entered page number is invalid. Enter the correct page number and try again. (See page 382)Specify max cost within ¥10-100,000…Set the limit of Notice Call Cost to ¥10 through ¥100,000. (See page 408)SSL/TLS session cannot be established…Either an altered SSL/TLS certificate was received or an SSL/TLS error occurred, so you could not connect.SSL/TLS session failed…An authentication error occurred at the server, so you cannot connect.Syntax error…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is discarded.System is restarted…An error occurred, so the system is restarted and then the Stand-by display returns.TThis certificate has expiredTerminate SSL/TLS session…Expiration date of SSL/TLS certificate has passed, so the connection is suspended.This certificate is not valid for this URLTerminate SSL/TLS session…The contents of this SSL/TLS certificate do not match, so the connection is suspended.This data is not valid…The file is incompatible, so cannot be displayed.…You are trying to paste characters that cannot be used. Check the characters to be pasted and try again. (See page 428)This file is not attachable Cannot resend…The output-prohibited file from the FOMA terminal has been attached to the mail, so you could not re-send it.This file is not valid…The file is incompatible, so cannot be displayed.This image is not valid…The image could not be displayed normally, so cannot be saved. Even if normally displayed, it may not be saved depending on the file format.This mail is broken Cannot resend…The size of the mail text is too large or the attachment information about the text is damaged, so you could not re-send.This picture is not valid…The image data is invalid, so cannot be displayed.This site is not certifiedTerminate SSL/TLS session…This SSL/TLS certificate was not supported, so the connection was suspended.This software contains errorThis software contains error Unable to download…The software program contains invalid data, so cannot be downloaded or upgraded.This software is currently unavailable for use…You cannot start up the software program because the effective period is expired or the server has put it in unavailable state.This software is not supported by this phone…The software program to be downloaded or upgraded does not support the FOMA terminal.This software is presently out of use…You cannot start up the software program because the effective period is expired or the server has put it in unavailable state.Error Message (S - T)
511Appendix/TroubleshootingThis UIM cannot be recognized…An error occurred on the UIM or the PUK (PIN unblock code) is blocked. Contact the handling counter of a docomo shop.…Check to see if the correct UIM is inserted. (See page 37)This UIM cannot be recognizedPhone is restarted…This UIM cannot be recognized correctly.The system is restarted and then the Stand-by display returns.Time out…Disconnected from the other end’s Bluetooth device during entering a Bluetooth passkey.…No response from the Bluetooth device, so you could not store or connect it.…The maximum stand-by time for “Accept dialup devices” had elapsed, so “Accept dialup devices” was deactivated.Too much data was entered…Too many entered characters to send. Decrease the number of characters and send again. (See page 196)Transmission failedTransmission failed (552)Transmission failed (XXX)…You could not send the mail correctly. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).UUnable to acquire remaining dataDelete dataUnable to acquire remaining dataData deleted…An error occurred when downloading the remaining data of the file that was partially saved, so the data was deleted.Unable to change title…You could not edit the title because entering no characters or entering only space is disabled while editing the title. Enter characters and try again. (See page 335)Unable to combine/bind…You could not concatenate the scanned data. The scanned data up to now is discarded.Unable to composeUnable to compose message…You could not compose i-mode mail because the FOMA terminal was reading data. Wait a while and try again.Unable to download…Another function was running or an error occurred, so you could not download.…The data is invalid, so cannot be downloaded.…The maximum number of programs has already been saved or there is not enough memory, so you could not download the program.Unable to downloadCancel update…Another function was running or an error occurred, so you could not download.Unable to download Data exceeds maximum size…You tried to download the PDF data file exceeding the maximum size, so could not download it.Unable to download Data exceeds maximum size (452)…You tried to receive data exceeding the maximum size, so could not receive it.Unable to edit file name…You cannot change the file name to the one starting with a period or containing prohibited characters except half-pitch alphanumeric characters. Enter the correct file name and try again. (See page 336)Unable to input because of exceeding maximum size…You could not enter the Deco-mail pictogram because it exceeded the maximum size of the images to be inserted.Unable to move…The i-αppli program is the one that cannot be moved to the FOMA terminal, so could not be moved from the microSD card to the FOMA terminal.Unable to perform AV output…An error occurred, so the AV output is suspended.Unable to play because of wrong UIM or license info…This music file cannot be played back because of the UIM security function. Insert the UIM you used for obtaining the Chaku-uta Full® music file, and try again.If the UIM is the one inserted for obtaining the Chaku-uta Full® music file, the license information of the music file in the FOMA terminal is invalid, so cannot be played back. Perform “Initialize” and try again. (See page 139)Unable to retrieve the requested URL (504)…No response from the server, so you cannot connect.Unable to search any channels…No broadcasting station was found that can receive programs currently in the area.Unable to select…When selecting the end point for “Trim imotion”, you tried to select the point before the start point or the same point as the start point. So, the end point could not be selected. Reselect the start point again, then proceed. (See page 349)Unable to send all Ir data…All the selected files were output-prohibited from the FOMA terminal, so could not be sent.Unable to set…An error occurred, so you could not set.Unable to set auto-update…An error occurred, so you could not set “Set auto-update”.Error Message (T - U)
512Appendix/TroubleshootingUnable to set for storage…There are no unoccupied memory numbers within the folder, so you cannot set.Unable to support this card…The inserted memory card cannot be used on P-08A. Use P-08A compatible microSD card. (See page 360)Unable to switch audio data…There is only one audio, so you cannot switch.Unable to upgrade…An error occurred, so you could not upgrade.Unable to use B address historyUnable to use PushTalk from call logs of Number BUnable to use PushTalk in B mode…You cannot make a PushTalk call from Number B/Address B while using 2in1. Switch to A Mode or Dual Mode, or make a PushTalk call from Number A/Address A. (See page 442)Unable to use this function…The function cannot be operated with the inserted UIM.Unsupported contents exist…The data that the FOMA terminal does not support is contained.Updating program…The program of Music&Video Channel is updating, so you cannot download or play it back. Wait a while and try again.URL address is not validURL address is not valid (XXX)…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is discarded. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).Usage is currently restricted Try again later…When a Pake-hodai, Pake-hodai full or Pake-hodai double user communicates a large amount of data within a certain duration, the connection might be restricted for a certain duration. Wait a while and try again.Using mail folderCannot deleteUsing mail folderCannot downloadUsing mail folderCannot start…Corresponding software program is running. End the software program and try again. (See page 288)WWait for a while to retry…Currently, it is placed inactive. Wait a while and try again.Wrong PIN1 code…The entered PIN1 code is wrong. Enter the correct one. (See page 122)YYour HTTP version is not supported (XXX)…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or saved. The received data is discarded. A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).Error Message (U - Y)
513Appendix/TroubleshootingpMake sure that you have received a warranty card provided at purchase. After checking the contents of the warranty card as well as “Shop name and date of purchase”, keep the warranty card in a safe place. If you notice that necessary items of the warranty card are not filled in, immediately contact the shop where you purchased the FOMA terminal. The term of the warranty is one year from the date of purchase.pAll or part of this product including the accessories may be modified for improvement without notice.pData stored in the Phonebook and others might be changed or lost owing to a malfunction, repairs, or other mishandling of your FOMA terminal. You are advised to take a note of Phonebook entries and other files in preparation for such incidents. After we repair your FOMA terminal, we cannot move, with some exceptions, the information downloaded by using i-mode or i-αppli to your repaired FOMA terminal because of the copyright law.※The FOMA terminal enables you to save Phonebook entries, i-motion files, or data files used for i-αppli to the microSD card.※You can use Data Security Service (pay service that is available on a subscription basis) to save the data files such as Phonebook entries from the FOMA terminal to the Data Storage Center. ※If you have a personal computer, you can transfer and save the data files from the Phonebook to your personal computer by using the DOCOMO keitai datalink (see page 463) via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or FOMA USB Cable (option).Warranty and After-sales ServicesWarranty ◎When there is a problem with the FOMA terminalBefore asking repairs, check “Troubleshooting” in this manual.If the problem remains unsolved, contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual for malfunction and consult them.◎When repairs are necessitated as a result of consultation:Bring your FOMA terminal to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO. Note that your FOMA terminal is accepted for repair during the repair counter’s business hours. Also, make sure that you will bring the warranty card with you to the counter. Further, note that you may need to wait for fixing depending on the malfunction state.■In warranty period・Your FOMA terminal is repaired charge free in accordance with the terms of warranty.・Make sure that you bring the warranty card to the counter for the repair. If you do not show the warranty card, or when troubles or malfunctions are regarded to be caused by your mishandling, the repair cost is charged even within the warranty period.・The cost for troubles caused by the use of devices and consumables other than those specified by DOCOMO is charged even within the warranty period.・For the damages of liquid crystal display, connector, etc. after purchase, the repair cost is charged.■Repairs may not be performed in the following cases:・When exposure to water is found at our repair counter (Example: When the waterproof sticker reacts)・When, as a result of inspection at our repair center, corrosion is found due to exposure to water, dew condensation, or sweat, or when damage or deformation is found in the circuit board [Repairs might not be carried out when damage to the connector terminal (earphone/microphone terminal) or LCD, or cracks in the body are found.]※Even if repair is feasible, it is not covered by the warranty, so that repair cost is charged.■After the warranty periodWe will repair your FOMA terminal on request (charges will apply).■Spare parts availability periodThe minimum storage period of the performance spare parts (parts required for maintaining performance) for the FOMA terminal is basically six years after the closure of its production. Note, however, that your FOMA terminal might not be repaired depending on the troubled portions because of shortage of the spare parts. Even after the storage period, some FOMA terminals can be repaired depending on the troubled portions. Contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual.After-sales Services
514Appendix/Troubleshooting◎Other points to notepMake sure not to modify the FOMA terminal or its accessories.・Catching fire, giving injury, or causing malfunctions may result.・For the repair of devices that the modification is applied to, we accept it if you agree to have the modification reset. Further, we might reject to repair depending on the conditions of the modification. The following might be regarded as modifications: ・To put stickers, etc. onto the liquid crystal display or keys・To decorate the FOMA terminal using adhesives・To replace the coverings etc. with those of other than DOCOMO genuine products・Repairs of troubles or malfunctions resulting from the modifications are charged even within the warranty period.pDo not peel the nameplate off the FOMA terminal. The nameplate is a certificate for ensuring the technological standard. If someone intentionally peel off the nameplate or replace it, the contents described in the nameplate cannot be checked, as we cannot verify the conformity of the product to the technical standard. Note that we may refuse repair for some malfunctions in this case.pThe information such as function settings and Total Calls Duration, etc. might be reset depending on troubles or repairs, or the way you handle the FOMA terminal. Set the settings again.pThe parts generating magnetism are used in the following portions of the FOMA terminal. Note that if you place a magnetism-sensitive object such as a cash card near the FOMA terminal, the card might become unusable.Portions: speaker, earpiecepIf the FOMA terminal gets wet or becomes moist, immediately turn off the power and remove the battery pack; then visit a repair counter. The FOMA terminal may not be repaired depending on its condition.◎Memory dial (Phonebook function) and downloaded information・It is recommended to take a note of the information you have stored in the FOMA terminal and keep it in a safe place. We are not responsible for any change in or loss of information.・When replacing or repairing your FOMA terminal, the data you created, obtained from external devices, or downloaded may be changed or lost. We do not take any responsibility for the loss or change incurred to the data. We may replace your FOMA terminal with a fungible one instead of repairing, for our convenience sake. Only at the time of repair, we move the files from your FOMA terminal including the images and ring melodies downloaded to your FOMA terminal or the files you created. (We cannot move some files. Also, some files might not be movable depending on the degree of malfunction.)※It may take a while to move files, or it might occur that moving files is not possible depending on the memory size of the files stored in the FOMA terminal. You can check on your FOMA terminal whether sending/receiving mail messages, downloading images/melodies, and others are normally working.pTo connect to “ｉモード故障診断サイト (i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site)” [in Japanese only]i-mode site: iMenu→お知らせ (News)→サービス・機能 (Services & Functions)→ｉモード (i-mode)→ｉモード故障診断 (i-mode Fault Diagnosis)pA packet communication fee for connecting to the i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site is free. (When you access it from overseas, you are charged the fee.)pThe test items differ by model of FOMA terminals. Further the test items might be changed.pWhen you check operations of your FOMA terminal according to each test item, read the cautions on the site thoroughly and then perform the test.pWhen you connect to the i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site and test on sending mail messages, the proper information about your FOMA terminal (model name, mail address, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (i-mode Fault Diagnosis Server). We never use the sent information for other purposes than for the i-mode fault diagnosis.pWhen you think your FOMA terminal is in trouble as a result of your check, contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual.i-mode Fault Diagnosis SiteTop display Test Menu listQR code for accessing the site
515Appendix/TroubleshootingThis function is to check whether you need to update software programs in the FOMA terminal by connecting to the network, and if necessary, you can download some parts of software programs using packet communication, and can update the software programs.You can update software programs that are essential for operating the FOMA terminal to enhance its functionality and operability. ※You are not charged a packet communication fee for updating software programs.If you need to update the software programs, the DOCOMO website and “お客様サポート (User support)” in Japanese iMenu let you know about it.“Auto-update”, “Update Now” and “Reserve Update” are available for updating software programs.【Auto-update】: Automatically downloads new software programs, and updates at the time you specified beforehand.【Update Now】: If you want to, immediately update.【Reserve Update】: Reserve the date and time for updating software programs, and they are automatically updated at the reserved date and time.pDo not remove the battery pack while updating software programs. You may fail to update.pYou can update software programs with the Phonebook entries, images shot by the camera, or downloaded data retained in the FOMA terminal; however note that data may not be protected depending on the conditions (such as malfunction, damage, or drench) your FOMA terminal is placed in. You are advised to backup important data. Note that some data such as downloaded ones might not be backed up.<Software Update>Updating Software■Before Using Software UpdatepYou can update software programs even when you set “Access point setting” to a user designated destination.pFully charge the battery before updating software programs.pYou cannot update software programs in the following cases:・When the FOMA terminal is off ・When date and time are not set・During a call ・Out of the service area・During PIN1 code lock ・During Omakase Lock・During Self Mode ・While using other functions・When the UIM is not inserted・While connecting to external devices such as a personal computerpIt may take time to update (download or rewrite) software programs.pYou cannot make/receive calls, use communication functions, and use other functions while updating software programs. (You can receive voice calls, forward calls or operate Record Message during download.)pWhen updating, the FOMA terminal is connected to the server (DOCOMO site) using SSL/TLS communication. You need to validate the SSL/TLS certificate. (Setting at purchase: Valid See page 213 for how to set.)pIt is recommended to update software programs when radio wave is strong enough with the three antennas displayed and while you are not moving.※If radio wave conditions get worse while downloading software programs, or download is suspended, move to a place with good radio wave conditions and try again to update software programs.pIf you check Software Update with the software programs already updated, the message “No update is needed Please continue to use as before” is displayed.pWhen “Receive option setting” is set to “ON” and mail comes in during software update, the display for notifying you of the arrival of mail may not be displayed after software update is completed.pWhen updating software programs, the proper information about your FOMA terminal (model name or serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (DOCOMO-managed server for Software Update). We at DOCOMO never use the sent information for other purposes than for updating software programs.pIf you fail to update software programs, “Rewrite failed” is displayed and you cannot do all the operations. In that case, you are kindly requested to come to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO.pYou cannot use Software Update overseas.
516Appendix/TroubleshootingYou can download new software programs automatically, then the updating is operated at the time you specified beforehand.When the rewriting state is ready, the “Rewrite notification” icon appears. Then you can confirm the rewrite time and select whether to change the rewrite time or rewrite the program immediately.When a rewrite time comes with the “Rewrite notification” icon displayed, rewriting is automatically carried out and the “Rewrite notification” icon is erased.pYou cannot change “Set auto-update” when the notification icon of software update is displayed on the Stand-by display. In that case, select the notification icon, and clear that icon without confirming whether the software update is required. You are then able to change “Set auto-update”.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsSoftware updateEnter your Terminal Security CodeSet auto-updateUpdate Software Programs Automatically <Set Auto-update>Set Date and Time of Updating1Select the “Rewrite notification” icon on the Stand-by display, and select “OK”, “Change time” or “Now rewrite”.pThe “Rewrite notification” icon notifies you that rewriting starts at the set time.2Select “OK”.pAfter you select it, the Stand-by display returns, and then rewriting starts at the set time.pWhen you select “Change time”, you can set the time and day of the week for rewriting.pSee “Update Software Now (Update Now)” on page 518 for the operation when you select “Now rewrite”.pThe “Rewrite notification” icon is cleared when you check it.When Update is NeededSelect the Rewrite notification icon.Rewrite notification icon
517Appendix/TroubleshootingIf you select “Only notification” of “Set auto-update”, “Update notification icon” notifies you when software update is necessary.You can start Software Update by selecting “Update notification icon”, or from the Menu display.1Select “Update notification icon” on the Stand-by display.pIf you select “No”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to delete the notification icon.p“Update notification icon” appears in the following cases:・When notification is provided by DOCOMO・When “Update is needed” is displayed in step 3・When you fail to update software programs during updating in Reserve Update・When you cancel the reservation for the software update2Check whether the software programs need to be updated.pYou can answer voice calls during check.Start Software UpdateStart Software Update by Selecting “Update notification icon”3When updating is not necessary, “No update is needed” is displayed. Use the FOMA terminal as it is. When updating is necessary, “Update is needed” is displayed. You can select either “Now update” or “Reserve”.1mSet./ServiceOther settingsSoftware updateEnter your TerminalSecurity CodeUpdate2Go to step 2 of [Start Software Update by Selecting “Update notification icon”] on page 517.Software Update display※When updating is not necessary※The display for when the software update is unavailable because of the server congestion. (Wait for a while and then start the software update again.)Start Software Update from Menu
518Appendix/Troubleshooting1When you select “Now update”, “Start download” is displayed and downloading starts after a while. (Select “OK” to start downloading right now.)pYou can answer voice calls during download.pIf you cancel downloading midway, the data downloaded up to that point is deleted.pOnce downloading starts, updating proceeds automatically; you do not need to select menu items.2When downloading is completed, rewriting the software programs starts. (Select “OK” to start rewriting right now.) When rewriting is completed, your FOMA terminal automatically restarts.pIt may take a while to start rewriting.pYou cannot even answer calls while rewriting.※While rewriting the software programs, all key operations are disabled. You cannot even stop updating.Also, charging temporarily stops even if the AC adapter (option) is connected.Update Software Now (Update Now) 3After confirming the update completion, select “OK”.pIf you do not select “OK” at the update completion, the “Rewrite completion” icon indicating the update is completed appears on the Stand-by display. It is cleared when you check it.When downloading takes time or the server is busy, you can set in advance the date and time for starting the software update by communicating with the server.1Select “Reserve” from the Software Update display.The date and time which can be reserved are displayed.pThe server’s time table appears for the software update reservation.When you select “Others”After communicating with the server, you can select the date and time you want. The availability of each time zone is displayed on the time selection display as follows:○: Available, △: Almost full, ×: Not availableWhen you select one time zone you want, you can communicate with the server again to display candidates for reserving time.Reserve Date and Time for Updating Software (Reserve Update)
519Appendix/Troubleshooting2Confirm the date and time you selected. Select “YES”. Your FOMA terminal communicates with the server again and then the reservation is completed.The display on the right appears and about five seconds later the software update starts automatically. Before the reserved time, fully charge the battery pack, place the FOMA terminal with the Stand-by display shown in a place within reach of radio wave.When the reserved time comesInformationpNote that updating may not start even when the reserved time arrives if you are using another function.pThe software update may not be started if an alarm is activated.pIf you execute “Initialize” on page 139 after completing the reservation, the software update does not start even when the reserved time arrives. Make a reservation for the software update again.Select “Software update” from the setting menu, then enter your Terminal Security Code and select “Update”; then you can confirm the reserved time.You can change or cancel the reserved date and time from the display for checking reservation. To change, select “Change”. To cancel, select “Cancel”.If you select “Cancel” from each display, the display for ending the operation appears.Select “YES”; then the software update ends and the Stand-by display returns. To return to the previous display, select “NO”.Check, Change, or Cancel the Reserved Date and TimeEnd Software UpdateInformationpIf the battery becomes low during operation, the software rewriting is not done and the operation ends.
520Appendix/TroubleshootingRegarding data and programs downloaded or obtained from sites, i-mode mail messages or SMS messages to the FOMA terminal, you can detect data that might cause failure, can delete it, and can stop starting an application program.pUse the pattern data for checking. Update the pattern data, because it is upgraded each time new trouble is found. (See page 520)pThe scan function is for filtering out the data that causes failure to mobile phones at the time of browsing websites or receiving mail messages. Note that this function works only when the pattern data for each failure has been downloaded to your mobile phone and when the pattern data for each failure is found.pThe data contained in the pattern data varies depending on the mobile phone model. Therefore, note that we may stop distributing the pattern data to mobile phones that have been on the market for three years or more.If you set “Scan” to “Valid”, data or a program can be automatically checked when you try to run it.In addition, if you set “Message scan” to “Valid”, a received SMS message can be automatically checked when you display it.1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning functionSet scanSelect an item.Scan . . . . . . . . . . . Sets whether to run the scanning function.Message scan . . . Sets whether to run the scanning function when displaying an SMS message.pWhile “Scan” is set to “Invalid”, you cannot set “Message scan”.<Scanning Function>Protecting FOMA Terminal from Harmful DataFirst of all, update the pattern data to make it the latest.Set Scanning Function <Set Scan>2Valid or InvalidYESpWhen the scan function is set, an alert is shown by five levels if data that might cause failure is detected. (See page 521)1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning functionUpdateYESYESpTo cancel during i-mode connection, select “Cancel”.2OKpWhen pattern data update is not necessary, “Pattern definitions are up-to-date” is displayed. Use the pattern data as it is.InformationpThe scanning is not available for the SMS message which notifies you of incoming calls for Voice Mail Service.Update Pattern Data <Update>InformationpWhen updating the pattern data, the proper information about your FOMA terminal (model name, serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (DOCOMO-managed server for the scanning function). We at DOCOMO never use the sent information for other purposes than for the scanning function.pSet the date (year/month/date) for the FOMA terminal correctly in advance.pThe pattern data is not updated in the following cases:・When the date/time is not set ・During a call ・Out of the service area・When the UIM is not inserted ・During Lock All・While another function is working・When connecting to external devices such as personal computers・While Self Mode is activatedpIf you cancel downloading midway, the data downloaded up to that point is deleted.
521Appendix/TroubleshootingYou can set whether to update the pattern data inside your FOMA terminal when the pattern data is created anew.1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning functionSet auto-updateON or OFF2YESOKpWhen you select “ON” in step 1, the confirmation display appears telling that your mobile phone information is sent at auto-update.pTo cancel during i-mode connection, select “Cancel”.■About the display for scanned problem elementsA warning display appears when problematic data is found. Select “Detail” from the warning display to show the name of the problem element.pWhen six or more problem elements are found, the sixth and later problem element names are omitted.p“Detail” might not appear depending on the detected problem element.Update Pattern Data Automatically <Set Auto-update>InformationpWhen setting auto-update or updating automatically, the proper information about your FOMA terminal (model name, serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (DOCOMO-managed server for the scanning function). We at DOCOMO never use the sent information for other purposes than for the scanning function.pWhen auto-update is completed, the notification icon of “ ” (Update completed) appears on the desktop. If it is failed, “ ” (Pattern update failed) appears. Select “ ” to display the update result.Displays for Scanning Result■The displays for scanning resultpThe alert displays for when displaying i-mode mail messages or SMS messages may differ from the ones above.1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning functionVersionAlert level 0 Alert level 1 Alert level 2OK..... Continues the operation.YES ....Stops and ends the operation.NO .....Continues the operation.OK .... Stops and ends the operation.Alert level 3 Alert level 4YES.....Deletes the data and ends the operation.NO ......Stops and ends the operation.OK .... Deletes the data and ends the operation.Check Pattern Data Version <Version>
522Appendix/Troubleshooting■HandsetMain SpecificationsModel P-08ADimensions (when closed)Height: Approx. 112 mmWidth: Approx. 50 mmDepth: Approx. 17.9 mm (at thickest point: Approx. 19.7 mm)Weight (with the battery pack attached)Approx. 136 gContinuous standby timeFOMA/3G3G/GSM setting [3G]In motion: Approx. 390 hours3G/GSM setting [Auto]Standstill: Approx. 620 hoursIn motion: Approx. 370 hoursGSM 3G/GSM setting [Auto]Standstill: Approx. 270 hoursContinuous talk timeFOMA/3G Voice call: Approx. 200 minutesVideophone call: Approx. 110 minutesGSM Voice call: Approx. 260 minutes1Seg watching time Approx. 220 minutes(when Mobile W-Speed is OFF: Approx. 270 minutes)(in ECO Mode: Approx. 380 minutes)Charging time AC adapter: Approx. 120 minutesDC adapter: Approx. 120 minutesLCD Type TFT 262,144 colorsSize Approx. 3.1 inchesNumber of pixels 409,920 pixels (480 dots x 854 dots)Image pickupdeviceType Inside camera: CMOSOutside camera: CMOSSize Inside camera: 1/10.0 inchesOutside camera: 1/3.2 inchesCamera Number of effective pixelsInside camera: Approx. 330,000 pixelsOutside camera: Approx. 8,100,000 pixelsNumber of recording pixels (maximum)Inside camera: Approx. 310,000 pixelsOutside camera: Approx. 8,000,000 pixels※1: Image size: Sub-QCIF (128 x 96), Image quality: Normal, File size: 10 Kbytes※2: The continuous playback time is the estimated duration that you can play back using the Stereo Earphone Set 01 (option) with the FOMA terminal closed.※3: File format: AAC※4: Shares with still images, i-motion files, melodies, PDF files, Music&Video Channel programs, Kisekae Tool files, Machi-chara images, ToruCa files, and i-αppli programs.■Battery packRecordingNumber of recordable still images※1Approx. 2,400 max. (default)Approx. 3,500 max. (when the deletable pre-installed data files are deleted)Number of still images for continuous shootingVGA: 4 QVGA: 5 through 10QCIF: 5 through 20 Sub-QCIF: 5 through 20Music playbackContinuous playback time※2SD-Audio file (supports Play Background): Approx. 6,500 minutes※3Chaku-uta Full® music file (supports Play Background): Approx. 6,000 minutes※3i-motion file (including Chaku-uta® music file): Approx. 1260 minutes※3WMA file (supports Play Background): Approx. 4,800 minutesMusic&Video Channel program (supports Play Background)Sound: Approx. 6,000 minutesMoving picture: Approx. 240 minutesMemory capacityChaku-uta®Approx. 250 Mbytes※4Chaku-uta Full®Name of product Battery Pack P19Battery type Li-ion (lithium ion) batteryVoltage 3.7 VCapacity 800 mAh
523Appendix/TroubleshootingThe number of files that can be saved varies depending on shooting environments.※The number of files that can be saved to the FOMA terminal and microSD card has limit.■The number of files that can be saved to P-08ApThe values are the number of files you can save after deleting the deletable pre-installed data files.Specifications for Still Image ShootingFile format JPEGCompression format Baseline formatExtension jpgTitle/File name Automatically set according to the date and time the image was saved and the number of shot frames (when the 1st frame was shot at 10:00 on November 18, 2009)Title“2009/11/18 10:00”File name“2009111810000000” (Store in: Phone)“P1000001” (Store in: microSD)Maximum file size 2.8 MbytesMail attachment/Output Can be attached to mail or output from the FOMA terminal by using the microSD card.Memory capacity Approx. 250 Mbytes (Phone)Estimate of the number of storable still imagesImage qualityImage sizeSuper fine(Approx.)Fine(Approx.)Normal(Approx.)8M (2448 x 3264) 93 130 1636M Wide (1836 x 3264) 130 163 2175M (1944 x 2592) 145 201 2603M (1536 x 2048) 260 323 3672M Wide (1080 x 1920) 372 516 6402M (1200 x 1600) 372 516 640Stand-by (480 x 854) 1,684 2,285 2,909VGA (480 x 640) 2,461 2,909 3,500QVGA (240 x 320) 3,500 3,500 3,500QCIF (144 x 176) 3,500 3,500 3,500Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) 3,500 3,500 3,500■The number of files that can be saved to the microSD card (64 Mbytes)Image qualityImage sizeSuper fine(Approx.)Fine(Approx.)Normal(Approx.)8M (2448 x 3264) 22 31 396M Wide (1836 x 3264) 31 39 525M (1944 x 2592) 35 48 623M (1536 x 2048) 62 77 872M Wide (1080 x 1920) 90 124 1542M (1200 x 1600) 90 124 154Stand-by (480 x 854) 387 552 645VGA (480 x 640) 552 645 774QVGA (240 x 320) 1,290 1,290 1,935QCIF (144 x 176) 1,935 1,935 3,870Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) 3,870 3,870 3,870Specifications for Moving Picture ShootingFile format MP4, ASF (When “File size setting” is set to “Long time”.)Coding system Video: MPEG4 Voice: AMR, G.726Extension 3gp, asfTitle/File name Automatically set according to the date and time the image was recorded (when shot at 10:00 on November 18, 2009)Title“2009/11/18 10:00”File name“200911181000” (Store in: Phone)“MOL001” (Store in: microSD)Maximum file size 2 Mbytes (Store in: Phone)Can be limited to the size which can be attached to i-motion mail when shooting. (See page 237)Mail attachment/Output Can be attached to mail or output from the FOMA terminal by using the microSD card.Memory capacity Approx. 250 Mbytes (Phone)
524Appendix/TroubleshootingThe recordable time varies depending on shooting environments. Take reference to the recordable time and memory capacity which appear on the Finder display as well.■Recordable time to P-08A (See “Voice” for the recordable time of Voice Recorder.)pThe values are the recordable time after deleting the deletable pre-installed data files.Estimate of recordable timeImage size File size setting Movie type setRecordable time per recording (Approx.) Total recordable time (Approx.)Image quality Image qualitySuper fine Fine Normal Super fine Fine NormalVGA (640 x 480)Mail restriction (S)Normal 2 sec 4 sec 8 sec 15 min 31 min 60 minVideo 2 sec 4 sec 8 sec 15 min 31 min 61 minVoice 305 sec 2,581 minMail restriction (L)Normal 8 sec 16 sec 30 sec 15 min 31 min 60 minVideo 8 sec 16 sec 30 sec 15 min 31 min 61 minVoice 20 min 2,581 minHVGA Wide(640 x 352)Mail restriction (S)Normal 3 sec 5 sec 10 sec 20 min 40 min 80 minVideo 3 sec 5 sec 10 sec 21 min 41 min 82 minVoice 305 sec 2,581 minMail restriction (L)Normal 11 sec 20 sec 40 sec 20 min 40 min 80 minVideo 11 sec 20 sec 40 sec 21 min 41 min 82 minVoice 20 min 2,581 minQVGA(320 x 240)Mail restriction (S)Normal 4 sec 5 sec 15 sec 31 min 40 min 120 minVideo 4 sec 5 sec 15 sec 31 min 41 min 123 minVoice 305 sec 2,581 minMail restriction (L)Normal 16 sec 20 sec 59 sec 31 min 40 min 120 minVideo 16 sec 20 sec 60 sec 31 min 41 min 123 minVoice 20 min 2,581 minQCIF(176 x 144)Mail restriction (S)Normal 10 sec 35 sec 69 sec 79 min 291 min 576 minVideo 10 sec 39 sec 78 sec 82 min 328 min 656 minVoice 305 sec 2,581 minMail restriction (L)Normal 39 sec 141 sec 279 sec 79 min 291 min 576 minVideo 40 sec 159 sec 318 sec 82 min 328 min 656 minVoice 20 min 2,581 minSub-QCIF(128 x 96)Mail restriction (S)Normal 19 sec 62 sec 122 sec 154 min 523 min 1,026 minVideo 20 sec 78 sec 156 sec 164 min 656 min 1,313 minVoice 305 sec 2,581 minMail restriction (L)Normal 75 sec 254 sec 497 sec 154 min 523 min 1,026 minVideo 80 sec 318 sec 10 min 164 min 656 min 1,313 minVoice 20 min 2,581 min
525Appendix/Troubleshooting■Recordable time to microSD card (64 Mbytes) (See “Voice” for the recordable time of Voice Recorder.)Image size File size setting Movie type setRecordable time per recording (Approx.) Total recordable time (Approx.)Image quality Image qualitySuper fine Fine Normal Super fine Fine NormalVGA(640 x 480)Long timeNormal 227 sec 447 sec 14 min 227 sec 447 sec 14 minVideo 231 sec 462 sec 15 min 231 sec 462 sec 15 minVoice 180 min 624 minHVGA Wide(640 x 352)Normal 302 sec 577 sec 18 min 302 sec 577 sec 18 minVideo 308 sec 10 min 20 min 308 sec 10 min 20 minVoice 180 min 624 minQVGA(320 x 240)Normal 447 sec 577 sec 26 min 447 sec 577 sec 26 minVideo 462 sec 10 min 30 min 462 sec 10 min 30 minVoice 180 min 624 minQCIF(176 x 144)Normal 18 min 60 min 96 min 18 min 60 min 96 minVideo 20 min 80 min 160 min 20 min 80 min 160 minVoice 180 min 624 minSub-QCIF(128 x 96)Normal 34 min 96 min 137 min 34 min 96 min 137 minVideo 40 min 160 min 180 min 40 min 160 min 320 minVoice 180 min 624 min
526Appendix/TroubleshootingNumber of Savable/Registerable/Protectable Items in FOMA TerminalFunctionNumber of savable/registerable items<Number of protectable items>Reference pagePhonebook 1,000※1881Seg TVlink 50 255TV timer 100 257Timer recording 100 258Schedule Schedule 2,500※2397Holiday 100※3398ToDo 100 401Text memo 20 408Mail(total of SMS messages and i-mode mail messages)Received mail 2,500 max. ※3, ※4, ※5, ※6<2,500 max. ※4>158Sent mail 1,000 max. ※4, ※6, ※7<1,000 max. ※4>159Draft mail※820 max. ※4160User created folder (Inbox) 22 164User created folder (Outbox) 22 164Area mail 30 158Template Deco-mail 100 max. ※3, ※4150Decome-Anime 100 max. ※3, ※4151Message Message R 100 max. ※4<50 max. ※4>177Message F 100 max. ※4<50 max. ※4>177Bookmark Bookmark 600 200Bookmark folder 40 (incl. “Bookmark”) 200Screen memo(i-mode Browser)Screen memo 300 max. ※4<150 max. ※4>201Screen memo folder 40 (incl. “Screen memo”) 202※1: Up to 50 Phonebook entries can be stored on the UIM.※2: Includes i-schedule events.※3: Includes pre-installed data.※4: The number of savable, registerable, or protectable items may decrease depending on the data volume.※5: Includes mail in the “Chat” folder, “Trash box” folder and the i-αppli mail folder.※6: In addition, a total of 20 received and sent SMS messages can be saved to the UIM. (See page 409)※7: Includes mail in the “Chat” folder and the i-αppli mail folder.※8: Can save unsent mail you are composing.※9: Among pre-installed data files, only the Deco-mail pictograms, Deco-mail pictures, PDF files, Kisekae Tool files, and Machi-chara images are included as the savable/registerable items.※10: Still images, i-motion files, melodies, PDF files, music files, Music&Video Channel programs, Kisekae Tool files, Machi-chara images, ToruCa files, and i-αppli programs share the number of savable/registerable items and memory space.Screen memo(Full Browser)Screen memo 300 max. ※4<150 max. ※4>201Screen memo folder 40 (incl. “Screen memo”) 202Still image 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 334User created folder 20 372i-motion file 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 342User created folder 19 372Melody 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 356User created folder 20 372Chara-den 3※3353PDF file 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 381Music&Video ChannelDownloaded program 2268Saved program 10 max. ※4, ※10 268Kisekae Tool 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 359Machi-chara 3,500 max. ※4, ※9, ※10 355ToruCa 495 max. ※4, ※10 312User created folder 20 314i-αppli 100 max. ※4, ※10 286Mail-linked i-αppli 5 286FunctionNumber of savable/registerable items<Number of protectable items>Reference page
527Appendix/TroubleshootingThis model phone P-08A meets the MIC’s* technical regulation for exposure to radio waves.The technical regulation established permitted levels of radio frequency energy, based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies.The regulation employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit is 2 watts/kilogram (W/kg)** averaged over ten grams of tissue. The limit includes a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The value of the limit is equal to the international guidelines recommended by ICNIRP***.All phone models should be confirmed to comply with the regulation, before they are available for sale to the public. The highest SAR value for this model phone is 0.472 W/kg. It was taken by the Telecom Engineering Center (TELEC), a Registered Certification Agency on the Radio Law. The test for SAR was conducted in accordance with the MIC testing procedure using standard operating positions with the phone transmitting at its highest permitted power level in all tested frequency bands. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the MIC’s technical regulation. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR of the phone during operation can be well below the maximum value.For further information about SAR, please see the following websites:* Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications** The technical regulation is provided in Article 14-2 of the Ministry Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment.*** International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation ProtectionSpecific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile PhoneSAR Certification InformationWorld Health Organization (WHO): http://www.who.int/peh-emf/ICNIRP: http://www.icnirp.de/MIC: http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/body/index.htmTELEC: http://www.telec.or.jp/ENG/Index_e.htmNTT DOCOMO: http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/product/Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.: http://panasonic.jp/mobile/ (In Japanese only)This mobile phone complies with the EU requirements for exposure to radio waves.Your mobile phone is a radio transceiver, designed and manufactured not to exceed the SAR* limits** for exposure to radio-frequency (RF) energy, which SAR* value, when tested for compliance against the standard was 0.369 W/kg. While there may be differences between the SAR* levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet*** the EU requirements for RF exposure.* The exposure standard for mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR.** The SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg) averaged over ten grams of tissue, recommended by The Council of the European Union. The limit incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.*** Tests for SAR have been conducted using standard operating positions with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a base station antenna, the lower the power output.※The European RTTE approval of this product is limited to the use of the P-08A handset, Battery Pack and FOMA AC Adapter for Global use (100 to 240 V AC) only. Other accessories are not part of the approval.pThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.Operation is subject to the following two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.pChanges or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.European RF Exposure InformationDeclaration of ConformityThe product “P-08A” is declared to conform with the essential requirements of European Union Directive 1999/5/EC Radio and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.2. The Declaration of Conformity can be found on http://panasonic.net/pmc/support/index.html.FCC Notice
528Appendix/TroubleshootingTHIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE U.S. GOVERNMENT’S REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.Your wireless phone contains a radio transmitter and receiver. Your phone is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies.The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the output.Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the limit established by the U.S. government-adopted requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed on position and locations (for example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by FCC for each model. The highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at the ear is 0.446 W/kg, and when worn on the body, is 0.539 W/kg. (Body-worn measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and FCC requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all meet the U.S. government requirement.The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/ after search on FCC ID UCE208015A.For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with an accessory designated for this product or when used with an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the handset a minimum of 1.5 cm from the body.* In the United States, the SAR limit for wireless mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. SAR values may vary depending upon national reporting requirements and the network band.FCC RF Exposure InformationAIRCRAFTSwitch off your wireless device when boarding an aircraft or whenever you are instructed to do so by airline staff. If your device offers a ‘flight mode’ or similar feature consult airline staff as to whether it can be used on board.DRIVINGFull attention should be given to driving at all times and local laws and regulations restricting the use of wireless devices while driving must be observed.HOSPITALSMobile phones should be switched off wherever you are requested to do so in hospitals, clinics or health care facilities. These requests are designed to prevent possible interference with sensitive medical equipment.PETROL STATIONSObey all posted signs with respect to the use of wireless devices or other radio equipment in locations with flammable material and chemicals. Switch off your wireless device whenever you are instructed to do so by authorized staff.INTERFERENCECare must be taken when using the phone in close proximity to personal medical devices, such as pacemakers and hearing aids.PacemakersPacemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 15 cm be maintained between a mobile phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. To achieve this use the phone on the opposite ear to your pacemaker and do not carry it in a breast pocket.Hearing AidsSome digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such interference, you may want to consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives.For other Medical Devices:Please consult your physician and the device manufacturer to determine if operation of your phone may interfere with the operation of your medical device.This product and its accessories might be covered by the Japan Export Administration Regulations (“Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law” and its related laws). To export this product and its accessories, take the required measures on your responsibility and at your expenses. For details on the procedures, contact the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry. Important Safety InformationExport Administration Regulations
529Appendix/TroubleshootingYou have no right to copy, modify, or distribute the contents such as text, images, music, or software programs downloaded from websites on the Internet, or images shot by the cameras of this product without permission from the copyright holder except for when the copy or quote is for personal use that is allowed by the copyright law.Note that it may be prohibited to shoot or record live performances or exhibitions even for personal use. Make sure that you refrain from shooting portraits of other persons and distributing such portraits over the Internet without consent, as this violates portrait rights.p“FOMA”, “mova”, “PushTalk”, “PushTalkPlus”, “i-mode”, “i-αppli”, “i-αppliDX”, “i-motion”, “Deco-mail”, “Chaku-motion”, “Chara-den”, “ToruCa”, “mopera”, “mopera U”, “WORLD CALL”, “Dual Network”, “FirstPass”, “visualnet”, “V-live”, “i-Channel”, “DCMX”, “iD”, “Security Scan”, “i-motion mail”, “i-area”, “Short Mail”, “WORLD WING”, “Public mode”, “DoPa”, “sigmarion”, “musea”, “IMCS”, “OFFICEED”, “2in1”, “docomo STYLE series”, and the logos of “FOMA”, “i-mode”, “i-αppli”, “DCMX”, “iC”, “iD”, “Music&Video Channel”, and “HIGH-SPEED” are trademarks or registered trademarks of NTT DOCOMO, INC.p“Chizu Talk” is a trademark of ZENRIN DataCom CO., LTD.p“Catch Phone (Call waiting service)” is a registered trademark of Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation.pFree Dial logo mark is a registered trademark of NTT Communications Corporation.pMcAfee® is registered trademarks or trademarks of McAfee, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the US and/or other countries.pG-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE and their logos are registered trademarks in Japan of U.S. Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. and/or its affiliates.pQuickTime is a registered trademark of Apple Inc., in the US and other countries.pNAVIDIAL and NAVIDIAL logo mark are trademarks of NTT Communications Corporation.pMicrosoft®, Windows®, and Windows Vista® are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.Intellectual Property RightCopyrights and Portrait RightsTrademarkspWindows Media® is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.pPowered by JBlend™ Copyright 2002-2009 Aplix Corporation. All rights reserved.JBlend and JBlend-related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in Japan and other countries.pf is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc.pmicroSDHC logo is a trademark.p“Multitask” is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation.p“Speed selector” is a registered trademark of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.pQR code is a registered trademark of Denso Wave Inc.p使いかたナビ® is a registered trademark of CANNAC, Inc.p“VIERA®” is a registered trademark of Panasonic Corporation.pJava and all Java based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.pPowered by Mascot Capsule®/Micro3D Edition™Mascot Capsule® is a trademark of HI CORPORATION.pOKAO Vision is used for multiple face detection to improve camera AF. OKAO is a registered trademark or trademark of OMRON Corporation in JAPAN and other countries.pNapster is a registered trademark of Napster, LLC. and/or its affiliates in the US and/or other countries.pOther company names and product names described in the text are trademarks or registered trademarks of those companies.pThis product contains NetFront Browser and NetFront Sync Client of ACCESS CO., LTD. ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS CO., LTD. in the United States, Japan and other countries.Copyright © 2009 ACCESS CO., LTD. All rights reserved.pIrFront is a trademark or registered trademark of ACCESS CO., LTD. in Japan and other countries.The IrDA Feature Trademark is owned by the Infrared Data Association and used under license therefrom.pContains Adobe® Flash® Lite™ and Adobe Reader® LE technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated.Adobe Flash Lite Copyright © 2003-2008 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.Adobe Reader LE Copyright © 1993-2007 Adobe Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved. Adobe, Adobe Reader, Flash, and Flash Lite are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.Others
530Appendix/TroubleshootingpFeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation.pFeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.p“CROSS YOU” is a trademark of Sony Corporation.pGoogle and Google Map for Mobile are trademarks of Google Inc.pThis product contains software licensed complying with GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), etc.For more details, see “readme.txt” in the “GPL・LGPL等について” folder on the bundled CD-ROM. (“readme.txt” is only available in Japanese version.)piWnn of OMRON SOFTWARE Co., Ltd. is used for conversion methods for Japanese language.iWnn © OMRON SOFTWARE Co., LTD. 2008-2009 All Rights Reserved.p“Text Profiler” is trademark of OMRON Corporation.pThe Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by NTT DOCOMO, INC. is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.pThis product is loaded with Bluetooth™ Stack for Embedded Systems Spec 2.0 by Toshiba Corp.pMPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.pThis product is licensed under the MPEG-4 patent portfolio license, AVC patent portfolio license and VC-1 patent portfolio license for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer to(i) encode video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Visual Standard, AVC Standard and VC-1 Standard (“MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video”) and/or(ii) decode MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a licensed video provider licensed to provide MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video.No license is granted or implied for any other use.Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, L.L.C.See http://www.mpegla.com.pCopyright 2001 Seiko Epson Corporation. All Rights Reserved. PRINT Image Matching is a trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation. The PRINT Image Matching logo is a trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.pThis product is manufactured or sold under license from InterDigital Technology Corporation.pThis product uses GestureTek’s technology.Copyright © 2006-2009, GestureTek, Inc. All Rights Reserved.pThe abbreviations used for respective operating systems (Japanese version) in this manual are as shown below:Windows Vista is the abbreviation of Windows Vista® (Home Basic, Home Premium, Business, Enterprise, and Ultimate).Windows XP is the abbreviation of Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional operating system or Microsoft® Windows® XP Home Edition operating system.Windows 2000 is the abbreviation of Microsoft® Windows® 2000 Professional operating system.pThis product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation and third parties. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary and third parties.pThis product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary.pContent providers are using the digital rights management technology for Windows Media contained in this device (“WM-DRM”) to protect the integrity of their content (“Secure Content”) so that their intellectual property, including copyright, in such content is not misappropriated. This device uses WM-DRM Software to play Secure Content (“WM-DRM Software”). If the security of the WM-DRM Software in this device has been compromised, owners of Secure Content (“Secure Content Owners”) may request that Microsoft revoke the WM-DRM Software’s right to acquire new licenses to copy, display and/or play Secure Content. Revocation does not alter the WM-DRM Software’s ability to play unprotected content. A list of Revoked WM-DRM Software is sent to your device whenever you download a license for Secure Content from the Internet or from a PC. Microsoft may, in conjunction with such license, also download revocation lists onto your device on behalf of Secure Content Owners.
531MEMO
532MEMO
533MEMO
534MEMO
535MEMO
536MEMO
537MEMO
538
539Index/Quick ManualIndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540Quick Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
540Index/Quick Manual◆◇◆  A  ◆◇◆αBacklight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301AC adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Accept dialup devices . . . . . . . . . . .417Accept registered (Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .417Access point setting . . . . . . . . . . . .211Action list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72, 354Activate TV with alarm . . . . . . . . . .258Activate 1Seg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249Add desktop icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Add member (PushTalk). . . . . . . . . .81Add to a phonebook entry . . . . . . . .92Add to channel list . . . . . . . . . . . . .251Add to phonebook (Phone). . . . . 88, 92Add to phonebook (UIM) . . . . . .88, 92Additional service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448Additional guidance. . . . . . . . . . .448Address link function. . . . . . . . . . . .208After-sales services. . . . . . . . . . . . .513Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394Alarm setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403Answer setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Any key answer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Area mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Area mail settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180Arrival call act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439AT command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463Attach bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153Attach document files . . . . . . . . . . .153Attach i-motion files. . . . . . . . . . . . .152Attach melodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Attach PDF files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Attach phonebook entries . . . . . . . .152Attach pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152IndexHow to refer to IndexpThe Index contains the terms and terminologies summarizing the descriptive contents by sorting in alphabetical order. If you cannot find the term or terminology you want to know, search for it using a different term or terminology.<Example: To set the i-αppli Stand-by display using “Software setting” of i-αppli>Software setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Change melody/image. . . . . . . . . 290i-αppli call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Icon info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Location usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Map setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Network set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Program guide key. . . . . . . . . . . . 290Stand-by net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Stand-by set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Stand-by display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Stand-by set (i-αppli) . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Start! i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299iαppli settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301i-αppli stand-by display . . . . . . 109, 304i-αppli to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Attach schedule events . . . . . . . . . 152Attach SD other files . . . . . . . . . . . 153Attach ToDo items. . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Attach ToruCa files . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Attachment preference . . . . . . . . . 175Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 157Auto answer setting. . . . . . . . . . . . 412Auto answer setting (PushTalk) . . . 86Auto assist setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Auto channel setting . . . . . . . . . . . 248Auto color label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Auto power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394Auto reading ToruCa. . . . . . . . . . . 319Auto save set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Auto start info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Auto start setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Auto start time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Auto timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Auto voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Auto volume (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . 262Auto volume (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . 262Auto-display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Auto-sort (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Auto-sort (ToruCa) . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Auto-sort setting display . . . . . . . . 171Auto-start attachment . . . . . . . . . . 175AV output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386AV phone to function. . . . . . . . . . . 207Available services overseas . . . . . 450αVibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301◆◇◆  B  ◆◇◆Back cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 112Backup to microSD . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Bar code reader . . . . . . . . . . 241, 289Bar code reader list . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Basic package. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Battery level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Battery pack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Attaching/removing . . . . . . . . . . . 39Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Charging time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Usable time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Bluetooth function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412Bluetooth info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420Bluetooth power off . . . . . . . . . . . . 417Bluetooth settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419Bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Bookmark (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383Add bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Bookmark folder list. . . . . . . . . . . . 200Bookmark list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Brightness . . . . 74, 130, 237, 252, 340Broadcasting storage area . . . . . . 246◆◇◆  C  ◆◇◆Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 397Calendar display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398Call acceptance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Call barring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457Call/charging indicator. . . . . . . . . . . 23Call data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407Call forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . 436, 458Call rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 134Call setting without ID . . . . . . . . . . 135Call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434Answer an incoming call during a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434Continue the current call . . . . . . 435End a call to answer another call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435End a call to answer the held call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435Index (A - C)
541Index/Quick ManualEnd a held call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435Hold a call to make a new call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435Callback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 63Caller ID notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Caller ID request . . . . . . . . . . 438, 458Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Number of storable still images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .523Recordable time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524Specifications for moving picture shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523Specifications for still imageshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523Zoom specification . . . . . . . . . . . 234Camera menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 233Caption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Caption position in wide screen . . . 262Capture screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383Category list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Center host setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Certificate setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Chaku-moji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Chaku-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 111Chaku-uta full® music list . . . . . . . . 276Change action . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 354Change camera-mode . . . . . . . . . . 236Change character code . . . . . . . . . 198Change IC owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Change i-mode password . . . . . . . 192Change PIN1 code. . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Change PIN2 code. . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Change security code . . . . . . 123, 130Change size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Change to videophone call. . . . . 51, 64Change to voice call. . . . . . . . . . 51, 64Channel info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Channel list. . . . . . . . . . . 221, 248, 249Channel list display. . . . . . . . . . . . .249Channel setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248Chapter info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271Character entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422Bar code reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Candidate display . . . . . . . . . . . .426Change input mode. . . . . . . . . . .426Character set time. . . . . . . . . . . . 426Common phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . 425Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428Full pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425Half pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425Help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426Input time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426JUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426Kuten code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425Learned words . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429Own dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428Paste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428Pictograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425Predict. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424Quote own data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426Quote phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . .426Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425Undo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4252/NIKO-touch guide . . . . . . . . . . 426Character entry (edit) display . . . . .422Character input method . . . . . . . . .422Mode1 (5-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . .422Mode2 (2-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . .430Mode3 (NIKO-touch). . . . . . . . . .430Character stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Chara-den. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 353Chara-den display . . . . . . . . . . . . .353Chara-den information . . . . . . . . . . 354Chara-den list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353Chara-den player . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353Chara-den recording display. . . . . .354Chara-den setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Charge sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Charging terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Chat group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184Chat group address confirmationdisplay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184Chat group list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184Chat mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Chat mail display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182Chat member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Chat member list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Chat setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184Check box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36, 196Check IC owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312Check microSD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369Check new messages. . . . . . .155, 432Check new SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Check same ToruCa. . . . . . . . . . . .319Check settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420Check settings (i-αppli) . . . . . . . . . .301Check settings (i-mode) . . . . . . . . .211Check settings (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . .175Check TV settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . .263Clear max cost icon . . . . . . . . . . . .408Client authentication . . . . . . . . . . . .213CODE 128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241Color label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Color mode set . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 237Color theme setting. . . . . . . . . . . . .113Common phrase display . . . . . . . . .427Common phrase folder list . . . . . . .427Common phrase list . . . . . . . . . . . .427Common phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427Common replay mode . . . . . . . . . .238Connect to Bluetooth device . . . . . 415Connect to other devices . . . . . . . 462Connector terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Contents info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Continuous mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Continuous scroll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Continuous shooting . . . . . . . . . . . 230Cookie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Cookie setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428Copy to microSD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315, 317, 362, 364Copy to phone. . . . . . . . . . . 315, 317, 363, 365, 410Copy to UIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410Copyrights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 529Correct characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . 424Count characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422Country/area code. . . . . . . . . . 59, 452Create Decome-Anime display . . . 148Create learned word list . . . . . . . . 429Cut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428◆◇◆  D  ◆◇◆Data box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Data broadcasting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Data communication . . . . . . . . . . . 460Data list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361Data security service. . . . . . . . . . . 137Data transfer (OBEX™ communication). . . . . . . 460Data while editing . . . . . . . . . . 91, 424DC adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42DCMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Deco together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Deco-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Deco-mail pictogram . . . . . . . . . . . 332Deco-mail template list . . . . . . . . . 150Index (C - D)
542Index/Quick ManualDecome-Anime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Decome-Anime template list. . . . . . 151Delete attached file. . . . . . . . .153, 169Delete backup data. . . . . . . . . . . . .368Delete cookies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212Delete data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Delete from PushTalk phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Description (Bluetooth function) . . .416Desktop holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Desktop icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29, 30Desktop icon list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Detailed channel list display . . . . . .249Detailed chat group display . . . . . .184Detailed data display . . . . . . . . . . .361Detailed deco-mail template display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Detailed dialed call display . . . . . . . .52Detailed display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231Detailed i-schedule display. . . . . . .401Detailed kisekae tool display . . . . .359Detailed mail group display. . . . . . .173Detailed message R/F display . . . .177Detailed phonebook display . . . . . . .94Detailed received call display . . . . . .53Detailed received mail display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 161Detailed redial display . . . . . . . . . . .52Detailed schedule display. . . . . . . .399Detailed screen memo display . . . .202Detailed sent mail display. . . .159, 162Detailed ToruCa file display . . . . . .316Device list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415, 416Dial from headset (Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .420Dialed call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Dialed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Dictionary info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429Direct selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Disconnection settings (Bluetooth function). . . . . . . . . . . . .419Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 27Display call/receive number . . . . . .117Display during videophone calls . . . .48Display for incoming calls . . . . . . . . .63Display light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262Display message R/F . . . . . . . . . . .177Display mode setting. . . . . . . . . . . .193Display operator name . . . . . . . . . .456Display phonebook image. . . . . . . .111Display setting. . . . . . . . . . . . .109, 118Display size (Camera). . . . . . . . . . .238Display size (Chara-den) . . . . . . . .354Display size (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . .347Display size (Movie) . . . . . . . . . . . .347Display size (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . .338Display SMS report . . . . . . . . . . . . .169Display software info. . . . . . . . . . . .287Display when dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Display while dialing/communicating(PushTalk). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80DOCOMO certificate . . . . . . . . . . . .213DOCOMO keitai datalink. . . . . . . . .463Document info. . . . . . . . . . . . .381, 385Document list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384Document viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204Download dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . .429Download i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . .219Download movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219Download remain . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383DPOF setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386Draft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160Draft list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160, 163DTMF tone off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Dual network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438◆◇◆  E  ◆◇◆Early warning “Area Mail” . . . . . . . 179Early warning “Area Mail” settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Earphone/microphone. . . . . . . . . . 410Earphone/microphone with switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410Earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66ECO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Edit Decome-Anime display . . . . . 148Edit imotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Edit imotion display . . . . . . . . . . 348Edit phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Edit picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339Edit picture display . . . . . . . . . . . . 339End stand-by display. . . . . . . . . . . 305End stand-by info . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305End Widget appli inf . . . . . . . . . . . 308English display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44English guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439Enter URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Equalizer (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Equalizer (Movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Equalizer (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . 282Equalizer (Music&Video channel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Equalizer (Video). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Equalizer (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Error messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504Exchanging history . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Export administration regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528◆◇◆ F  ◆◇◆Face data reading display . . . 129, 131Face reader security . . . . . . . . . . . 130Face reader setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Family message board . . . . . . . . . 297FB permission display . . . . . . . . . . 210FB usage setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Feel＊Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176FeliCa mark (f mark). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 311, 379File info . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359, 368, 385File restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . 240, 336File size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Finder display . . . . . . . . 228, 230, 233FirstPass center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Fit in screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 236Flash movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Flash setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Flash® Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Flicker correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Focus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 237Focus function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Folder info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Folder list (Document file) . . . . . . . 384Folder list (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . . . 342Folder list (Melody) . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Folder list (Movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Folder list (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381Folder list (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Folder list (SD other files) . . . . . . . 368Folder list (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350FOMA antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23FOMA communication environmentcheck application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Font size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Forward ring tone (Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 419Forward specified calls to specified destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437Forward specified calls to voice mail center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434Index (D - F)
543Index/Quick ManualForwarding guidance . . . . . . . . . . . 437Forwarding image . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378Frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196, 340Full browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Full browser home setting . . . . . . . 210Full display setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Fullsong ring tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Function list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466Function menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35◆◇◆  G  ◆◇◆G guide program list remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293Google map for mobile. . . . . . . . . . 296Google mobile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301GPRS network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450GPS button setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327GPS compatible i-αppli. . . . . . . . . . 323GPS settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Group member list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Group member selection display . . . 83Group setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92GSM network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37◆◇◆  H  ◆◇◆Hands-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Hands-free with PushTalk . . . . . . . . 86Hands-free with videophone . . . . . . 75Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Header/signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Headset microphone setting . . . . . 411Headset switch to call . . . . . . . . . . 412Headset usage setting . . . . . . . . . . 106Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130High sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238History info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Hold tone setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Holding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Holding (during a call). . . . . . . . . . . . 67Home URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Host selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330◆◇◆  I  ◆◇◆i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Automatic start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Software info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290Start up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290i-αppli banking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299i-αppli call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302i-αppli call download setting . . . . . . 304i-αppli call logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303i-αppli call sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304iαppli data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305i-αppli mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287i-αppli program guide . . . . . . . . . . .254iαppli settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301i-αppli stand-by display . . . . . .109, 304i-αppli to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208i-Avatar maker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297IC card content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311IC card lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312IC lock (power-off) . . . . . . . . . . . . .312iC transfer service. . . . . . . . . . . . . .310iC transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379Receive all data files . . . . . . . . . . 380Receive one data file . . . . . . . . .379Send all data files . . . . . . . . . . . .379Send one data file. . . . . . . . . . . .379i-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Icon (Camera). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Icon (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262Icon (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262Icon color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111i-concier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222i-concier display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32iD appli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294IDD prefix setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335Image display setting . . . . . . . . . . .209Image quality . . . . . . . . . . . . .113, 237Image quality (Video) . . . . . . . . . . .262Image quality (1Seg). . . . . . . . . . . .262Image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237Image stabilizer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237iMenu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190iMenu in English . . . . . . . . . . . . .191i-mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190i-mode (Chaku-uta full®) folder list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276i-mode arrival act (PushTalk) . . . . . .86i-mode button setting . . . . . . . . . . .211i-mode fault diagnosis site . . . . . . .514i-mode mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Compose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Reply with quote . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142i-mode menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190i-mode password . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122i-mode settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209Common settings . . . . . . . . . . . .211Full browser settings . . . . . . . . . .210i-mode browser settings . . . . . . .209i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218, 342imotion info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344i-motion list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342i-motion player. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Inbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Inbox folder list . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 160Inbox list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 161In-call ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63In-car hands-free. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Incoming illumination. . . . . . . . . . . 117Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 152Information display setting . . . . . . 224Infrared communication. . . . . . . . . 374Receive all data files . . . . . . . . . 378Receive one or multiple data files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Send all data files . . . . . . . . . . . 378Send one or multiple data files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377Infrared data port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Infrared remote control . . . . . . . . . 378Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Initialize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Inside camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 226Intellectual property right. . . . . . . . 529intelligent Auto. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Intelligent with secret. . . . . . . . . . . 424International call access code . . . . 452International calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58International dial (International roaming) . . . . . . . . . 454International dial assist . . . . . . . . . . 59International prefix number for the universal number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453International roaming . . . . . . . . . . 450International videophone call . . . . . 58i-schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401i-schedule list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401ISP connection communication. . . 211iW watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Index (F - I)
544Index/Quick Manuali-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306i-Widget display . . . . . . . .32, 306, 307i-Widget roaming setting . . . . . . . . .307i-Widget sound effect . . . . . . . . . . .307◆◇◆  J  ◆◇◆JAN code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241Japanese display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44J-E/J-C speech translation for P. . .293◆◇◆  K  ◆◇◆Key guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Key guide . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 198, 253Key lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Key lock setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Keypad dial lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131Keypad sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Kisekae tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114, 359Kisekae tool info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359Kisekae tool list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359◆◇◆  L  ◆◇◆Last URL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199LCD AI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Learned words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429Light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 112Line feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424Links with AV equipment . . . . . . . .500List of characters assigned to keys(NIKO-touch input method). . . . . . .490List of characters assigned to keys(2-touch input method) . . . . . . . . . .489List of characters assigned to keys(5-touch input method) . . . . . . . . . .488List setting (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Listening (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . .346Listening (Movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346Listening (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . .282Listening (Music&Video channel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Listening (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263Listening (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263Listing (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345Listing (Kisekae tool). . . . . . . . . . . .359Listing (Machi-chara) . . . . . . . . . . .356Listing (Movie). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345Listing (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382Listing (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351Location history. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326Location request set.. . . . . . . . . . . .328Lock all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124Lock off at open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128Lock setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128Low battery alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43◆◇◆  M  ◆◇◆Machi-chara . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115, 355Machi-chara info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356Machi-chara list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142Mail auto-receive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Mail group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173Mail group address confirmationdisplay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173Mail group list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173Mail list display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174Mail menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160Mail/message ring time . . . . . . . . . .106Mail security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134, 165Mail settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174Mail ticker display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262Mail to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208Main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32, 33i-mode group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391Mail group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391Setting group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391Tool group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391Main specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 522Main/sub sound (Video) . . . . . . . . 352Main/sub sound (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . 252Making a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Making a call (International roaming). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453Making a PushTalk call . . . . . . . . . . 79Making a videophone call . . . . . . . . 48Making a videophone call (International roaming) . . . . . . . . . 453Making/receiving a PushTalk groupcall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Manner mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 107Manner mode set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Map application . . . . . . . . . . . 299, 323Map/GPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Map/GPS αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384Add mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382Marker stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339McDonald’s TOKUSURU KEITAI application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Media to function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Melody call setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Melody effect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Melody info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Melody list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Melody playback display . . . . . . . . 356Melody player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Menu function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Menu icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Menu icon setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Menu number selection. . . . . . . . . . 34Message composition display . . . . 142Message display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Message display settings . . . . . . . . 56Message entry display . . . . . . . . . 142Message R/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Message R/F list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177microSD card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360File name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370Folder configuration . . . . . . . . . . 370Inserting/removing . . . . . . . . . . . 360Using with a personal computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369microSD card slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23microSD file display . . . . . . . . . . . . 361microSD format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368microSD info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369microSD reader/writer . . . . . . . . . . 369Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Missed roaming notice. . . . . . . . . . 457Mobile Suica setup i-αppli . . . . . . . 296Mobile W-speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Motion tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Movable contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Move to microSD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Move to phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366Movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 342Movie auto play setting . . . . . . . . . 220Movie in page download setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Movie list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Movie memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406Movie mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Movie player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342Movie playing software . . . . . . . . . 500Movie type set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Moving picture shoot . . . . . . . . . . . 233Multi key long press setting . . . . . . 404Multi number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440Multiaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390Multiaccess combinations . . . . . . . 496Multitask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391Multitask combinations . . . . . . . . . 497Index (I - M)
545Index/Quick ManualMultiwindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195, 253Music folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Music info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Music list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Music list of a playlist . . . . . . . . . . . 283MUSIC player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274MUSIC player autostart (Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 420MUSIC player playback display . . . 276Music&Video channel. . . . . . . . . . . 266Music&Video channel display . . . . 268Music&Video channel playback display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268My documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381My menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191My picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334◆◇◆  N  ◆◇◆Navigation displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Network search mode . . . . . . . . . . 455Network security code . . . . . . . . . . 122Network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431Night mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Noise reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Notice call cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408Notification icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 69Notify caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Notify of location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Notify switchable mode . . . . . . . . . . 76No. of phonebook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Nuisance call blocking . . . . . . . . . . 437Number of entered characters . . . . 422Number of protectable items . . . . . 526Number of registerable items . . . . . 526Number of remaining characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422Number of savable items . . . . . . . . 526Numeric keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23◆◇◆  O  ◆◇◆Off timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252OFFICEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447Omakase lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125On hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Operate your certificate . . . . . . . . . 213Request issue/download. . . . . . . 214Request revocation . . . . . . . . . . .215Operation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Operations during manner mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20, 500Original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Original animation. . . . . . . . . . . . . .341Original animation list . . . . . . . . . . . 341Osaifu-Keitai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli . . .311Other ID list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159Outbox folder list. . . . . . . . . . . 159, 162Outbox list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 162Out-of-service-area indication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27, 43Outside camera . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 226Own dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428Own number . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 74, 405Own number display. . . . . . . . . 46, 405◆◇◆  P  ◆◇◆Packet communication . . . . . . . . . . 460Page info on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383Page layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428Pause dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57PC layout mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193PDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381PDF file list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381PDF viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381Perform remote monitoring . . . . . . . .78Personal data lock . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Customize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127Personal information. . . . . . . . . . . .405Phone info use setting . . . . . . . . . .209Phone mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Phone/Terminal and UIM ID . . . . . .196Phone to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Phonebook image sending . . . . . . .138Phonebook list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Photo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 74, 236Photo light setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236Photo mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230, 237Pictogram list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494Picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337Picture folder jump . . . . . . . . . . . . .404Picture info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335Picture viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334PIM/IC security mode . . . . . . . . . . .128PIN1 code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122PIN1 code entry set . . . . . . . . . . . .123PIN2 code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122Play background. . . . . . . . . . . 251, 266, 272, 277, 522Play/erase messages . . . . . . . . . . . .71Play/erase videophone messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Play mode setting (MUSIC player). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Play mode setting (Music&Video channel). . . . . . . . . .270Played history list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344Player menu display . . . . . . . . . . . .275Playing back record messages. . . . .71Playlist (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347Play back playlist. . . . . . . . . . . . .348Store playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Playlist (Melody) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357Edit playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Play back playlist. . . . . . . . . . . . 357Playlist (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . . . 283Create playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Play back playlist. . . . . . . . . . . . 283Playlist list (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . 347Playlist list (MUSIC player) . . . . . . 283PLMN setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456Point ring tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Pointer/scroll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Portrait rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 529Position location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Position memory (i-motion) . . . . . . 344Position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Position memory (Movie) . . . . . . . 344Position memory . . . . . . . . 345, 346Position memory (Video). . . . . . . . 351Position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Positioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Positioning mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Positioning tone/illumination . . . . . 327Post view display. . . . . . 230, 231, 233Power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Power saver mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Prediction conversion at reply . . . . 174Prefer Chaku-moji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Preferred device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416Preferred tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Prefix setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Priority orderAlarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261, 396Answer message. . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Auto-sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Call receiving image . . . . . 110, 111Incoming illumination. . . . . . . . . 117Index (M - P)
546Index/Quick ManualNuisance call prevention. . . . . . .140Ring tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Substitute image . . . . . . . . . . .72, 73Vibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Private menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403Private menu list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403Private menu setting . . . . . . . . . . . .403Professor Layton and pandora’s box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292Program folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . .268Program info (Music&Video channel). . . . . . . . . .270Program info (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . .251Program information (1Seg) . . . . . .250Program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268Protect (Bluetooth function) . . . . . . 416Protect on (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166Protect on (MessageR/F) . . . . . . . .178Protect on (Screen memo) . . . . . . .203Provide location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324P-SQUARE INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300Public mode (Drive mode) . . . . . . . .68Public mode (Power off) . . . . . . . . . .68PUK (PIN unblock code). . . . . . . . .123Pull down menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196PushTalk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79PushTalk arrival act . . . . . . . . . . . . .86PushTalk group list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83PushTalk phonebook list . . . . . . . . .83PushTalkPlus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79◆◇◆  Q  ◆◇◆QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241Quality alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Quick manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550Quick record message . . . . . . . . . . .70Quick silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Quotation marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176◆◇◆  R  ◆◇◆Radio button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196Radio waves reception level . . . . . . .27Rakuoku ☆ application . . . . . . . . . .298Random display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109Read aloud output. . . . . . . . . . . . . .393Read aloud settings . . . . . . . . . . . .392Read aloud speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . .393Read aloud valid setting . . . . . . . . .393Read aloud volume . . . . . . . . . . . . .393Read map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323Reading aloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392Reason for no caller ID . . . . . . . . . .135Receive mail/call at open . . . . . . . .111Receive option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155Receive option setting. . . . . . . . . . .155Receive ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319Receive ToruCa display . . . . . . . . .319Receive ToruCa files. . . . . . . . . . . .313Received address . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169Received address list . . . . . . . . . . .170Received call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Received calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Receiving a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Receiving a call (International roaming) . . . . . . . . . .454Receiving a PushTalk call. . . . . . . . .82Receiving a videophone call . . . . . . .62Receiving a videophone call(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . .454Receiving display (Mail) . . . . . . . . .175Reception result display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 176, 179, 186Recharge battery display . . . . . . . . .43Recognition-failed image . . . . . . . .130Recommend channel mail . . . . . . .253Reconnect signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Record Chara-den . . . . . . . . . . . . .354Record display set. . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Record message list . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Record message setting . . . . . . . . . 69Record program when call . . . . . . 263Record still images . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Record video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Record voice memo . . . . . . . . . . . 406Record when low battery. . . . . . . . 263Recorded file restriction . . . . . . . . 354Recording result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Redial list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Refer microSD data. . . . . . . . . . . . 361Referer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Referer setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Register Bluetooth device . . . . . . . 415Register LCS client . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Reject unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Related devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500Release Machi-chara . . . . . . . . . . 115Releasing PIN lock . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Reload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Reload contents (Video) . . . . . . . . 352Reload contents (1Seg) . . . . . . . . 252Remaster (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . 346Remaster (Movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346Remaster (MUSIC player). . . . . . . 282Remaster (Music&Video channel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Remaster (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Remaster (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . 440, 458Remote control number. . . . . . . . . 249Remote monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Remote reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Reserve update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518Reset channel setting . . . . . . . . . . 263Reset learned words . . . . . . . . . . . 429Reset settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 138, 263Reset storage area . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Reset total cost&duration . . . . . . . 407Reset TV settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Restore to phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367Restrict dialing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Retouch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Ring time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Ring time setting (PushTalk) . . . . . . 86Ring volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Roaming guidance setting. . . . . . . 458Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340◆◇◆  S  ◆◇◆“S” icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66SAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527Save image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Save i-motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Save movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Scanned code result display . . . . . 242Scanning code display. . . . . . . . . . 241Scanning function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520Scanning result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397Schedule list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398Screen memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Screen memo folder list. . . . . . . . . 202Screen memo list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Script setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Scroll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 174Scroll selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33SD-Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274SD other file list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368SD other files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368Search by i-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205Search phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Search phonebook display . . . . . . . 93Index (P - S)
547Index/Quick ManualSecret code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Secret data only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Secret mail display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Secret mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Secure transmission service . . . . . 211Security codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Security error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Security scan function(Scanning function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 520Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 140Select area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Select image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 76Select language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Select map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Select ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Select storage . . . . . . . . 280, 315, 373Select text area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Selecting multiple items . . . . . . . . . . 36Self mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Send DTMF tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Send substitute images . . . . . . . . . . 73Sent address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Sent address list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Sent messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Service numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439Service selection display . . . . . . . . 415Service settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Services available for the FOMA terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499Session number setting (Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 419Set as ring tone (Chaku-uta full®) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280Set as ring tone (Melody) . . . . . . . . 357Set as stand-by (Camera) . . . . . . . 234Set authentications (Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 419Set auto-update (Scanning function). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521Set auto-update (Software update). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516Set check new messages. . . . . . . . 174Set display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 335Set iαppli to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Set imotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344Set in-call arrival act . . . . . . . . . . . .440Set roaming guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 457Set scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520Set time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Set to Machi-chara . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Setting when closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Setting when opened . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Setup flow for data communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463Setup flow for data transfer(OBEX™ communication) . . . . . . .462Shikkari talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Shoot with frame. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238Shot interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Shot number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238Shutter sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175Simple menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Simple menu function list . . . . . . . .486Site display for the FirstPass center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336Smiley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185Compose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Reply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185SMS center setting . . . . . . . . . . . . .188SMS composition display . . . . . . . .185SMS input character . . . . . . . . . . . .188SMS report request. . . . . . . . . . . . .187SMS settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187SMS validity period . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Software info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290Software list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287Software setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289Change melody/image . . . . . . . .290i-αppli call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303Icon info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290Location usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290Map setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290Network set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290Program guide key . . . . . . . . . . .290Stand-by net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305Stand-by set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304View phonebook/history . . . . . . .290View ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290Software update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515Software update display . . . . . . . . .517Sound setting (Full browser). . . . . .209Sound setting (i-mode) . . . . . . . . . .209Sound setting (PushTalk) . . . . . . . . .86Sound setting (Video) . . . . . . . . . . .263Sound setting (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . .263Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Specific absorption rate . . . . . . . . .527Speed selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Speed selector setting . . . . . . . . . . .25Speed selector sound . . . . . . . . . . .105SSL/TLS certificate setting . . . . . . .213Stand-by display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Stand-by set (i-αppli). . . . . . . . . . . .304Start! i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299Status icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29Status in the area . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456Sticky. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Still image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Still image list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Still image shoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Stock prices application . . . . . . . . 300Store in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 380Store in PushTalk phonebook . . . . . 83Sub-address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Substitute image . . . . . . . . . 72, 73, 75Substitute image answering . . . . . . 62Summary view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Summer time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46SUPER PUZZLE BOBBLE . . . . . . 292Super silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Switch audio data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Switch cameras. . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 236Switch display (Video). . . . . . . . . . 352Switch display (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . 252Switch image display positions . . . . 73Switch TV/data BC (Video) . . . . . . 352Switch TV/data BC (1Seg) . . . . . . 252Symbol candidate list . . . . . . . . . . 493Symbol list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491◆◇◆  T  ◆◇◆Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Deco-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Decome-Anime . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Terminal security code . . . . . . . . . 122Text box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Text memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408Text memo info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409Time-out to search (Bluetooth function). . . . . . . . . . . . 419Timer lock on at close . . . . . . . . . . 128Timer recording. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Timer recording list . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Timetable Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Index (S - T)
548Index/Quick ManualTitle name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337ToDo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312ToruCa file list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316ToruCa folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314ToruCa from dataBC . . . . . . . . . . .319ToruCa settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319ToruCa viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314Total calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407Total calls duration . . . . . . . . . . . . .407Trace info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529Trim away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340Trim for mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349Trim for picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349Trim imotion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .501Tune service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251TV timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257TV timer list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257TVlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255TVlink list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255Type list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275◆◇◆  U  ◆◇◆UIM (FOMA card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Insert/remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Security function(Restriction function) . . . . . . . . . . .38Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39UIM operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409UIM setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123Update (Pattern data) . . . . . . . . . . .520Update now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518Update ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317Upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207URL history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199URL history list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199USB mode setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369User settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262Uta-hodai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272◆◇◆  V  ◆◇◆“V” icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521Vibration setting (PushTalk) . . . . . . .86Vibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Video. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350Video info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351Video list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350Video player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350Videophone record message list. . . .71Videophone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Videophone while packet . . . . . . . . .76View blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Viewer display. . . . . . . . . . . . .249, 250Visual preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Voice announce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Voice call auto redial. . . . . . . . . . . . .76Voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Voice dial setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Voice headset dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . .100Voice mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432, 458Voice memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406Voice memo during a call . . . . . . . .406Voice recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380Voice recorder recording display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380Voice recorder saving pre-check display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380Voice settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100◆◇◆  W  ◆◇◆Wake-up display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .513Web to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208White balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 237Widget Appli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308Widget Appli list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Widget Appli operation display . . . 307Window auto-open setting. . . . . . . 209WMA file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273WMA list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276WORLD CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58World time watch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46WORLD WING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450◆◇◆  Y  ◆◇◆Yuttari talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61◆◇◆  Z ◆◇◆Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 210, 234Zoom in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382, 385Zoom out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382, 385◆◇◆  Numerics  ◆◇◆1Seg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2461Seg antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 247184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572in1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4422in1 setting menu display . . . . . . . 4422-touch dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983D sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033G network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4503GPP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483G-324M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483G/GSM setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45564K data communication. . . . . . . . 460Index (T - Numerics)
549Index/Quick Manual
550Index/Quick ManualCut out Quick Manual interleaved into this manual along the cutout line, and then fold it as shown below:Take Quick Manual “For Overseas Use” with you for using an international roaming service (WORLD WING) overseas.■How to cutCut out Quick Manual along the cutout line. You can cut it out by placing a ruler on the cutout line.pBe careful not to cut yourself when using scissors.■How to foldFold Quick Manual along the dotted line so that the cover faces upwards as illustrated below.pPut the first sheet on the second and other sheets in the order, and fold them together.Quick ManualHow to Use Quick ManualCover①②CoverCover
<Cutout line>12345P-08AQuick Manual0120-005-250 (toll free)Service available in English, Portuguese, Chinese, Spanish, and Korean.Available from mobile phones and PHSs.■From DOCOMO mobile phones(In Japanese only)(No prefix) 151 (toll free)Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.■From land-line phones(In Japanese only)0120-800-000 (toll free)Available from mobile phones and PHSs.■From DOCOMO mobile phones(In Japanese only)(No prefix) 113 (toll free)Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.■From land-line phones(In Japanese only)0120-800-000 (toll free)Available from mobile phones and PHSs.General inquiries <docomo Information Center>Repairs★★★★★★pPlease confirm the phone number before you dial.pFor Applications or Repairs and After-Sales Service, please contact the above-mentioned information center or the docomo shop etc. near you on the NTT DOCOMO website or the i-mode site.NTT DOCOMO website http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/i-mode site ｉMenuお客様サポート(user support)ドコモショップ(docomo Shop) (in Japanese only)Xo(for at least one second)→PhoneEnter a name.→Edit a reading.Group→Select a group.Phone number→Enter a phone number→Select an icon. (up to four numbers)Mail address→Enter a mail address→Select an icon. (up to three addresses)Address→Enter a zip code→Enter a postal address.Storing in Phonebook (FOMA terminal)Location information→Select an item.By position loc.. . . Measures the current location and store the location information→Check the location information→OoFrom loc. history. . .Select a piece of location information from Location History and store it.Attach from image. . . Store the location information from an image→Select a folder→Select an image.From own number. . .Store the location information stored in “Own number”→Enter your Terminal Security Code→OoBirthday→Enter a birthday.Memo→Enter a memo.Image→Select an item.Select image . . . . Store a still image in Data Box.Shoot image . . . . Store a still image shot by the camera.Memory No.→Enter a three-digit memory number→l■Adding Data to the FOMA terminalCall up the redial item, dialed call record, or received call record→i→Add to phonebook→Phone→Add→Select a search method→Search the Phonebook→Select a destination Phonebook entry→Oo→l→YESCall up the detailed Phonebook display→m→Select an item to be edited→Edit the contents→l→YESStore from Redial, Dialed Calls, or Received CallsEdit Phonebook Entries■Character Entry Modeabc. . . Alphabets123. . . Numerals漢. . . . Kanji/Hiraganaカナ. . . . Katakana■Selecting Character Input Methodm→Set./Service→Other settings→Character input method→Input mode→→l→Select a priority mode.Character EntryPut a check mark for Mode 1 (5-touch)Put a check mark for Mode 2 (2-touch)Put a check mark for Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)■Switching “Uppercase” and “Lowercase”, or entering “゛” and “゜”Enter a character→Press a several times.■Entering “、” and “。”Press s several times.■Switching “Alphabet” (abc), “Numerals” (123), “Kanji/Hiragana” (漢), and “Katakana” (カナ)Press l several times.■Entering Pictogramsm→Select a pictogram.■Entering Symbolss(for at least one second)→Select a symbol.
<Cutout line>67891011■Line FeedPress a.■Entering a Spacei→Pictograms/symbols→Space■Deleting CharactersUse Mo to move the cursor→r■Bringing up the Character Entry (Edit) displaym→Stationery→Text memo→Select <Not recorded>→Press l a few times to switch to Kanji/Hiragana input mode.■Entering Hiragana characters <Mode 1>た→Press 4 once and Vo once.だ→Press 4 once and a once.の→Press 5 five times.か→Press 2 once.し→Press 3 twice.■Converting the CharactersUse Co to move the cursor onto “の”→Bo→Use Mo to highlight “タダの” and press Oo→Fix the rest of characters in the same way.Enter “タダの菓子” in a Text Memo■Shooting a Still Imagec→Oo, 0 or p→Oo, 0 or p■Continuous Shootingc→c→c→Oo, 0 or p→Select a still image and press c→Oo, 0 or p※This is the procedure to select and save one still image for continuous shooting.■Shooting a Moving Picturec→c→Oo, 0 or p→Oo, 0 or p→Oo, 0 or pCamera■Auto Channel Settingm→1Seg→Channel setting→Auto channel setting→YES→YES→Enter a title.■Select Aream→1Seg→Channel setting→Select area→Select an area→Select a prefecture→YES■Channel Listm→1Seg→Channel list→Select a channel list.■Watching a 1Seg Programc(for at least one second)1Seg■Playback by Music&Video Channelm→MUSIC→Music&Video Channel→Select a program.orm→Data box→Music&Video Channel→Downloaded program or Saved program→Select a program.■Playback by MUSIC Playerp(for at least one second)→All tracks→Select a music file.Music Playback■Making a Videophone CallEnter the other party’s phone number→l→Press h to end the call after talking.■Receiving a Videophone CallThe ring tone sounds and the Call/Charging indicator flickers→d, Oo or m→Press h to end the call after talking.If you answer by pressing d or Oo, the camera image is sent to the other party. If you answer by pressing m, the substitute image is sent to the other party.■Switching to Hands-freeDuring a call, dialing, or connecting→dMaking and Receiving a Videophone Call
<Cutout line>12 13 1415 16 17l→lSelect the address field→Select an entering method→Enter or select an address.Select the subject field→Enter a subject.Select the text field→Enter text.Send a mail message by pressing l→After sending, press Oo.i-mode MailCompose and Send i-mode MailAddress fieldSubject fieldAttachment fieldText field■Picture/Melody/imotion/ToruCa/PDF/Phonebook/Schedule/ToDo/Bookmark/Document/OtherCall up the Message Composition display→Select the attachment field→Select a file type to be attached→Select a folder→Select a file.Selecting methods differ depending on the file.Attach Files“ (pink)” blinks →The Reception Result display appears →Select “Mail”→Select an i-mode mail message to be displayed.l(for at least one second)Receive i-mode MailCheck New Messages■ReplyingSelect or call up a mail message to be replied→i→Reply/forward→Rep. w/ i-mode mail, Rep. w/ Deco-Anime, or Reply with quote→Select the text field→Enter text→l→After sending, press Oo.■ForwardingSelect or call up a mail message to be forwarded→i→Reply/forward→Forward→Select the address field→Select an entering method→Enter or select an address→l→After sending, press Oo.Other Mail Functions Function ListMenu Function nameMailInboxOutboxDraftCompose messageCreate new Decome-AnimeTemplateCheck new messagesCompose SMSCheck new SMSChat mailReceive optionMail settingsSMS settingsArea Mail settingsi-modeiMenu SearchBookmarkScreen memoLast URLi-modeEnter URLi-Channeli-mode settingsFull Browser Homei-αppliSoftware list(phone)iαppli(microSD)iαppli call logsiαppli infoiαppli settingsAbout iαppliSet./ServiceSound13 Select ring tone50 Ring volume30 Keypad soundSpeed selector sound64 Melody effect51 Headset usage setting68 Mail/Msg. ring timeCharge soundDisplay56 Display setting
<Cutout line>18 19 2021 22 23Set./Service70 BacklightView blind86 Color theme settingMachi-chara57 Menu icon setting52 Private menu setting63 Desktop iconKey guidance66 FontFont size setting15 Select languageRecv.mail/call at openImage qualityLCD AI36 IconsIlluminationAll illum. setting89 Incoming illuminationIllumination in talkMissed/unread illum.Music&Video Ch illum.Set./ServiceSlide illuminationHourly illuminationMUSIC illuminationBluetooth illuminationIC card illuminationPushTalk illumination Speed selector illum.Check settingsKisekaei-concierInformation disp. set.Lock/SecuritySelf modeLock allPersonal data lockIC card lockKey lock40 Secret mode41 Secret data onlyKeypad dial lockReject unknownSet./Service10 Call setting w/o ID29 Change security codeUIM settingScanning functionLock settingCall time/cost61 Call data60 Reset total cost&dura.Notice call costCLR max cost iconClock31 Set timeWorld time watchSummer timeAuto power ON/OFFAlarm settingIncoming call54 Vibrator20 Manner mode set58 Answer settingSetting when openedSet./ServiceRecord display setDisp. PH-book imageDisp. call/receive No.90 Ring timeV.phone while packetAuto call/answer set.Melody Call settingTalkVolume18 Setting when closedHold tone settingShikkari Talk76 Noise reduction75 Quality alarm77 Reconnect signalPushTalkAuto answer settingRing time settingHands-free w/ PushTalkPushTalk arrival actSound settingSet./ServiceVibration settingVideophoneVisual preferenceSelect imageHands-free w/ V. phoneVoice call auto redialRemote monitoringNotify switchable modeNetwork settingPrefix settingInt’l roamingInt’l dial assistStatus in the areaNW services17 Caller ID notificationVoice mailCall waitingCall forwardingNuis. call blockingCaller ID request2in1 settingSet./ServiceMulti numberArrival call actSet in-call arrival actRemote controlDual networkEnglish guidanceSet Roaming guidanceAdditional serviceService numbersOFFICEEDChaku-mojiOther settingsSpeed selector settinglong press set.35 Character input methodBattery84 Pause dialSub-address settingHeadset mic. settingVoice settingsUSB mode setting
<Cutout line>24 25 2627 28 29Set./ServiceCheck settings23 Reset settingsInitializeSoftware updateData box46 My pictureMUSICMusic&Video Channelimotion/Movie16 MelodyMy documentsKisekae ToolMachi-charaChara-den1SegDocument viewerSD other filesLifeKitBar code reader79 Receive Ir datamicroSDCameraBluetoothLifeKitMap/GPS55 Rec. msg/voice memoVoice recorderData Security Servicei-concier —PhonebookAdd to phonebookSearch phonebookUIM operationPushTalk phonebook24 Dialed/recv. calls0Own numberGroup settingRestrictions26 Phonebook settingsNo. of phonebookStationery44 Alarm45 Schedule95 ToDo42 Text memo85 CalculatorStationery Guide38 Common phrase/dic.MUSIC MUSIC PlayerMusic&Video Channel1SegActivate 1SegProgram guideTV timer listTimer recording listRecording resultTVlinkChannel listChannel settingUser settingsOsaifu-KeitaiIC card contentDCMXToruCaIC card lock set.SettingsCheck IC ownerChange IC ownerSearch by i-mode■Public Mode (Drive Mode)a(for at least one second)■Manner Modes(for at least one second) ■Activatingm→Set./Service→NW services→Voice mail→Activate→YES→YES→Enter a ring time (seconds).■Deactivatingm→Set./Service→NW services→Voice mail→Deactivate→YES■Playing Back Messagesm→Set./Service→NW services→Voice mail→Play messages→Play (voice call) or Play (videophone)→YES→Operate following the voice guidance.Network ServicesVoice Mail Service ■Activatingm→Set./Service→NW services→Call waiting→Activate→YES■Deactivatingm→Set./Service→NW services→Call waiting→Deactivate→YES■Answering an Incoming Call during a CallA call comes in during a call→dEach time you press d, you can switch the parties you can talk with.Call Waiting Service
<Cutout line>30 31 3233 34 35■Activatingm→Set./Service→NW services→Call forwarding→Activate→Register fwd number→Enter the phone number of forwarding destination→Set ring time→Enter a ring time (seconds)→Activate→YES■Deactivatingm→Set./Service→NW services→Call forwarding→Deactivate→YESCall Forwarding Service Services Available for the FOMA TerminalAvailable servicePhone numberDirectory assistance service (Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)※Listed phone numbers only can be given.(No prefix) 104Telegrams (Telegram charges apply) (No prefix) 115Time check (Charges apply) (No prefix) 117Weather forecast (Charges apply) City code of the desired area＋177Emergency calls to police (No prefix) 110Emergency calls to fire station and ambulance (No prefix) 119Emergency calls for accidents at sea (No prefix) 118Disaster messaging service (Charges apply) (No prefix) 171Collect calls (Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)(No prefix) 106: Battery level (estimate): Radio waves reception level (estimate): During Self Mode(pink): Unread i-mode mail or an SMS message exists.(yellow): Unread Messages R/F existMajor Icons(pink): i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center.(yellow): Messages R/F are held at the i-mode Center.: i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center (While Receive Option Setting is set to “ON”).: During Lock All: During Personal Data Lock: During Keypad Dial Lock: During Secret Mode or Secret Data Only: During IC Card Lock: While Timer Lock ON At Close is set: During Key Lock: While Vibrator is set to other than “OFF” (See page 20): While Ring Volume is set to “Silent” or Mail/Msg. Ring Time is set to “OFF”: During Manner Mode (See page 27): During Public mode (Drive mode) (See page 27)<Emergency Contact Number for Loss Etc.>※If you are a member of the DOCOMO Premium Club, you can use this service as often as you need without handling charge. If you are not, the service is available on chargeable basis. (However, you are not charged if you apply for this service at the same time as applying for the suspension of the line or during suspension.) Further, if you have signed up for Keitai Anshin Pack (Mobile Phone Security Package), you can use Omakase Lock within the flat-rate fee of Keitai Anshin Pack (Mobile Phone Security Package).Setting/Releasing Omakase Lock0120-524-360Business hours: 24 hours＜Phone number：        ＞＜Phone number：        ＞＜Phone number：        ＞pPlease confirm the phone number before you dial.Omakase LockOther Emergency Calls
<Cutout line>12345P-08AQuick Manual “For Overseas Use”<docomo Information Center> (available 24 hours a day)pFrom DOCOMO mobile phones※If you use P-08A, you should dial the number +81-3-5366-3114 (to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).pFrom land-line phones <Universal number>※See page 16 and page 20 for international call access codes for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2).pIf you lose your FOMA terminal or have it stolen, immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the use of the FOMA terminal.Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseasInternational call access code for the country you stay (Table 1)-81-3-5366-3114* (toll free)*You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.International prefix number for the universal number (Table 2) -800-0120-0151**You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.<Network Technical Operation Center> (available 24 hours a day)pFrom DOCOMO mobile phones※If you use P-08A, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414 (to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).pFrom land-line phones <Universal number>※See page 16 and page 20 for international call access codes for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2).pIf the FOMA terminal you purchased is damaged, bring your FOMA terminal to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO after you return to Japan.Failures encountered overseasInternational call access code for the country you stay (Table 1)-81-3-6718-1414*(toll free)* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.International prefix number for the universal number (Table 2) -800-5931-8600** You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.pRefer to the following before you use your FOMA terminal overseas:･“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]”･“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”･DOCOMO Global Service website･PDF file “海外ご利用ガイド (Guide for Overseas Use)” pre-installed in “My documents” in Data Box■Setting in Japani→English→Options→International Settings→i-mode services Settings→Select “Yes”→Enter your i-mode password→Select■Setting Overseasi→iMenu Search→English→Options→International Settings→i-mode services Settings→Select “Yes”→Enter your i-mode password→SelectPreparing for Overseas UseSetting of i-mode■Setting in Japanm→Set./Service→NW services→Remote control→Activate→YES■Setting Overseasm→Set./Service→Network setting→Int’l roaming→Remote control (Int.)→YES→Operate following the voice guidance.m→Set./Service→Clock→Set time→Auto time adjust ONRemote ControlSet Time○: Available —: Not availablepThe GPS functions and 64K data communication are not available overseas.Communication Systems and Available ServicesCommunication Service 3G GSMGPRSVoice call ○○○Videophone call ○——SMS ○○○i-mode ○—○i-mode mail ○—○i-Channel ○—○i-concier ○—○i-Widget ○—○Packet communication by connecting with a personal computer○—○m→Set./Service→Network setting→Int’l roaming→Network search mode→Select an item.Auto . . . . . . Automatically re-connects to another carrier. The setting is completed.Manual. . . . Connect manually to a carrier on the list.Network re-search. . . . . . . . . . When set to “Auto”, automatically switches to an available carrier. The setting is completed. When set to “Manual”, displays the list of carriers.→Select a carrier.Setting a Search Method of Telecommunication Carrier
<Cutout line>67891011m→Set./Service→Network setting→Int’l roaming→PLMN setting→i→PLMN list select→Select a carrier→Oo→Select a network type→l→YESm→Set./Service→Network setting→Int’l roaming→Display operator name→Display ON or Display OFFSetting a Telecommunication Carrier to Preferentially Connect toDisplaying a Carrier Name on the Stand-by DisplayThe type of network you are using is displayed.After you return to Japan, the FOMA network is automatically searched and connected.pWhen the FOMA network is not connected, set “3G/GSM setting” to “Auto” and set “Network search mode” to “Auto”.DisplaySetting after Homecoming■Use Phonebook to Make an International Call to JapanCall up the detailed Phonebook display→d or Oo→DialPress l to make an international videophone call.■Use “+” to Make an International Call0(for at least one second)→“Enter numbers in order of country/area code→area code (city code)→destination phone number”→d or OoPress l to make an international videophone call.Enter “81” as a country/area code when you make an international call to Japan. When the area code (city code) begins with “0”, enter it except for the “0”. However, include “0” when making a call to some countries or regions such as Italy.Making/Receiving a CallMake a Call to Outside the Country You Stay (Including Japan)Enter a destination phone number→d or OoPress l to make a videophone call.■Use Phonebook to Make a CallCall up the detailed Phonebook display→d or Oo→“Dial with orig. No.”When you make a call to a person who is also internationally roaming, make the call in the same way as to make international calls to Japan even if he/she is in the country you stay.Press d or Oo when a call comes in.(For videophone call, press d, Oo or m.)Making a Call to a Person in the Country You StayMake a Call to a Person Staying Overseas and Using WORLD WINGReceive a CallTo use network services overseas, you need to set “Remote control” beforehand.■Set Roaming GuidancepYou need to set this function in Japan.m→Set./Service→NW services→Set Roaming guidance■Call BarringpThis setting might not be available depending on the overseas carrier.m→Set./Service→Network setting→Int’l roaming→Call barringUsing Network Services ■Voice Mail (International)m→Set./Service→Network setting→Int’l roaming→Voice mail (Int.)■Call Forwarding (International)m→Set./Service→Network setting→Int’l roaming→Call forwarding (Int.)■Roaming Guidance (International)m→Set./Service→Network setting→Int’l roaming→Roaming guidance (Int.)■Caller ID Requestm→Set./Service→Network setting→Int’l roaming→Caller ID req. (Int.)
<Cutout line>12 13 1415 16 17Use the following country/area codes when you make international calls or when you set Int’l Dial Assist.Country/Area Codes for Major CountriesService area CodeAustralia 61Belgium 32Brazil 55Canada 1China 86Czech Republic 420Denmark 45Finland 358France 33Germany 49Greece 30Hong Kong 852Hungary 36India 91Indonesia 62Ireland 353Italy 39Luxembourg 352Macau 853Malaysia 60Monaco 377Netherlands 31Service area CodeNew Zealand 64Norway 47Philippines 63Poland 48Portugal 351Russia 7Singapore 65South Korea 82Spain 34Sweden 46Switzerland 41Taiwan 886Thailand 66Service area CodepFor the code for other countries or for details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]” or the DOCOMO Global Service website.Turkey 90United Arab Emirates 971United Kingdom 44United States of America 1Vietnam 84Service area Code International Call Access Codes for Major Countries (Table 1)Service area Access codeAustralia 0011Belgium 00Brazil 0021/0014Canada 011China 00Czech Republic 00Denmark 00Finland 00France 00Germany 00Greece 00Hong Kong 001Hungary 00India 00Indonesia 001Ireland 00Italy 00Luxembourg 00Macau 00Malaysia 00Monaco 00Netherlands 00New Zealand 00Norway 00Service area Access code
<Cutout line>18 19 2021 22 23Philippines 00Poland 00Portugal 00Russia 810Singapore 001South Korea 001Spain 00Sweden 00Switzerland 00Taiwan 002Thailand 001Turkey 00United Arab Emirates 00Service area Access codeUnited Kingdom 00United States of America 011Vietnam 00Service area Access code International Prefix Numbers for the Universal Number (Table 2)Service area International prefix numberArgentina 00Australia 0011Austria 00Belgium 00Brazil 0021Bulgaria 00Canada 011China 00Colombia 009Denmark 00Finland 990France 00Germany 00Hong Kong 001Hungary 00Ireland 00Israel 014Italy 00Luxembourg 00Malaysia 00Netherlands 00New Zealand 00Norway 00Service area International prefix numberPeru 00Philippines 00Portugal 00Singapore 001South Africa 09South Korea 001Spain 00Sweden 00Switzerland 00Taiwan 00Thailand 001United Kingdom 00United States of America 011Service area International prefix number For lost, stolen, and cost settlement, or malfunction of your FOMA terminal overseas, refer to “Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas” on cover page of Quick Manual “For Overseas Use”, or “Failures encountered overseas” on page 1.pYou need to add the “International Call Access Code (Table 1)” of the country you stay or “International Prefix Number for the Universal Number (Table 2)” to the head of each phone number for inquiries.pNote that, in many cases, the universal number may not be used from a mobile phone, public phone, or hotel phone, etc.Inquiries
Access the online for checking or changing the content of your subscription, for application of respective services, and for request of Information materials.ｉMenu  お客様サポート (User support)  お申込・お手続き (Applications/Procedures)  各種お申込・お手続き (Respective applications/procedures) My docomo (http://www.mydocomo.com/)  各種お申込・お手続き (Respective applications/procedures)• You will need your “network ID” for the access from i-mode.• No packet communication charges are incurred for the access from i-mode. Accessing from overseas will incur charges.• You will need your “docomo ID/password” for the access from a PC.• If you do not have or you have forgotten your “network ID” or “docomo ID/password”, contact the docomo Information Center listed on the back page of this manual.• You may not be able to access the site depending on the content of your subscription.• You may not be able to access the site due to system maintenance, etc.From i-modePacket communication charges freeFrom PCDon’t forget your mobile phone ... or your manners!■Where use is prohibitedBe sure to turn off the power to your FOMA terminal in airplanes and in hospitals.※Persons with electronic medical equipment are in places other than the actual wards.Make sure you have the power switched off even if you are in a lobby or waiting room.■When in crowded places such as packed trains, where you could be near a person with an implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillatorThe implanted cardiac pacemaker or implanted defibrillator operation can be affected by radio emissions from the FOMA terminal.■While drivingUsing the mobile phone in your hand while driving is subject to punishment.※If you answer a call out of necessity, tell the caller with Hands-free that you will call him/her back, park your car to somewhere safe, and then dial.■When in theaters, movie theaters, museums, and similar venuesIf you use your FOMA terminal where you are supposed to be quiet, you will disturb those around you.■If you use the FOMA terminal in quiet places such as restaurants and hotel lobbies, keep the volume of your voice and other sounds down.■Do not block thoroughfares when using the FOMA terminal.Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when shooting and sending photos using camera-equipped mobile phones. This manual was produced in such a way as to allow easy recycling. Please recycle this manual when it is no longer needed.In the following cases, be certain to turn off the power.In the following cases, be certain to set Public mode.Adjust the volume of your voice and ring tone according to where you are.Respect the privacy.These functions help you keep your manners in public.Handy functions are available such as for setting the response to incoming calls and setting the tones to silent.●Public mode (Drive mode/Power off) (Page 68)The guidance that you are currently driving or in a place where you should refrain from using a mobile phone or the guidance that you are in a place where you should turn off the power is played back to the caller. Then the call is disconnected.●Record Message function (Page 69)Callers can record a message when you cannot come to the phone.●Vibrator (Page 104)When the vibrator is set, it vibrates for incoming calls.●Manner Mode/Super Silent/Original Manner (Page 106)In Manner Mode or Super Silent, the keypad sound, ring tone and other sounds from the FOMA terminal are muted.In Original Manner, you can set whether or not to activate the Record Message function, and can change the settings for the vibrator and ring tone.※The shutter sound cannot be muted.Optional services are also available, such as Voice Mail Service (page 432) and Call Forwarding Service (page 436).
June ’09 (1st Edition)3TR100174AAAF0509F0General inquiries<docomo Information Center> Repairs0120-005-250 (toll free)★Service available in English, Portuguese, Chinese, Spanish, and Korean.★Available from mobile phones and PHSs.■From DOCOMO mobile phones(In Japanese only)(No prefix)113 (toll free)★Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.■From land-line phones(In Japanese only)0120-800-000 (toll free)★Available from mobile phones and PHSs.■From DOCOMO mobile phones(In Japanese only)(No prefix)151 (toll free)★Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.■From land-line phones(In Japanese only)0120-800-000 (toll free)★Available from mobile phones and PHSs.●Please confirm the phone number before you dial.●For Applications or Repairs and After-Sales Service, please contact the above-mentioned information center or the docomo shop etc. near you on the NTT DOCOMO website or the i-mode site.NTT DOCOMO website http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/i-mode site ｉMenu 1 お客様サポート (user support) 1 ドコモショップ (docomo Shop) (In Japanese only)Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas<docomo Information Center> (available 24 hours a day)Failures encountered overseas<Network Technical Operation Center> (available 24 hours a day)■From DOCOMO mobile phones -81-3-5366-3114* (toll free)* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.※If you use P-08A, you should dial the number +81-3-5366-3114(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).■From DOCOMO mobile phones -81-3-6718-1414* (toll free)* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.※If you use P-08A, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).■From land-line phones ＜Universal number＞ -800-0120-0151** You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.※See page 452 and page 453 for international call access codes for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2).■From land-line phones ＜Universal number＞ -800-5931-8600** You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for the country you stay.※See page 452 and page 453 for international call access codes for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2).●If you lose your FOMA terminal or have it stolen, immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the use of the FOMA terminal.●If the FOMA terminal you purchased is damaged, bring your FOMA terminal to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO after returning to Japan.International call access code for the country you stay (Table 1)International call access code for the country you stay (Table 1)International prefix number for the universal number (Table 2)International prefix number for the universal number (Table 2)Don’t forget your mobile phone ... or your manners!When using your mobile phone in a public place, don’t forget to show common courtesy and consideration for others around you.To prevent damage to the environment, bring used battery packs to a docomo service counter, a docomo agent or a recycle center. This manual is printed using an ink based on soy bean oil.Sales: Manufacturer: ’09.6P-08A INSTRUCTION MANUAL

Navigation menu